guile-git-0.3.0/0000755000175000017500000000000013607222434010404 500000000000000guile-git-0.3.0/guile.am0000644000175000017500000000241413604243600011744 00000000000000# Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 # Copyright © 2016 Erik Edrosa # # This file is part of Guile-Git. # # Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with Guile-Git. If not, see . GOBJECTS = $(SOURCES:%.scm=%.go) $(NODIST_SOURCES:%.scm=%.go) nobase_mod_DATA = $(SOURCES) $(NOCOMP_SOURCES) $(NODIST_SOURCES) nobase_go_DATA = $(GOBJECTS) guile_install_go_files = install-nobase_goDATA $(guile_install_go_files): install-nobase_modDATA CLEANFILES = $(GOBJECTS) EXTRA_DIST = $(SOURCES) $(NOCOMP_SOURCES) GUILE_WARNINGS = -Wunbound-variable -Warity-mismatch -Wformat SUFFIXES = .scm .go .scm.go: $(AM_V_GEN)$(top_builddir)/pre-inst-env $(GUILE_TOOLS) compile $(GUILE_TARGET) $(GUILE_WARNINGS) -o "$@" "$<" guile-git-0.3.0/COPYING.LESSER0000664000175000017500000001674313447543345012401 00000000000000 GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 3, 29 June 2007 Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below. 0. Additional Definitions. As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License, other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below. An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library. Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode of using an interface provided by the Library. A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked Version". The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version. The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work. 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL. You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL. 2. Conveying Modified Versions. If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified version: a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the function or data, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of this License applicable to that copy. 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files. The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates (ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following: a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by this License. b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license document. 4. Combined Works. You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of the following: a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by this License. b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license document. c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the copies of the GNU GPL and this license document. d) Do one of the following: 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying Corresponding Source. 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked Version. e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise be required to provide such information under section 6 of the GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is necessary to install and execute a modified version of the Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying Corresponding Source.) 5. Combined Libraries. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side by side in a single library together with other library facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your choice, if you do both of the following: a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities, conveyed under the terms of this License. b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work. 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that published version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the Library. guile-git-0.3.0/Makefile.am0000644000175000017500000001050513604243600012354 00000000000000# Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 # Copyright © 2016-2018 Erik Edrosa # Copyright © 2016, 2017 Amirouche Boubekki # Copyright © 2017, 2018, 2019 Ludovic Courtès # Copyright © 2017 Mathieu Othacehe # # This file is part of Guile-Git. # # Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with Guile-Git. If not, see . include guile.am moddir=$(prefix)/share/guile/site/$(GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION) godir=$(libdir)/guile/$(GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION)/site-ccache SOURCES = \ git.scm \ git/annotated.scm \ git/attr.scm \ git/auth.scm \ git/bindings.scm \ git/blame.scm \ git/blob.scm \ git/branch.scm \ git/checkout.scm \ git/cherrypick.scm \ git/clone.scm \ git/commit.scm \ git/cred.scm \ git/describe.scm \ git/errors.scm \ git/fetch.scm \ git/oid.scm \ git/object.scm \ git/reference.scm \ git/repository.scm \ git/reset.scm \ git/remote.scm \ git/rev-parse.scm \ git/settings.scm \ git/signature.scm \ git/status.scm \ git/structs.scm \ git/submodule.scm \ git/tag.scm \ git/tree.scm \ git/types.scm \ git/web.scm \ git/web/html.scm \ git/web/mime-types.scm \ git/web/querystring.scm \ git/web/http.scm \ git/web/template.scm \ git/web/config.scm \ git/web/repository.scm NODIST_SOURCES = \ git/config.scm TESTS_UTILS = \ tests/helpers.scm \ tests/data/simple-bare.tgz \ tests/data/simple.tgz \ tests/data/README TESTS = \ tests/blob.scm \ tests/branch.scm \ tests/clone.scm \ tests/commit.scm \ tests/describe.scm \ tests/oid.scm \ tests/reference.scm \ tests/repository.scm \ tests/reset.scm \ tests/remote.scm \ tests/rev-parse.scm \ tests/status.scm \ tests/submodule.scm \ tests/tag.scm \ tests/tree.scm TEST_EXTENSIONS = .scm SCM_LOG_DRIVER = \ $(top_builddir)/pre-inst-env \ $(GUILE) --no-auto-compile -e main \ $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/test-driver.scm # Tell 'build-aux/test-driver.scm' to display only source file names, # not indivdual test names. AM_SCM_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS = --brief=yes AM_SCM_LOG_FLAGS = --no-auto-compile -L "$(top_srcdir)" include $(top_srcdir)/doc/local.mk EXTRA_DIST += \ README.md \ pre-inst-env.in \ build-aux/test-driver.scm \ static/bg.png \ static/main.css \ static/README \ $(TESTS) \ $(TESTS_UTILS) guile-git-0.3.0/build-aux/0000755000175000017500000000000013607222434012276 500000000000000guile-git-0.3.0/build-aux/install-sh0000755000175000017500000003601013600265420014215 00000000000000#!/bin/sh # install - install a program, script, or datafile scriptversion=2018-03-11.20; # UTC # This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was # later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the # following copyright and license. # # Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium # # Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy # of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to # deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the # rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or # sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is # furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: # # The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in # all copies or substantial portions of the Software. # # THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR # IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, # FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE # X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN # AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC- # TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. # # Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not # be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal- # ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor- # tium. # # # FSF changes to this file are in the public domain. # # Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent # 'make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it # when there is no Makefile. # # This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written # from scratch. tab=' ' nl=' ' IFS=" $tab$nl" # Set DOITPROG to "echo" to test this script. doit=${DOITPROG-} doit_exec=${doit:-exec} # Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path; # or use environment vars. chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp} chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod} chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown} cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp} cpprog=${CPPROG-cp} mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir} mvprog=${MVPROG-mv} rmprog=${RMPROG-rm} stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip} posix_mkdir= # Desired mode of installed file. mode=0755 chgrpcmd= chmodcmd=$chmodprog chowncmd= mvcmd=$mvprog rmcmd="$rmprog -f" stripcmd= src= dst= dir_arg= dst_arg= copy_on_change=false is_target_a_directory=possibly usage="\ Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES... or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES... In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE. In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY. In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES. Options: --help display this help and exit. --version display version info and exit. -c (ignored) -C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time) -d create directories instead of installing files. -g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP. -m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE. -o USER $chownprog installed files to USER. -s $stripprog installed files. -t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY. -T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory. Environment variables override the default commands: CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG RMPROG STRIPPROG " while test $# -ne 0; do case $1 in -c) ;; -C) copy_on_change=true;; -d) dir_arg=true;; -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" shift;; --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;; -m) mode=$2 case $mode in *' '* | *"$tab"* | *"$nl"* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*) echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2 exit 1;; esac shift;; -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" shift;; -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;; -t) is_target_a_directory=always dst_arg=$2 # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities. case $dst_arg in -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;; esac shift;; -T) is_target_a_directory=never;; --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;; --) shift break;; -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2 exit 1;; *) break;; esac shift done # We allow the use of options -d and -T together, by making -d # take the precedence; this is for compatibility with GNU install. if test -n "$dir_arg"; then if test -n "$dst_arg"; then echo "$0: target directory not allowed when installing a directory." >&2 exit 1 fi fi if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create. # When -t is used, the destination is already specified. # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@. for arg do if test -n "$dst_arg"; then # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg. set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg" shift # fnord fi shift # arg dst_arg=$arg # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities. case $dst_arg in -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;; esac done fi if test $# -eq 0; then if test -z "$dir_arg"; then echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2 exit 1 fi # It's OK to call 'install-sh -d' without argument. # This can happen when creating conditional directories. exit 0 fi if test -z "$dir_arg"; then if test $# -gt 1 || test "$is_target_a_directory" = always; then if test ! -d "$dst_arg"; then echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is not a directory." >&2 exit 1 fi fi fi if test -z "$dir_arg"; then do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret' trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1 trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2 trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13 trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15 # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes. # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps. case $mode in # Optimize common cases. *644) cp_umask=133;; *755) cp_umask=22;; *[0-7]) if test -z "$stripcmd"; then u_plus_rw= else u_plus_rw='% 200' fi cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;; *) if test -z "$stripcmd"; then u_plus_rw= else u_plus_rw=,u+rw fi cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;; esac fi for src do # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities. case $src in -* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;; esac if test -n "$dir_arg"; then dst=$src dstdir=$dst test -d "$dstdir" dstdir_status=$? else # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2 exit 1 fi if test -z "$dst_arg"; then echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2 exit 1 fi dst=$dst_arg # If destination is a directory, append the input filename. if test -d "$dst"; then if test "$is_target_a_directory" = never; then echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2 exit 1 fi dstdir=$dst dstbase=`basename "$src"` case $dst in */) dst=$dst$dstbase;; *) dst=$dst/$dstbase;; esac dstdir_status=0 else dstdir=`dirname "$dst"` test -d "$dstdir" dstdir_status=$? fi fi case $dstdir in */) dstdirslash=$dstdir;; *) dstdirslash=$dstdir/;; esac obsolete_mkdir_used=false if test $dstdir_status != 0; then case $posix_mkdir in '') # Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask. # This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28. umask=`umask` case $stripcmd.$umask in # Optimize common cases. *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;; .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;; *[0-7]) mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \ - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \ - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2 `;; *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;; esac # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode. # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask. if test -n "$dir_arg"; then mkdir_mode=-m$mode else mkdir_mode= fi posix_mkdir=false case $umask in *[123567][0-7][0-7]) # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0. ;; *) # Note that $RANDOM variable is not portable (e.g. dash); Use it # here however when possible just to lower collision chance. tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$ trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0 # Because "mkdir -p" follows existing symlinks and we likely work # directly in world-writeable /tmp, make sure that the '$tmpdir' # directory is successfully created first before we actually test # 'mkdir -p' feature. if (umask $mkdir_umask && $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode "$tmpdir" && exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/a/b") >/dev/null 2>&1 then if test -z "$dir_arg" || { # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m. # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or # other-writable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't. # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory. test_tmpdir="$tmpdir/a" ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"` case $ls_ld_tmpdir in d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;; d????-?--*) different_mode=755;; *) false;; esac && $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$test_tmpdir" && { ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"` test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1" } } then posix_mkdir=: fi rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir" else # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations. rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null fi trap '' 0;; esac;; esac if $posix_mkdir && ( umask $mkdir_umask && $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir" ) then : else # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX, # or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go. case $dstdir in /*) prefix='/';; [-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';; *) prefix='';; esac oIFS=$IFS IFS=/ set -f set fnord $dstdir shift set +f IFS=$oIFS prefixes= for d do test X"$d" = X && continue prefix=$prefix$d if test -d "$prefix"; then prefixes= else if $posix_mkdir; then (umask=$mkdir_umask && $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. test -d "$prefix" || exit 1 else case $prefix in *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; *) qprefix=$prefix;; esac prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'" fi fi prefix=$prefix/ done if test -n "$prefixes"; then # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. (umask $mkdir_umask && eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") || test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1 obsolete_mkdir_used=true fi fi fi if test -n "$dir_arg"; then { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } && { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } && { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false || test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1 else # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory. dsttmp=${dstdirslash}_inst.$$_ rmtmp=${dstdirslash}_rm.$$_ # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit. trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0 # Copy the file name to the temp name. (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") && # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits. # # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command. # { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } && { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } && { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } && { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } && # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file. if $copy_on_change && old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` && new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` && set -f && set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && set +f && test "$old" = "$new" && $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1 then rm -f "$dsttmp" else # Rename the file to the real destination. $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null || # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not # support -f. { # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location. # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some # systems and the destination file might be busy for other # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new # file should still install successfully. { test ! -f "$dst" || $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null || { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null && { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; } } || { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2 (exit 1); exit 1 } } && # Now rename the file to the real destination. $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst" } fi || exit 1 trap '' 0 fi done # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" # time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: guile-git-0.3.0/build-aux/mdate-sh0000755000175000017500000001373213600265420013647 00000000000000#!/bin/sh # Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it. scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC # Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # written by Ulrich Drepper , June 1995 # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program. If not, see . # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # This file is maintained in Automake, please report # bugs to or send patches to # . if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST fi case $1 in '') echo "$0: No file. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 exit 1; ;; -h | --h*) cat <<\EOF Usage: mdate-sh [--help] [--version] FILE Pretty-print the modification day of FILE, in the format: 1 January 1970 Report bugs to . EOF exit $? ;; -v | --v*) echo "mdate-sh $scriptversion" exit $? ;; esac error () { echo "$0: $1" >&2 exit 1 } # Prevent date giving response in another language. LANG=C export LANG LC_ALL=C export LC_ALL LC_TIME=C export LC_TIME # Use UTC to get reproducible result. TZ=UTC0 export TZ # GNU ls changes its time format in response to the TIME_STYLE # variable. Since we cannot assume 'unset' works, revert this # variable to its documented default. if test "${TIME_STYLE+set}" = set; then TIME_STYLE=posix-long-iso export TIME_STYLE fi save_arg1=$1 # Find out how to get the extended ls output of a file or directory. if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then ls_command='ls -L -l -d' else ls_command='ls -l -d' fi # Avoid user/group names that might have spaces, when possible. if ls -n /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then ls_command="$ls_command -n" fi # A 'ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2. # drwxrwx--- 0 Aug 11 2001 foo # This differs from Unix, which adds ownership information. # drwxrwx--- 2 root root 4096 Aug 11 2001 foo # # To find the date, we split the line on spaces and iterate on words # until we find a month. This cannot work with files whose owner is a # user named "Jan", or "Feb", etc. However, it's unlikely that '/' # will be owned by a user whose name is a month. So we first look at # the extended ls output of the root directory to decide how many # words should be skipped to get the date. # On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below. set x`$ls_command /` # Find which argument is the month. month= command= until test $month do test $# -gt 0 || error "failed parsing '$ls_command /' output" shift # Add another shift to the command. command="$command shift;" case $1 in Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;; Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;; Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;; Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;; May) month=May; nummonth=5;; Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;; Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;; Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;; Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;; Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;; Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;; Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;; esac done test -n "$month" || error "failed parsing '$ls_command /' output" # Get the extended ls output of the file or directory. set dummy x`eval "$ls_command \"\\\$save_arg1\""` # Remove all preceding arguments eval $command # Because of the dummy argument above, month is in $2. # # On a POSIX system, we should have # # $# = 5 # $1 = file size # $2 = month # $3 = day # $4 = year or time # $5 = filename # # On Darwin 7.7.0 and 7.6.0, we have # # $# = 4 # $1 = day # $2 = month # $3 = year or time # $4 = filename # Get the month. case $2 in Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;; Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;; Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;; Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;; May) month=May; nummonth=5;; Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;; Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;; Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;; Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;; Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;; Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;; Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;; esac case $3 in ???*) day=$1;; *) day=$3; shift;; esac # Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either # the time of day or the year. case $3 in *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$# case $2 in Jan) nummonthtod=1;; Feb) nummonthtod=2;; Mar) nummonthtod=3;; Apr) nummonthtod=4;; May) nummonthtod=5;; Jun) nummonthtod=6;; Jul) nummonthtod=7;; Aug) nummonthtod=8;; Sep) nummonthtod=9;; Oct) nummonthtod=10;; Nov) nummonthtod=11;; Dec) nummonthtod=12;; esac # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also # be used for files modified in the last year. if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null; then year=`expr $year - 1` fi;; *) year=$3;; esac # The result. echo $day $month $year # Local Variables: # mode: shell-script # sh-indentation: 2 # eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" # time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: guile-git-0.3.0/build-aux/test-driver.scm0000664000175000017500000001727513067066332015213 00000000000000;;;; test-driver.scm - Guile test driver for Automake testsuite harness (define script-version "2017-03-22.13") ;UTC ;;; Copyright © 2015, 2016 Mathieu Lirzin ;;; ;;; This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at ;;; your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the ;;; GNU General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with this program. If not, see . ;;;; Commentary: ;;; ;;; This script provides a Guile test driver using the SRFI-64 Scheme API for ;;; test suites. SRFI-64 is distributed with Guile since version 2.0.9. ;;; ;;;; Code: (use-modules (ice-9 getopt-long) (ice-9 pretty-print) (srfi srfi-26) (srfi srfi-64)) (define (show-help) (display "Usage: test-driver --test-name=NAME --log-file=PATH --trs-file=PATH [--expect-failure={yes|no}] [--color-tests={yes|no}] [--enable-hard-errors={yes|no}] [--brief={yes|no}}] [--] TEST-SCRIPT [TEST-SCRIPT-ARGUMENTS] The '--test-name', '--log-file' and '--trs-file' options are mandatory.\n")) (define %options '((test-name (value #t)) (log-file (value #t)) (trs-file (value #t)) (color-tests (value #t)) (expect-failure (value #t)) ;XXX: not implemented yet (enable-hard-errors (value #t)) ;not implemented in SRFI-64 (brief (value #t)) (help (single-char #\h) (value #f)) (version (single-char #\V) (value #f)))) (define (option->boolean options key) "Return #t if the value associated with KEY in OPTIONS is \"yes\"." (and=> (option-ref options key #f) (cut string=? <> "yes"))) (define* (test-display field value #:optional (port (current-output-port)) #:key pretty?) "Display \"FIELD: VALUE\\n\" on PORT." (if pretty? (begin (format port "~A:~%" field) (pretty-print value port #:per-line-prefix "+ ")) (format port "~A: ~S~%" field value))) (define* (result->string symbol #:key colorize?) "Return SYMBOL as an upper case string. Use colors when COLORIZE is #t." (let ((result (string-upcase (symbol->string symbol)))) (if colorize? (string-append (case symbol ((pass) "") ;green ((xfail) "") ;light green ((skip) "") ;blue ((fail xpass) "") ;red ((error) "")) ;magenta result "") ;no color result))) (define* (test-runner-gnu test-name #:key color? brief? out-port trs-port) "Return an custom SRFI-64 test runner. TEST-NAME is a string specifying the file name of the current the test. COLOR? specifies whether to use colors, and BRIEF?, well, you know. OUT-PORT and TRS-PORT must be output ports. The current output port is supposed to be redirected to a '.log' file." (define (test-on-test-begin-gnu runner) ;; Procedure called at the start of an individual test case, before the ;; test expression (and expected value) are evaluated. (let ((result (cute assq-ref (test-result-alist runner) <>))) (format #t "test-name: ~A~%" (result 'test-name)) (format #t "location: ~A~%" (string-append (result 'source-file) ":" (number->string (result 'source-line)))) (test-display "source" (result 'source-form) #:pretty? #t))) (define (test-on-test-end-gnu runner) ;; Procedure called at the end of an individual test case, when the result ;; of the test is available. (let* ((results (test-result-alist runner)) (result? (cut assq <> results)) (result (cut assq-ref results <>))) (unless brief? ;; Display the result of each test case on the console. (format out-port "~A: ~A - ~A~%" (result->string (test-result-kind runner) #:colorize? color?) test-name (test-runner-test-name runner))) (when (result? 'expected-value) (test-display "expected-value" (result 'expected-value))) (when (result? 'expected-error) (test-display "expected-error" (result 'expected-error) #:pretty? #t)) (when (result? 'actual-value) (test-display "actual-value" (result 'actual-value))) (when (result? 'actual-error) (test-display "actual-error" (result 'actual-error) #:pretty? #t)) (format #t "result: ~a~%" (result->string (result 'result-kind))) (newline) (format trs-port ":test-result: ~A ~A~%" (result->string (test-result-kind runner)) (test-runner-test-name runner)))) (define (test-on-group-end-gnu runner) ;; Procedure called by a 'test-end', including at the end of a test-group. (let ((fail (or (positive? (test-runner-fail-count runner)) (positive? (test-runner-xpass-count runner)))) (skip (or (positive? (test-runner-skip-count runner)) (positive? (test-runner-xfail-count runner))))) ;; XXX: The global results need some refinements for XPASS. (format trs-port ":global-test-result: ~A~%" (if fail "FAIL" (if skip "SKIP" "PASS"))) (format trs-port ":recheck: ~A~%" (if fail "yes" "no")) (format trs-port ":copy-in-global-log: ~A~%" (if (or fail skip) "yes" "no")) (when brief? ;; Display the global test group result on the console. (format out-port "~A: ~A~%" (result->string (if fail 'fail (if skip 'skip 'pass)) #:colorize? color?) test-name)) #f)) (let ((runner (test-runner-null))) (test-runner-on-test-begin! runner test-on-test-begin-gnu) (test-runner-on-test-end! runner test-on-test-end-gnu) (test-runner-on-group-end! runner test-on-group-end-gnu) (test-runner-on-bad-end-name! runner test-on-bad-end-name-simple) runner)) ;;; ;;; Entry point. ;;; (define (main . args) (let* ((opts (getopt-long (command-line) %options)) (option (cut option-ref opts <> <>))) (cond ((option 'help #f) (show-help)) ((option 'version #f) (format #t "test-driver.scm ~A" script-version)) (else (let ((log (open-file (option 'log-file "") "w0")) (trs (open-file (option 'trs-file "") "wl")) (out (duplicate-port (current-output-port) "wl"))) (redirect-port log (current-output-port)) (redirect-port log (current-warning-port)) (redirect-port log (current-error-port)) (test-with-runner (test-runner-gnu (option 'test-name #f) #:color? (option->boolean opts 'color-tests) #:brief? (option->boolean opts 'brief) #:out-port out #:trs-port trs) (load-from-path (option 'test-name #f))) (close-port log) (close-port trs) (close-port out)))) (exit 0))) ;;; Local Variables: ;;; eval: (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'time-stamp) ;;; time-stamp-start: "(define script-version \"" ;;; time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" ;;; time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" ;;; time-stamp-end: "\") ;UTC" ;;; End: ;;;; test-driver.scm ends here. guile-git-0.3.0/build-aux/missing0000755000175000017500000001533613600265420013620 00000000000000#! /bin/sh # Common wrapper for a few potentially missing GNU programs. scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC # Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Originally written by Fran,cois Pinard , 1996. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program. If not, see . # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. if test $# -eq 0; then echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information" exit 1 fi case $1 in --is-lightweight) # Used by our autoconf macros to check whether the available missing # script is modern enough. exit 0 ;; --run) # Back-compat with the calling convention used by older automake. shift ;; -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help) echo "\ $0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]... Run 'PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...', returning a proper advice when this fails due to PROGRAM being missing or too old. Options: -h, --help display this help and exit -v, --version output version information and exit Supported PROGRAM values: aclocal autoconf autoheader autom4te automake makeinfo bison yacc flex lex help2man Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes 'gnu-', 'gnu', and 'g' are ignored when checking the name. Send bug reports to ." exit $? ;; -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version) echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)" exit $? ;; -*) echo 1>&2 "$0: unknown '$1' option" echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information" exit 1 ;; esac # Run the given program, remember its exit status. "$@"; st=$? # If it succeeded, we are done. test $st -eq 0 && exit 0 # Also exit now if we it failed (or wasn't found), and '--version' was # passed; such an option is passed most likely to detect whether the # program is present and works. case $2 in --version|--help) exit $st;; esac # Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens when the user # tries to use an ancient version of a tool on a file that requires a # minimum version. if test $st -eq 63; then msg="probably too old" elif test $st -eq 127; then # Program was missing. msg="missing on your system" else # Program was found and executed, but failed. Give up. exit $st fi perl_URL=https://www.perl.org/ flex_URL=https://github.com/westes/flex gnu_software_URL=https://www.gnu.org/software program_details () { case $1 in aclocal|automake) echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Automake package:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/automake>" echo "It also requires GNU Autoconf, GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf>" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>" echo "<$perl_URL>" ;; autoconf|autom4te|autoheader) echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Autoconf package:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf/>" echo "It also requires GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>" echo "<$perl_URL>" ;; esac } give_advice () { # Normalize program name to check for. normalized_program=`echo "$1" | sed ' s/^gnu-//; t s/^gnu//; t s/^g//; t'` printf '%s\n' "'$1' is $msg." configure_deps="'configure.ac' or m4 files included by 'configure.ac'" case $normalized_program in autoconf*) echo "You should only need it if you modified 'configure.ac'," echo "or m4 files included by it." program_details 'autoconf' ;; autoheader*) echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acconfig.h' or" echo "$configure_deps." program_details 'autoheader' ;; automake*) echo "You should only need it if you modified 'Makefile.am' or" echo "$configure_deps." program_details 'automake' ;; aclocal*) echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acinclude.m4' or" echo "$configure_deps." program_details 'aclocal' ;; autom4te*) echo "You might have modified some maintainer files that require" echo "the 'autom4te' program to be rebuilt." program_details 'autom4te' ;; bison*|yacc*) echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.y' file." echo "You may want to install the GNU Bison package:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/bison/>" ;; lex*|flex*) echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.l' file." echo "You may want to install the Fast Lexical Analyzer package:" echo "<$flex_URL>" ;; help2man*) echo "You should only need it if you modified a dependency" \ "of a man page." echo "You may want to install the GNU Help2man package:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/help2man/>" ;; makeinfo*) echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.texi' file, or" echo "any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual." echo "You might want to install the Texinfo package:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/texinfo/>" echo "The spurious makeinfo call might also be the consequence of" echo "using a buggy 'make' (AIX, DU, IRIX), in which case you might" echo "want to install GNU make:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/make/>" ;; *) echo "You might have modified some files without having the proper" echo "tools for further handling them. Check the 'README' file, it" echo "often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing" echo "this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in" echo "case some other package contains this missing '$1' program." ;; esac } give_advice "$1" | sed -e '1s/^/WARNING: /' \ -e '2,$s/^/ /' >&2 # Propagate the correct exit status (expected to be 127 for a program # not found, 63 for a program that failed due to version mismatch). exit $st # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" # time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: guile-git-0.3.0/build-aux/texinfo.tex0000644000175000017500000135240313600265420014417 00000000000000% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. % % Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi % \def\texinfoversion{2018-02-12.17} % % Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, % 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, % 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 % Free Software Foundation, Inc. % % This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or % modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as % published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the % License, or (at your option) any later version. % % This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be % useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty % of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU % General Public License for more details. % % You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License % along with this program. If not, see . % % As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing % a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without % restriction. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7 % of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3"). % % Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug % reports; you can get the latest version from: % https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/ (the Texinfo release area), or % https://ftpmirror.gnu.org/texinfo/ (same, via a mirror), or % https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page) % The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out % of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. % % Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a % complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the % problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. % % To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the % texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple % manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: % tex foo.texi % texindex foo.?? % tex foo.texi % tex foo.texi % dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps. % The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct. % Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more % than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. % % It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some % extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the % full Texinfo distribution. % % The GNU Texinfo home page is https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo. \message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} % If in a .fmt file, print the version number % and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because % they might have appeared in the input file name. \everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} % LaTeX's \typeout. This ensures that the messages it is used for % are identical in format to the corresponding ones from latex/pdflatex. \def\typeout{\immediate\write17}% \chardef\other=12 % We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo. % For @tex, we can use \tabalign. \let\+ = \relax % Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine. \let\ptexb=\b \let\ptexbullet=\bullet \let\ptexc=\c \let\ptexcomma=\, \let\ptexdot=\. \let\ptexdots=\dots \let\ptexend=\end \let\ptexequiv=\equiv \let\ptexexclam=\! \let\ptexfootnote=\footnote \let\ptexgtr=> \let\ptexhat=^ \let\ptexi=\i \let\ptexindent=\indent \let\ptexinsert=\insert \let\ptexlbrace=\{ \let\ptexless=< \let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite \let\ptexnoindent=\noindent \let\ptexplus=+ \let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright \let\ptexrbrace=\} \let\ptexslash=\/ \let\ptexsp=\sp \let\ptexstar=\* \let\ptexsup=\sup \let\ptext=\t \let\ptextop=\top {\catcode`\'=\active \global\let\ptexquoteright'}% active in plain's math mode % If this character appears in an error message or help string, it % starts a new line in the output. \newlinechar = `^^J % Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error % messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. % \ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0. \else \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space} \fi % Set up fixed words for English if not already set. \ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi \ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi \ifx\putworderror\undefined \gdef\putworderror{error}\fi \ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi \ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi \ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi \ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi \ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi \ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi \ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi \ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi \ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi \ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi \ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi \ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi \ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi \ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi \ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi \ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi \ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi % \ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi \ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi \ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi \ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi \ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi \ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi \ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi \ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi \ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi \ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi \ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi \ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi % \ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi \ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi \ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi \ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi \ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi % Give the space character the catcode for a space. \def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =10\relax} % Likewise for ^^M, the end of line character. \def\endlineisspace{\catcode13=10\relax} \chardef\dashChar = `\- \chardef\slashChar = `\/ \chardef\underChar = `\_ % Ignore a token. % \def\gobble#1{} % The following is used inside several \edef's. \def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} % Hyphenation fixes. \hyphenation{ Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script auto-ma-ti-cal-ly ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces spell-ing spell-ings stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space wide-spread wrap-around } % Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file % and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, % since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make % some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log % file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX. % \def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% \def\loggingall{% \tracingstats2 \tracingpages1 \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingoutput1 \tracingmacros2 \tracingrestores1 \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined\else % etex gives us more logging \tracingscantokens1 \tracingifs1 \tracinggroups1 \tracingnesting2 \tracingassigns1 \fi \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex \errorcontextlines16 }% % @errormsg{MSG}. Do the index-like expansions on MSG, but if things % aren't perfect, it's not the end of the world, being an error message, % after all. % \def\errormsg{\begingroup \indexnofonts \doerrormsg} \def\doerrormsg#1{\errmessage{#1}} % add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing % we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. % \def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi} \def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi} \def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} % Output routine % % For a final copy, take out the rectangles % that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided % that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). % \def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt } % Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. % \newif\ifcropmarks \let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue % % Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners. % Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986 % \newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines \newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc \newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt \newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in % Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor. % We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark. % This works because we only use \botmark / \topmark, not \firstmark. % % A mark contains a subexpression of the \ifcase ... \fi construct. % \get*marks macros below extract the needed part using \ifcase. % % Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter % (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top % of a page, or that at the bottom of a page. % \domark is called twice inside \chapmacro, to add one % mark before the section break, and one after. % In the second call \prevchapterdefs is the same as \lastchapterdefs, % and \prevsectiondefs is the same as \lastsectiondefs. % Then if the page is not broken at the mark, some of the previous % section appears on the page, and we can get the name of this section % from \firstmark for @everyheadingmarks top. % @everyheadingmarks bottom uses \botmark. % % See page 260 of The TeXbook. \def\domark{% \toks0=\expandafter{\lastchapterdefs}% \toks2=\expandafter{\lastsectiondefs}% \toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}% \toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}% \toks8=\expandafter{\lastcolordefs}% \mark{% \the\toks0 \the\toks2 % 0: marks for @everyheadingmarks top \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6 % 1: for @everyheadingmarks bottom \noexpand\else \the\toks8 % 2: color marks }% } % \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks, % \getcolormarks - extract needed part of mark. % % \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title % page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us % the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g., % @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very % first @chapter. \def\gettopheadingmarks{% \ifcase0\topmark\fi \ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi } \def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi} \def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\topmark\fi} % Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors. \def\lastchapterdefs{} \def\lastsectiondefs{} \def\lastsection{} \def\prevchapterdefs{} \def\prevsectiondefs{} \def\lastcolordefs{} % Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. \newdimen\bindingoffset \newdimen\normaloffset \newdimen\txipagewidth \newdimen\txipageheight % Main output routine. % \chardef\PAGE = 255 \output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} \newbox\headlinebox \newbox\footlinebox % \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. % \shipout a vbox for a single page, adding an optional header, footer, % cropmarks, and footnote. This also causes index entries for this page % to be written to the auxiliary files. % \def\onepageout#1{% \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi % \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi % % Common context changes for both heading and footing. % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). \def\commmonheadfootline{\let\hsize=\txipagewidth \texinfochars} % % Retrieve the information for the headings from the marks in the page, % and call Plain TeX's \makeheadline and \makefootline, which use the % values in \headline and \footline. % % This is used to check if we are on the first page of a chapter. \ifcase1\topmark\fi \let\prevchaptername\thischaptername \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \let\curchaptername\thischaptername % \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi \ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi % \ifx\curchaptername\prevchaptername \let\thischapterheading\thischapter \else % \thischapterheading is the same as \thischapter except it is blank % for the first page of a chapter. This is to prevent the chapter name % being shown twice. \def\thischapterheading{}% \fi % \global\setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\commmonheadfootline \makeheadline}% \global\setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\commmonheadfootline \makefootline}% % {% % Set context for writing to auxiliary files like index files. % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends % before the \shipout runs. % \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output. \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example. % We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this: % \entry{{\indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}} % "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in; % it needs to be % {\code {{\backslashcurfont }acronym} \shipout\vbox{% % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi % \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup \hsize = \outerhsize \vskip-\topandbottommargin \vtop to0pt{% \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}% \nointerlineskip \line{% \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}% \hfill \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}% }% \vss}% \vskip\topandbottommargin \line\bgroup \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize. \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi \vbox\bgroup \fi % \unvbox\headlinebox \pagebody{#1}% \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty. % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.) % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect. \vskip 24pt \unvbox\footlinebox \fi % \ifcropmarks \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick \vbox to0pt{\vss \line{% \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}% \hfill \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}% }% \nointerlineskip \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}% }% \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause \fi }% end of \shipout\vbox }% end of group with \indexdummies \advancepageno \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi } \newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen % Main part of page, including any footnotes \def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\txipageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} {\catcode`\@ =11 \gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi % marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) \ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi \dimen@=\dp#1\relax \unvbox#1\relax \ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi \ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} } % Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are % offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize % (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) % \def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong} \def\nstop{\vbox {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}} \def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong} \def\nsbot{\vbox {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}} % Argument parsing % Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of % the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a % macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. % For example, \def\foo{\parsearg\fooxxx}. % \def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}} \def\parseargusing#1#2{% \def\argtorun{#2}% \begingroup \obeylines \spaceisspace #1% \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below. } {\obeylines % \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm% }% } % First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. Also remove a @texinfoc % comment (see \scanmacro for details). Pass the result on to \argcheckspaces. \def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm} \def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argremovetexinfoc #1\texinfoc\ArgTerm} \def\argremovetexinfoc#1\texinfoc#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm} % Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `\^^M' is replaced by a single space. % % \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g., % @end itemize @c foo % This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed % by \finishparsearg. % \def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M} \def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M} \def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{% \def\temp{#3}% \ifx\temp\empty % Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp: \let\temp\finishparsearg \else \let\temp\argcheckspaces \fi % Put the space token in: \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm } % If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so % to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation. % We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now, % just before passing the control to \argtorun. % (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is % either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger % that a pair of braces would be stripped. % % But first, we have to remove the trailing space token. % \def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}} % \parseargdef - define a command taking an argument on the line % % \parseargdef\foo{...} % is roughly equivalent to % \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo} % \def\Xfoo#1{...} \def\parseargdef#1{% \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1% } \def\doparseargdef#1#2{% \def#2{\parsearg#1}% \def#1##1% } % Several utility definitions with active space: { \obeyspaces \gdef\obeyedspace{ } % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input % should produce a line of output anyway. % \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie} % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space} } \def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} % Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this: % % \envdef\foo{...} % \def\Efoo{...} % % It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the % actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also % defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks % whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be % used to check whether the current environment is the one expected. % % Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they % are not treated as environments; they don't open a group. (The % implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this % special case.) % At run-time, environments start with this: \def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}} % initialize \let\thisenv\empty % ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'': \long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} \def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} % Check whether we're in the right environment: \def\checkenv#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\thisenv\temp \else \badenverr \fi } % Environment mismatch, #1 expected: \def\badenverr{% \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp, not \inenvironment\thisenv}% } \def\inenvironment#1{% \ifx#1\empty outside of any environment% \else in environment \expandafter\string#1% \fi } % @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. % But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv % \parseargdef\end{% \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname \else % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal. \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname \csname E#1\endcsname \endgroup \fi } \newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} % Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space % equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space % at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and % since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the % penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. {\catcode`@ = 11 % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble % if the definition is written into an index file. \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } } % @: forces normal size whitespace following. \def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } % @* forces a line break. \def\*{\unskip\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} % @/ allows a line break. \let\/=\allowbreak % @. is an end-of-sentence period. \def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} % @! is an end-of-sentence bang. \def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} % @? is an end-of-sentence query. \def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} % @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation. % \def\onword{on} \def\offword{off} % \parseargdef\frenchspacing{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on|off}% \fi\fi } % @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the % beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would % produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. \def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} % @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing % it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box % to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for % \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is % max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, % therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and % the text is small, which looks bad. % % Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can % cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it % does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an % explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The % threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit % percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex). % \newbox\groupbox \def\vfilllimit{0.7} % \envdef\group{% \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% \fi \startsavinginserts % \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. \comment } % % The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts % \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done) % \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space % above. But it's pretty close. \def\Egroup{% % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth. \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar. \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth \egroup % End the \vtop. \addgroupbox \prevdepth = \dimen1 \checkinserts } \def\addgroupbox{ % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box. \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less). \dimen2 = \txipageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big % group, force a page break. \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2 \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\txipageheight \page \fi \fi \box\groupbox } % % TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help % message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. % \newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% where each line of input produces a line of output.} % @need space-in-mils % forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. \newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in \parseargdef\need{% % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a % paragraph. \par % % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. \dimen0 = #1\mil \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 % % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. % And a page break here is fine. \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% % % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. % % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. \penalty9999 % % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. \kern -#1\mil % % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. \nobreak \fi } % @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented). \let\br = \par % @page forces the start of a new page. % \def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} % @exdent text.... % outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin % This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. % That's how much \exdent should take out. \newskip\exdentamount % This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. \parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break} % This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. \parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} % @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current % paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion % class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. Not documented, written for gawk manual. % \newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm \def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} % \def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{% \nobreak \kern-\strutdepth \vtop to \strutdepth{% \baselineskip=\strutdepth \vss % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size. \ifx#1l% \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}% \else \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}% \fi \null }% }} \def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l} \def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r} % % @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]} % (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right; % else use TEXT for both). % \def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish} \def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing. \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts \def\righttext{#2}% \else \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text \def\righttext{#1}% \fi % \ifodd\pageno \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin \else \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}% \fi \temp } % @include FILE -- \input text of FILE. % \def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz} \def\includezzz#1{% \pushthisfilestack \def\thisfile{#1}% {% \makevalueexpandable % we want to expand any @value in FILE. \turnoffactive % and allow special characters in the expansion \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names. \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @include of #1^^J}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }% % % This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes % definitions, etc. \expandafter }\temp \popthisfilestack } \def\filenamecatcodes{% \catcode`\\=\other \catcode`~=\other \catcode`^=\other \catcode`_=\other \catcode`|=\other \catcode`<=\other \catcode`>=\other \catcode`+=\other \catcode`-=\other \catcode`\`=\other \catcode`\'=\other } \def\pushthisfilestack{% \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm } \def\pushthisfilestackX{% \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm } \def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {% \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}% } \def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty} \def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error: the stack of filenames is empty.}} % \def\thisfile{} % @center line % outputs that line, centered. % \parseargdef\center{% \ifhmode \let\centersub\centerH \else \let\centersub\centerV \fi \centersub{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}% \let\centersub\relax % don't let the definition persist, just in case } \def\centerH#1{{% \hfil\break \advance\hsize by -\leftskip \advance\hsize by -\rightskip \line{#1}% \break }} % \newcount\centerpenalty \def\centerV#1{% % The idea here is the same as in \startdefun, \cartouche, etc.: if % @center is the first thing after a section heading, we need to wipe % out the negative parskip inserted by \sectionheading, but still % prevent a page break here. \centerpenalty = \lastpenalty \ifnum\centerpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \fi \ifnum\centerpenalty>9999 \penalty\centerpenalty \fi \line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}% } % @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space % \parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip} % @comment ...line which is ignored... % @c is the same as @comment % @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment \def\c{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active% \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% \cxxx} {\catcode`\^^M=\active \gdef\cxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} % \let\comment\c % @paragraphindent NCHARS % We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. % NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'. % We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though. % \def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords \def\noneword{none} % \parseargdef\paragraphindent{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\asisword \else \ifx\temp\noneword \defaultparindent = 0pt \else \defaultparindent = #1em \fi \fi \parindent = \defaultparindent } % @exampleindent NCHARS % We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. % It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but % I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. \parseargdef\exampleindent{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\asisword \else \ifx\temp\noneword \lispnarrowing = 0pt \else \lispnarrowing = #1em \fi \fi } % @firstparagraphindent WORD % If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph % after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such % paragraphs. % % The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling % \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do. % We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD. % By default, we suppress indentation. % \def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent} \def\insertword{insert} % \parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\noneword \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent \else\ifx\temp\insertword \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}% \fi\fi } % Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to % \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty. % % We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next % paragraph. % \gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{% \gdef\indent {\restorefirstparagraphindent \indent}% \gdef\noindent{\restorefirstparagraphindent \noindent}% \global\everypar = {\kern -\parindent \restorefirstparagraphindent}% } % \gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{% \global\let\indent = \ptexindent \global\let\noindent = \ptexnoindent \global\everypar = {}% } % @refill is a no-op. \let\refill=\relax % @setfilename INFO-FILENAME - ignored \let\setfilename=\comment % @bye. \outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} \message{pdf,} % adobe `portable' document format \newcount\tempnum \newcount\lnkcount \newtoks\filename \newcount\filenamelength \newcount\pgn \newtoks\toksA \newtoks\toksB \newtoks\toksC \newtoks\toksD \newbox\boxA \newbox\boxB \newcount\countA \newif\ifpdf \newif\ifpdfmakepagedest % % For LuaTeX % \newif\iftxiuseunicodedestname \txiuseunicodedestnamefalse % For pdfTeX etc. \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined \else % Use Unicode destination names \txiuseunicodedestnametrue % Escape PDF strings with converting UTF-16 from UTF-8 \begingroup \catcode`\%=12 \directlua{ function UTF16oct(str) tex.sprint(string.char(0x5c) .. '376' .. string.char(0x5c) .. '377') for c in string.utfvalues(str) do if c < 0x10000 then tex.sprint( string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o', (c / 256), (c % 256))) else c = c - 0x10000 local c_hi = c / 1024 + 0xd800 local c_lo = c % 1024 + 0xdc00 tex.sprint( string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o', (c_hi / 256), (c_hi % 256), (c_lo / 256), (c_lo % 256))) end end end } \endgroup \def\pdfescapestrutfsixteen#1{\directlua{UTF16oct('\luaescapestring{#1}')}} % Escape PDF strings without converting \begingroup \directlua{ function PDFescstr(str) for c in string.bytes(str) do if c <= 0x20 or c >= 0x80 or c == 0x28 or c == 0x29 or c == 0x5c then tex.sprint( string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o', c)) else tex.sprint(string.char(c)) end end end } \endgroup \def\pdfescapestring#1{\directlua{PDFescstr('\luaescapestring{#1}')}} \ifnum\luatexversion>84 % For LuaTeX >= 0.85 \def\pdfdest{\pdfextension dest} \let\pdfoutput\outputmode \def\pdfliteral{\pdfextension literal} \def\pdfcatalog{\pdfextension catalog} \def\pdftexversion{\numexpr\pdffeedback version\relax} \let\pdfximage\saveimageresource \let\pdfrefximage\useimageresource \let\pdflastximage\lastsavedimageresourceindex \def\pdfendlink{\pdfextension endlink\relax} \def\pdfoutline{\pdfextension outline} \def\pdfstartlink{\pdfextension startlink} \def\pdffontattr{\pdfextension fontattr} \def\pdfobj{\pdfextension obj} \def\pdflastobj{\numexpr\pdffeedback lastobj\relax} \let\pdfpagewidth\pagewidth \let\pdfpageheight\pageheight \edef\pdfhorigin{\pdfvariable horigin} \edef\pdfvorigin{\pdfvariable vorigin} \fi \fi % when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1 % can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as being undefined. \ifx\pdfoutput\thisisundefined \else \ifx\pdfoutput\relax \else \ifcase\pdfoutput \else \pdftrue \fi \fi \fi % PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets, % for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to % double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be % interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good. % % See http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html and % related messages. The final outcome is that it is up to the TeX user % to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so % that's what we do. pdftex 1.30.0 (ca.2005) introduced a primitive to % do this reliably, so we use it. % #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements, % which we \xdef. \def\txiescapepdf#1{% \ifx\pdfescapestring\thisisundefined % No primitive available; should we give a warning or log? % Many times it won't matter. \xdef#1{#1}% \else % The expandable \pdfescapestring primitive escapes parentheses, % backslashes, and other special chars. \xdef#1{\pdfescapestring{#1}}% \fi } \def\txiescapepdfutfsixteen#1{% \ifx\pdfescapestrutfsixteen\thisisundefined % No UTF-16 converting macro available. \txiescapepdf{#1}% \else \xdef#1{\pdfescapestrutfsixteen{#1}}% \fi } \newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found. (.eps cannot be supported due to the design of the PDF format; use regular TeX (DVI output) for that.)} \ifpdf % % Color manipulation macros using ideas from pdfcolor.tex, % except using rgb instead of cmyk; the latter is said to render as a % very dark gray on-screen and a very dark halftone in print, instead % of actual black. The dark red here is dark enough to print on paper as % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing. We use % black by default, though. \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12} \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0} % % rg sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.); % RG sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s). \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 rg #1 RG}} % % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly, % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore. \def\setcolor#1{% \xdef\lastcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}% \domark \pdfsetcolor{#1}% } % \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack} \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor} \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor} \def\lastcolordefs{} % \def\makefootline{% \baselineskip24pt \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}% } % \def\makeheadline{% \vbox to 0pt{% \vskip-22.5pt \line{% \vbox to8.5pt{}% % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks. \getcolormarks % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color. \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}% }% \vss }% \nointerlineskip } % % \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines} % % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto). \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% \def\pdfimagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \def\pdfimageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% % % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .pdf, .png, .jpg (among % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a % bitmap. \let\pdfimgext=\empty \begingroup \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1 \errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}% \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}% \fi \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}% \fi \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}% \fi \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}% \fi \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}% \fi \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}% \fi \closein 1 \endgroup % % without \immediate, ancient pdftex seg faults when the same image is % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.) \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \immediate\pdfimage \else \immediate\pdfximage \fi \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \pdfimagewidth \fi \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \pdfimageheight \fi \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 #1.\pdfimgext \else {#1.\pdfimgext}% \fi \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage \fi} % \def\setpdfdestname#1{{% % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title. \indexnofonts \makevalueexpandable \turnoffactive \iftxiuseunicodedestname \ifx \declaredencoding \latone % Pass through Latin-1 characters. % LuaTeX with byte wise I/O converts Latin-1 characters to Unicode. \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight % Pass through Unicode characters. \else % Use ASCII approximations in destination names. \passthroughcharsfalse \fi \fi \else % Use ASCII approximations in destination names. \passthroughcharsfalse \fi \def\pdfdestname{#1}% \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname }} % \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{% \indexnofonts \makevalueexpandable \turnoffactive \ifx \declaredencoding \latone % The PDF format can use an extended form of Latin-1 in bookmark % strings. See Appendix D of the PDF Reference, Sixth Edition, for % the "PDFDocEncoding". \passthroughcharstrue % Pass through Latin-1 characters. % LuaTeX: Convert to Unicode % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined % For pdfTeX with UTF-8. % TODO: the PDF format can use UTF-16 in bookmark strings, % but the code for this isn't done yet. % Use ASCII approximations. \passthroughcharsfalse \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% \else % For LuaTeX with UTF-8. % Pass through Unicode characters for title texts. \passthroughcharstrue \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% \fi \else % For non-Latin-1 or non-UTF-8 encodings. % Use ASCII approximations. \passthroughcharsfalse \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% \fi \fi % LuaTeX: Convert to UTF-16 % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding \txiescapepdfutfsixteen\pdfoutlinetext }} % \def\pdfmkdest#1{% \setpdfdestname{#1}% \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}% } % % used to mark target names; must be expandable. \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1} % % by default, use black for everything. \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack} \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack} \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink} % % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines % come from Petr Olsak \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax \advance\tempnum by 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} % % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the % outline by the pdf viewer. #2 is the pdf expression for the number % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node text, % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node. % #4 is the page number % \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{% % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the % page number. We could generate a destination for the section % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured. \setpdfoutlinetext{#1} \setpdfdestname{#3} \ifx\pdfdestname\empty \def\pdfdestname{#4}% \fi % \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}% } % \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% \begingroup % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline. \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% \def\thischapnum{##2}% \def\thissecnum{0}% \def\thissubsecnum{0}% }% \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}% \def\thissecnum{##2}% \def\thissubsecnum{0}% }% \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}% \def\thissubsecnum{##2}% }% \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}% }% \def\thischapnum{0}% \def\thissecnum{0}% \def\thissubsecnum{0}% % % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et % al. a second time, below. \def\appentry{\numchapentry}% \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}% \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}% \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}% \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% \readdatafile{toc}% % % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines. % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above. % % We use the node names as the destinations. \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}% \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}% % % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters, % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100. % % TODO this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Too % much work for too little return. Just use the ASCII equivalents % we use for the index sort strings. % \indexnofonts \setupdatafile % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike % Texinfo index files. So set that up. \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}% \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}% \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash \input \tocreadfilename \endgroup } {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2 \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]% \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]% ] % \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% \advance\filenamelength by 1 \fi \nextsp} \def\getfilename#1{% \filenamelength=0 % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get % snagged on things like "@value{foo}". \edef\temp{#1}% \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax } \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \let \startlink \pdfannotlink \else \let \startlink \pdfstartlink \fi % make a live url in pdf output. \def\pdfurl#1{% \begingroup % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one % people have actually reported a problem with. % \normalturnoffactive \def\@{@}% \let\/=\empty \makevalueexpandable % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just % special-casing \var here? \def\var##1{##1}% % \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}% \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% \endgroup} \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} \def\maketoks{% \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax \ifx\first0\adn0 \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 \else \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else \let\next=\maketoks \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi \fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \next} \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} \def\pdflink#1{% \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}} \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink} \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} \else % non-pdf mode \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble \let\pdfurl = \gobble \let\endlink = \relax \let\setcolor = \gobble \let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax \fi % \ifx\pdfoutput % % For XeTeX % \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined \else % % XeTeX version check % \ifnum\strcmp{\the\XeTeXversion\XeTeXrevision}{0.99996}>-1 % TeX Live 2016 contains XeTeX 0.99996 and xdvipdfmx 20160307. % It can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special (from TeX Live SVN r40941). % For avoiding PDF destination name replacement, we use this special % instead of xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'. \special{dvipdfmx:config C 0x0010} % XeTeX 0.99995+ comes with xdvipdfmx 20160307+. % It can handle Unicode destination names for PDF. \txiuseunicodedestnametrue \else % XeTeX < 0.99996 (TeX Live < 2016) cannot use the % `dvipdfmx:config' special. % So for avoiding PDF destination name replacement, % xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010' is necessary. % % XeTeX < 0.99995 can not handle Unicode destination names for PDF % because xdvipdfmx 20150315 has a UTF-16 conversion issue. % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753). \txiuseunicodedestnamefalse \fi % % Color support % \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12} \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0} % \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\special{pdf:scolor [#1]}} % % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly, % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore. \def\setcolor#1{% \xdef\lastcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}% \domark \pdfsetcolor{#1}% } % \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack} \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor} \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor} \def\lastcolordefs{} % \def\makefootline{% \baselineskip24pt \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}% } % \def\makeheadline{% \vbox to 0pt{% \vskip-22.5pt \line{% \vbox to8.5pt{}% % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks. \getcolormarks % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color. \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}% }% \vss }% \nointerlineskip } % % PDF outline support % % Emulate pdfTeX primitive \def\pdfdest name#1 xyz{% \special{pdf:dest (#1) [@thispage /XYZ @xpos @ypos null]}% } % \def\setpdfdestname#1{{% % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title. \indexnofonts \makevalueexpandable \turnoffactive \iftxiuseunicodedestname % Pass through Unicode characters. \else % Use ASCII approximations in destination names. \passthroughcharsfalse \fi \def\pdfdestname{#1}% \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname }} % \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{% \turnoffactive % Always use Unicode characters in title texts. \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts to UTF-16. % So we do not convert. \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext }} % \def\pdfmkdest#1{% \setpdfdestname{#1}% \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}% } % % by default, use black for everything. \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack} \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack} \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink} % \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{% \setpdfoutlinetext{#1} \setpdfdestname{#3} \ifx\pdfdestname\empty \def\pdfdestname{#4}% \fi % \special{pdf:out [-] #2 << /Title (\pdfoutlinetext) /A << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >> }% } % \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% \begingroup % % For XeTeX, counts of subentries are not necessary. % Therefore, we read toc only once. % % We use node names as destinations. \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}% \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{2}{##3}{##4}}% \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{3}{##3}{##4}}% \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{4}{##3}{##4}}% % \let\appentry\numchapentry% \let\appsecentry\numsecentry% \let\appsubsecentry\numsubsecentry% \let\appsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry% \let\unnchapentry\numchapentry% \let\unnsecentry\numsecentry% \let\unnsubsecentry\numsubsecentry% \let\unnsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry% % % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts strings to UTF-16. % Therefore, the encoding and the language may not be considered. % \indexnofonts \setupdatafile % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike % Texinfo index files. So set that up. \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}% \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}% \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash \input \tocreadfilename \endgroup } {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2 \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]% \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]% ] \special{pdf:docview << /PageMode /UseOutlines >> } % ``\special{pdf:tounicode ...}'' is not necessary % because xdvipdfmx converts strings from UTF-8 to UTF-16 without it. % However, due to a UTF-16 conversion issue of xdvipdfmx 20150315, % ``\special{pdf:dest ...}'' cannot handle non-ASCII strings. % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753). % \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% \advance\filenamelength by 1 \fi \nextsp} \def\getfilename#1{% \filenamelength=0 % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get % snagged on things like "@value{foo}". \edef\temp{#1}% \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax } % make a live url in pdf output. \def\pdfurl#1{% \begingroup % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one % people have actually reported a problem with. % \normalturnoffactive \def\@{@}% \let\/=\empty \makevalueexpandable % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just % special-casing \var here? \def\var##1{##1}% % \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}% \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >> >>}% \endgroup} \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\special{pdf:eann}} \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} \def\maketoks{% \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax \ifx\first0\adn0 \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 \else \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else \let\next=\maketoks \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi \fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \next} \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} \def\pdflink#1{% \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A << /S /GoTo /D (#1) >> >>}% \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink} \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} % % % @image support % % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto). \def\doxeteximage#1#2#3{% \def\xeteximagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \def\xeteximageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% % % XeTeX (and the PDF format) supports .pdf, .png, .jpg (among % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a % bitmap. \let\xeteximgext=\empty \begingroup \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1 \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for XeTeX}% \else \gdef\xeteximgext{JPG}% \fi \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpeg}% \fi \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpg}% \fi \else \gdef\xeteximgext{png}% \fi \else \gdef\xeteximgext{PDF}% \fi \else \gdef\xeteximgext{pdf}% \fi \closein 1 \endgroup % \def\xetexpdfext{pdf}% \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext "" \else \def\xetexpdfext{PDF}% \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext "" \else \XeTeXpicfile "#1".\xeteximgext "" \fi \fi \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \xeteximagewidth \fi \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \xeteximageheight \fi \relax } \fi % \message{fonts,} % Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size % correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers % used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. % \def\lineskipfactor{.08333} \def\strutheightpercent{.70833} \def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} % % can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this. \def\baselinefactor{1} % \newdimen\textleading \def\setleading#1{% \dimen0 = #1\relax \normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0 \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip \normalbaselines \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip }% } % PDF CMaps. See also LaTeX's t1.cmap. % % do nothing with this by default. \expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1\endcsname\gobble \expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname\gobble \expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname\gobble % if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps. % (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run % older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.) \ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\thisisundefined \else \begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap %%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0) %%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0) %%Version: 1.000 %%EndComments /CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin 12 dict begin begincmap /CIDSystemInfo << /Registry (TeX) /Ordering (OT1) /Supplement 0 >> def /CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def /CMapType 2 def 1 begincodespacerange <00> <7F> endcodespacerange 8 beginbfrange <00> <01> <0393> <09> <0A> <03A8> <23> <26> <0023> <28> <3B> <0028> <3F> <5B> <003F> <5D> <5E> <005D> <61> <7A> <0061> <7B> <7C> <2013> endbfrange 40 beginbfchar <02> <0398> <03> <039B> <04> <039E> <05> <03A0> <06> <03A3> <07> <03D2> <08> <03A6> <0B> <00660066> <0C> <00660069> <0D> <0066006C> <0E> <006600660069> <0F> <00660066006C> <10> <0131> <11> <0237> <12> <0060> <13> <00B4> <14> <02C7> <15> <02D8> <16> <00AF> <17> <02DA> <18> <00B8> <19> <00DF> <1A> <00E6> <1B> <0153> <1C> <00F8> <1D> <00C6> <1E> <0152> <1F> <00D8> <21> <0021> <22> <201D> <27> <2019> <3C> <00A1> <3D> <003D> <3E> <00BF> <5C> <201C> <5F> <02D9> <60> <2018> <7D> <02DD> <7E> <007E> <7F> <00A8> endbfchar endcmap CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop end end %%EndResource %%EOF }\endgroup \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1\endcsname#1{% \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% }% % % \cmapOT1IT \begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap %%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1IT-0) %%Title: (TeX-OT1IT-0 TeX OT1IT 0) %%Version: 1.000 %%EndComments /CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin 12 dict begin begincmap /CIDSystemInfo << /Registry (TeX) /Ordering (OT1IT) /Supplement 0 >> def /CMapName /TeX-OT1IT-0 def /CMapType 2 def 1 begincodespacerange <00> <7F> endcodespacerange 8 beginbfrange <00> <01> <0393> <09> <0A> <03A8> <25> <26> <0025> <28> <3B> <0028> <3F> <5B> <003F> <5D> <5E> <005D> <61> <7A> <0061> <7B> <7C> <2013> endbfrange 42 beginbfchar <02> <0398> <03> <039B> <04> <039E> <05> <03A0> <06> <03A3> <07> <03D2> <08> <03A6> <0B> <00660066> <0C> <00660069> <0D> <0066006C> <0E> <006600660069> <0F> <00660066006C> <10> <0131> <11> <0237> <12> <0060> <13> <00B4> <14> <02C7> <15> <02D8> <16> <00AF> <17> <02DA> <18> <00B8> <19> <00DF> <1A> <00E6> <1B> <0153> <1C> <00F8> <1D> <00C6> <1E> <0152> <1F> <00D8> <21> <0021> <22> <201D> <23> <0023> <24> <00A3> <27> <2019> <3C> <00A1> <3D> <003D> <3E> <00BF> <5C> <201C> <5F> <02D9> <60> <2018> <7D> <02DD> <7E> <007E> <7F> <00A8> endbfchar endcmap CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop end end %%EndResource %%EOF }\endgroup \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname#1{% \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% }% % % \cmapOT1TT \begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap %%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1TT-0) %%Title: (TeX-OT1TT-0 TeX OT1TT 0) %%Version: 1.000 %%EndComments /CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin 12 dict begin begincmap /CIDSystemInfo << /Registry (TeX) /Ordering (OT1TT) /Supplement 0 >> def /CMapName /TeX-OT1TT-0 def /CMapType 2 def 1 begincodespacerange <00> <7F> endcodespacerange 5 beginbfrange <00> <01> <0393> <09> <0A> <03A8> <21> <26> <0021> <28> <5F> <0028> <61> <7E> <0061> endbfrange 32 beginbfchar <02> <0398> <03> <039B> <04> <039E> <05> <03A0> <06> <03A3> <07> <03D2> <08> <03A6> <0B> <2191> <0C> <2193> <0D> <0027> <0E> <00A1> <0F> <00BF> <10> <0131> <11> <0237> <12> <0060> <13> <00B4> <14> <02C7> <15> <02D8> <16> <00AF> <17> <02DA> <18> <00B8> <19> <00DF> <1A> <00E6> <1B> <0153> <1C> <00F8> <1D> <00C6> <1E> <0152> <1F> <00D8> <20> <2423> <27> <2019> <60> <2018> <7F> <00A8> endbfchar endcmap CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop end end %%EndResource %%EOF }\endgroup \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname#1{% \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% }% \fi\fi % Set the font macro #1 to the font named \fontprefix#2. % #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap % encoding (only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, or empty to omit). % Example: % #1 = \textrm % #2 = \rmshape % #3 = 10 % #4 = \mainmagstep % #5 = OT1 % \def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{% \font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4 \csname cmap#5\endcsname#1% } % This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty. \let\cmap\gobble % % (end of cmaps) % Use cm as the default font prefix. % To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix % before you read in texinfo.tex. \ifx\fontprefix\thisisundefined \def\fontprefix{cm} \fi % Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. \def\rmshape{r} \def\rmbshape{bx} % where the normal face is bold \def\bfshape{b} \def\bxshape{bx} \def\ttshape{tt} \def\ttbshape{tt} \def\ttslshape{sltt} \def\itshape{ti} \def\itbshape{bxti} \def\slshape{sl} \def\slbshape{bxsl} \def\sfshape{ss} \def\sfbshape{ss} \def\scshape{csc} \def\scbshape{csc} % Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. (The default in Texinfo.) % \def\definetextfontsizexi{% % Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1). \def\textnominalsize{11pt} \edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf} \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} \setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT} \setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} \font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep \font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep \def\textecsize{1095} % A few fonts for @defun names and args. \setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} \setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} \setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} \def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf \let\ttslfont=\defttsl \let\slfont=\defsl \bf} % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). \def\smallnominalsize{9pt} \setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} \font\smalli=cmmi9 \font\smallsy=cmsy9 \def\smallecsize{0900} % Fonts for small examples (8pt). \def\smallernominalsize{8pt} \setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1} \setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1} \setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT} \font\smalleri=cmmi8 \font\smallersy=cmsy8 \def\smallerecsize{0800} % Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt). \def\sevennominalsize{7pt} \setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} \setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1} \setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1} \setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1} \setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1} \setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} \font\seveni=cmmi7 \font\sevensy=cmsy7 \def\sevenecsize{0700} % Fonts for title page (20.4pt): \def\titlenominalsize{20pt} \setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1} \setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT} \setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} \setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} \setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT} \setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1} \let\titlebf=\titlerm \setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 \def\titleecsize{2074} % Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). \def\chapnominalsize{17pt} \setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1} \setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1IT} \setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1} \setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} \setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} \setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}{OT1} \let\chapbf=\chaprm \setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1} \font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 \font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 \def\chapecsize{1728} % Section fonts (14.4pt). \def\secnominalsize{14pt} \setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\secrmnotbold\rmshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT} \setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} \setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} \setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} \setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} \let\secbf\secrm \setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} \font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 \font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 \def\sececsize{1440} % Subsection fonts (13.15pt). \def\ssecnominalsize{13pt} \setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1} \setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}{OT1IT} \setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}{OT1} \setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} \setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}{OT1TT} \setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1} \let\ssecbf\ssecrm \setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}{OT1} \font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf \font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 \def\ssececsize{1200} % Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (10pt). \def\reducednominalsize{10pt} \setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} \font\reducedi=cmmi10 \font\reducedsy=cmsy10 \def\reducedecsize{1000} \textleading = 13.2pt % line spacing for 11pt CM \textfonts % reset the current fonts \rm } % end of 11pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizexi % Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with % section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit. This is for the GNU % Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual. Maybe other manuals in the % future. Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt. % \def\definetextfontsizex{% % Text fonts (10pt). \def\textnominalsize{10pt} \edef\mainmagstep{1000} \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} \setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT} \setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} \font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep \font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep \def\textecsize{1000} % A few fonts for @defun names and args. \setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1} \setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} \setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} \setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} \def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf \let\slfont=\defsl \let\ttslfont=\defttsl \bf} % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). \def\smallnominalsize{9pt} \setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} \font\smalli=cmmi9 \font\smallsy=cmsy9 \def\smallecsize{0900} % Fonts for small examples (8pt). \def\smallernominalsize{8pt} \setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1} \setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1} \setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT} \font\smalleri=cmmi8 \font\smallersy=cmsy8 \def\smallerecsize{0800} % Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt). \def\sevennominalsize{7pt} \setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} \setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1} \setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1} \setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1} \setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1} \setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} \font\seveni=cmmi7 \font\sevensy=cmsy7 \def\sevenecsize{0700} % Fonts for title page (20.4pt): \def\titlenominalsize{20pt} \setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1} \setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT} \setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} \setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} \setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT} \setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1} \let\titlebf=\titlerm \setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 \def\titleecsize{2074} % Chapter fonts (14.4pt). \def\chapnominalsize{14pt} \setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT} \setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} \setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} \setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} \setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} \let\chapbf\chaprm \setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} \font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 \font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 \def\chapecsize{1440} % Section fonts (12pt). \def\secnominalsize{12pt} \setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1IT} \setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} \setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1} \let\secbf\secrm \setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} \font\seci=cmmi12 \font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1 \def\sececsize{1200} % Subsection fonts (10pt). \def\ssecnominalsize{10pt} \setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \let\ssecbf\ssecrm \setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \font\sseci=cmmi10 \font\ssecsy=cmsy10 \def\ssececsize{1000} % Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (9pt). \def\reducednominalsize{9pt} \setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} \font\reducedi=cmmi9 \font\reducedsy=cmsy9 \def\reducedecsize{0900} \divide\parskip by 2 % reduce space between paragraphs \textleading = 12pt % line spacing for 10pt CM \textfonts % reset the current fonts \rm } % end of 10pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizex % Fonts for short table of contents. \setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12 \setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT} % We provide the user-level command % @fonttextsize 10 % (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed. % \def\xiword{11} \def\xword{10} \def\xwordpt{10pt} % \parseargdef\fonttextsize{% \def\textsizearg{#1}% %\wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}% % % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless. % \begingroup \globaldefs=1 \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi \else \errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'} \fi\fi \endgroup } % % Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle. % For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in % italics, not bold italics. % \def\setfontstyle#1{% \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd. \csname #1font\endcsname % change the current font } \def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}} \def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}} \def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}} \def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf} \def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}} % Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. % So we set up a \sf. \newfam\sffam \def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}} % We don't need math for this font style. \def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}} % In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, % we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. % We don't bother to reset \scriptscriptfont; awaiting user need. % \def\resetmathfonts{% \textfont0=\rmfont \textfont1=\ifont \textfont2=\syfont \textfont\itfam=\itfont \textfont\slfam=\slfont \textfont\bffam=\bffont \textfont\ttfam=\ttfont \textfont\sffam=\sffont % % Fonts for superscript. Note that the 7pt fonts are used regardless % of the current font size. \scriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptfont1=\seveni \scriptfont2=\sevensy \scriptfont\itfam=\sevenit \scriptfont\slfam=\sevensl \scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf \scriptfont\ttfam=\seventt \scriptfont\sffam=\sevensf } % % The font-changing commands (all called \...fonts) redefine the meanings % of \STYLEfont, instead of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs % to also set the current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) % commands hardwire \STYLEfont to set the current font. % % The fonts used for \ifont are for "math italics" (\itfont is for italics % in regular text). \syfont is also used in math mode only. % % Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower) % and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used % in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms. % % This all needs generalizing, badly. % \def\assignfonts#1{% \expandafter\let\expandafter\rmfont\csname #1rm\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\itfont\csname #1it\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\slfont\csname #1sl\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\bffont\csname #1bf\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\ttfont\csname #1tt\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\smallcaps\csname #1sc\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\sffont \csname #1sf\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\ifont \csname #1i\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\syfont \csname #1sy\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\ttslfont\csname #1ttsl\endcsname } \newif\ifrmisbold % Select smaller font size with the current style. Used to change font size % in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms. If we are using bold fonts for % normal roman text, also use bold fonts for roman text in the smaller size. \def\switchtolllsize{% \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lllsize}% \ifrmisbold \let\rmfont\bffont \fi \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname }% \def\switchtolsize{% \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lsize}% \ifrmisbold \let\rmfont\bffont \fi \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname }% \def\definefontsetatsize#1#2#3#4#5{% \expandafter\def\csname #1fonts\endcsname{% \def\curfontsize{#1}% \def\lsize{#2}\def\lllsize{#3}% \csname rmisbold#5\endcsname \assignfonts{#1}% \resetmathfonts \setleading{#4}% }} \definefontsetatsize{text} {reduced}{smaller}{\textleading}{false} \definefontsetatsize{title} {chap} {subsec} {27pt} {true} \definefontsetatsize{chap} {sec} {text} {19pt} {true} \definefontsetatsize{sec} {subsec} {reduced}{17pt} {true} \definefontsetatsize{ssec} {text} {small} {15pt} {true} \definefontsetatsize{reduced}{small} {smaller}{10.5pt}{false} \definefontsetatsize{small} {smaller}{smaller}{10.5pt}{false} \definefontsetatsize{smaller}{smaller}{smaller}{9.5pt} {false} \def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}} \let\subsecfonts = \ssecfonts \let\subsubsecfonts = \ssecfonts % Define these just so they can be easily changed for other fonts. \def\angleleft{$\langle$} \def\angleright{$\rangle$} % Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments. \let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts % About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample % can fit this many characters: % 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69 % If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters: % 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77 % For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth % the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt. % % By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt): % 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58 % --karl, 24jan03. % Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. % \definetextfontsizexi \message{markup,} % Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the % Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and % shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have % this property, we can check that font parameter. % \def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } % Markup style infrastructure. \defmarkupstylesetup\INITMACRO will % define and register \INITMACRO to be called on markup style changes. % \INITMACRO can check \currentmarkupstyle for the innermost % style. \let\currentmarkupstyle\empty \def\setupmarkupstyle#1{% \def\currentmarkupstyle{#1}% \markupstylesetup } \let\markupstylesetup\empty \def\defmarkupstylesetup#1{% \expandafter\def\expandafter\markupstylesetup \expandafter{\markupstylesetup #1}% \def#1% } % Markup style setup for left and right quotes. \defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuplq{% \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp \csname markupsetuplq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname \ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuplqdefault \else \temp \fi } \defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuprq{% \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp \csname markupsetuprq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname \ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuprqdefault \else \temp \fi } { \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active \gdef\markupsetuplqdefault{\let`\lq} \gdef\markupsetuprqdefault{\let'\rq} \gdef\markupsetcodequoteleft{\let`\codequoteleft} \gdef\markupsetcodequoteright{\let'\codequoteright} } \let\markupsetuplqcode \markupsetcodequoteleft \let\markupsetuprqcode \markupsetcodequoteright % \let\markupsetuplqexample \markupsetcodequoteleft \let\markupsetuprqexample \markupsetcodequoteright % \let\markupsetuplqkbd \markupsetcodequoteleft \let\markupsetuprqkbd \markupsetcodequoteright % \let\markupsetuplqsamp \markupsetcodequoteleft \let\markupsetuprqsamp \markupsetcodequoteright % \let\markupsetuplqverb \markupsetcodequoteleft \let\markupsetuprqverb \markupsetcodequoteright % \let\markupsetuplqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteleft \let\markupsetuprqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteright % Allow an option to not use regular directed right quote/apostrophe % (char 0x27), but instead the undirected quote from cmtt (char 0x0d). % The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it the default, but it % works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least evince), the % lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the regular 0x27. % \def\codequoteright{% \ifmonospace \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax '% \else \char'15 \fi \else \char'15 \fi \else '% \fi } % % and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent. % Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like % the code environments to do likewise. % \def\codequoteleft{% \ifmonospace \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 % \relax disables Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font. \relax`% \else \char'22 \fi \else \char'22 \fi \else \relax`% \fi } % Commands to set the quote options. % \parseargdef\codequoteundirected{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\onword \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname = t% \else\ifx\temp\offword \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname = \relax \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @codequoteundirected value `\temp', must be on|off}% \fi\fi } % \parseargdef\codequotebacktick{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\onword \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname = t% \else\ifx\temp\offword \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname = \relax \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @codequotebacktick value `\temp', must be on|off}% \fi\fi } % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391, disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font. \def\noligaturesquoteleft{\relax\lq} % Count depth in font-changes, for error checks \newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 % Font commands. % #1 is the font command (\sl or \it), #2 is the text to slant. % If we are in a monospaced environment, however, 1) always use \ttsl, % and 2) do not add an italic correction. \def\dosmartslant#1#2{% \ifusingtt {{\ttsl #2}\let\next=\relax}% {\def\next{{#1#2}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}}% \next } \def\smartslanted{\dosmartslant\sl} \def\smartitalic{\dosmartslant\it} % Output an italic correction unless \next (presumed to be the following % character) is such as not to need one. \def\smartitaliccorrection{% \ifx\next,% \else\ifx\next-% \else\ifx\next.% \else\ifx\next\.% \else\ifx\next\comma% \else\ptexslash \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \aftersmartic } % Unconditional use \ttsl, and no ic. @var is set to this for defuns. \def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}} % @cite is like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want % ttsl for book titles, do we? \def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection} \def\aftersmartic{} \def\var#1{% \let\saveaftersmartic = \aftersmartic \def\aftersmartic{\null\let\aftersmartic=\saveaftersmartic}% \smartslanted{#1}% } \let\i=\smartitalic \let\slanted=\smartslanted \let\dfn=\smartslanted \let\emph=\smartitalic % Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. \def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font \def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font \def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font % @b, explicit bold. Also @strong. \def\b#1{{\bf #1}} \let\strong=\b % @sansserif, explicit sans. \def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}} % We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at % the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the % group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. % \def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} \def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } % Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. % Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and % sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up. % \catcode`@=11 \def\plainfrenchspacing{% \sfcode`\.=\@m \sfcode`\?=\@m \sfcode`\!=\@m \sfcode`\:=\@m \sfcode`\;=\@m \sfcode`\,=\@m \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends } \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{% \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000 \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250 \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends } \catcode`@=\other \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default % @t, explicit typewriter. \def\t#1{% {\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}% \null } % @samp. \def\samp#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{samp}\lq\tclose{#1}\rq\null}} % @indicateurl is \samp, that is, with quotes. \let\indicateurl=\samp % @code (and similar) prints in typewriter, but with spaces the same % size as normal in the surrounding text, without hyphenation, etc. % This is a subroutine for that. \def\tclose#1{% {% % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font % % Switch to typewriter. \tt % % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% % % Turn off hyphenation. \nohyphenation % \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1% }% \null % reset spacefactor to 1000 } % We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code. % (But see \codedashfinish below.) % Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes % in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. % % Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control % both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. % We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) % and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. -- rms. { \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active \global\let'=\rq \global\let`=\lq % default definitions % \global\def\code{\begingroup \setupmarkupstyle{code}% % The following should really be moved into \setupmarkupstyle handlers. \catcode\dashChar=\active \catcode\underChar=\active \ifallowcodebreaks \let-\codedash \let_\codeunder \else \let-\normaldash \let_\realunder \fi % Given -foo (with a single dash), we do not want to allow a break % after the hyphen. \global\let\codedashprev=\codedash % \codex } % \gdef\codedash{\futurelet\next\codedashfinish} \gdef\codedashfinish{% \normaldash % always output the dash character itself. % % Now, output a discretionary to allow a line break, unless % (a) the next character is a -, or % (b) the preceding character is a -. % E.g., given --posix, we do not want to allow a break after either -. % Given --foo-bar, we do want to allow a break between the - and the b. \ifx\next\codedash \else \ifx\codedashprev\codedash \else \discretionary{}{}{}\fi \fi % we need the space after the = for the case when \next itself is a % space token; it would get swallowed otherwise. As in @code{- a}. \global\let\codedashprev= \next } } \def\normaldash{-} % \def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} \def\codeunder{% % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _ % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.) % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop. \ifusingtt{\ifmmode \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_. \else\normalunderscore \fi \discretionary{}{}{}}% {\_}% } % An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g., % each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is bad. % @allowcodebreaks provides a document-level way to turn breaking at - % and _ on and off. % \newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue \def\keywordtrue{true} \def\keywordfalse{false} \parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{% \def\txiarg{#1}% \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue \allowcodebreakstrue \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse \allowcodebreaksfalse \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg', must be true|false}% \fi\fi } % For @command, @env, @file, @option quotes seem unnecessary, % so use \code rather than \samp. \let\command=\code \let\env=\code \let\file=\code \let\option=\code % @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') aka @url takes an optional % (comma-separated) second argument specifying the text to display and % an optional third arg as text to display instead of (rather than in % addition to) the url itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. % TeX-only option to allow changing PDF output to show only the second % arg (if given), and not the url (which is then just the link target). \newif\ifurefurlonlylink % The main macro is \urefbreak, which allows breaking at expected % places within the url. (There used to be another version, which % didn't support automatic breaking.) \def\urefbreak{\begingroup \urefcatcodes \dourefbreak} \let\uref=\urefbreak % \def\dourefbreak#1{\urefbreakfinish #1,,,\finish} \def\urefbreakfinish#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% doesn't work in @example \unsepspaces \pdfurl{#1}% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that \else \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% look for second arg \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \ifpdf % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX \ifurefurlonlylink % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg \unhbox0 \else % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency, % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc. \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% \fi \else \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI, always show arg and url \else % For XeTeX \ifurefurlonlylink % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg \unhbox0 \else % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency, % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc. \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% \fi \fi \fi \else \urefcode{#1}% only url given, so show it \fi \fi \endlink \endgroup} % Allow line breaks around only a few characters (only). \def\urefcatcodes{% \catcode`\&=\active \catcode`\.=\active \catcode`\#=\active \catcode`\?=\active \catcode`\/=\active } { \urefcatcodes % \global\def\urefcode{\begingroup \setupmarkupstyle{code}% \urefcatcodes \let&\urefcodeamp \let.\urefcodedot \let#\urefcodehash \let?\urefcodequest \let/\urefcodeslash \codex } % % By default, they are just regular characters. \global\def&{\normalamp} \global\def.{\normaldot} \global\def#{\normalhash} \global\def?{\normalquest} \global\def/{\normalslash} } % we put a little stretch before and after the breakable chars, to help % line breaking of long url's. The unequal skips make look better in % cmtt at least, especially for dots. \def\urefprestretchamount{.13em} \def\urefpoststretchamount{.1em} \def\urefprestretch{\urefprebreak \hskip0pt plus\urefprestretchamount\relax} \def\urefpoststretch{\urefpostbreak \hskip0pt plus\urefprestretchamount\relax} % \def\urefcodeamp{\urefprestretch \&\urefpoststretch} \def\urefcodedot{\urefprestretch .\urefpoststretch} \def\urefcodehash{\urefprestretch \#\urefpoststretch} \def\urefcodequest{\urefprestretch ?\urefpoststretch} \def\urefcodeslash{\futurelet\next\urefcodeslashfinish} { \catcode`\/=\active \global\def\urefcodeslashfinish{% \urefprestretch \slashChar % Allow line break only after the final / in a sequence of % slashes, to avoid line break between the slashes in http://. \ifx\next/\else \urefpoststretch \fi } } % One more complication: by default we'll break after the special % characters, but some people like to break before the special chars, so % allow that. Also allow no breaking at all, for manual control. % \parseargdef\urefbreakstyle{% \def\txiarg{#1}% \ifx\txiarg\wordnone \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak} \else\ifx\txiarg\wordbefore \def\urefprebreak{\allowbreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak} \else\ifx\txiarg\wordafter \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\allowbreak} \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @urefbreakstyle setting `\txiarg'}% \fi\fi\fi } \def\wordafter{after} \def\wordbefore{before} \def\wordnone{none} \urefbreakstyle after % @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it. % \let\url=\uref % rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. % So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. % %\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} \ifpdf \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup \unsepspaces \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi \endlink \endgroup} \else \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined \let\email=\uref \else \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup \unsepspaces \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi \endlink \endgroup} \fi \fi % @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), % `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), % or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). \parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{% \def\txiarg{#1}% \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle setting `\txiarg'}% \fi\fi\fi } \def\worddistinct{distinct} \def\wordexample{example} \def\wordcode{code} % Default is `distinct'. \kbdinputstyle distinct % @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, % then @kbd has no effect. \def\kbd#1{{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdsub\look??\par}} \def\xkey{\key} \def\kbdsub#1#2#3\par{% \def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% \ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi } % definition of @key that produces a lozenge. Doesn't adjust to text size. %\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} %\font\keysy=cmsy9 %\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% % \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% % \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt % \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% % \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% % \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} % definition of @key with no lozenge. If the current font is already % monospace, don't change it; that way, we respect @kbdinputstyle. But % if it isn't monospace, then use \tt. % \def\key#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{key}% \nohyphenation \ifmonospace\else\tt\fi #1}\null} % @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...} \def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup} % @clickstyle @arrow (by default) \parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}} \def\click{\arrow} % Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the % argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. % \def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} % @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like. % We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for % all-uppercase. % \def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish} \def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{% {\switchtolsize #1}% \def\temp{#2}% \ifx\temp\empty \else \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% \fi \null % reset \spacefactor=1000 } % @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like. % No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing. % \def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish} \def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{% {\plainfrenchspacing #1}% \def\temp{#2}% \ifx\temp\empty \else \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% \fi \null % reset \spacefactor=1000 } % @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. % \def\asis#1{#1} % @math outputs its argument in math mode. % % One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean % an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make % _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam, % which is what @var uses. { \catcode`\_ = \active \gdef\mathunderscore{% \catcode`\_=\active \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% } } % Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a math (or tt) \. % FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (for no % particular reason), but this is not advertised and we don't care. % % The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. \def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} % \def\math{% \ifmmode\else % only go into math if not in math mode already \tex \mathunderscore \let\\ = \mathbackslash \mathactive % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode \let\"=\ddot \let\'=\acute \let\==\bar \let\^=\hat \let\`=\grave \let\u=\breve \let\v=\check \let\~=\tilde \let\dotaccent=\dot % have to provide another name for sup operator \let\mathopsup=\sup $\expandafter\finishmath\fi } \def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex. % Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. % We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument % to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section). % { \catcode`^ = \active \catcode`< = \active \catcode`> = \active \catcode`+ = \active \catcode`' = \active \gdef\mathactive{% \let^ = \ptexhat \let< = \ptexless \let> = \ptexgtr \let+ = \ptexplus \let' = \ptexquoteright } } % for @sub and @sup, if in math mode, just do a normal sub/superscript. % If in text, use math to place as sub/superscript, but switch % into text mode, with smaller fonts. This is a different font than the % one used for real math sub/superscripts (8pt vs. 7pt), but let's not % fix it (significant additions to font machinery) until someone notices. % \def\sub{\ifmmode \expandafter\sb \else \expandafter\finishsub\fi} \def\finishsub#1{$\sb{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}% % \def\sup{\ifmmode \expandafter\ptexsp \else \expandafter\finishsup\fi} \def\finishsup#1{$\ptexsp{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}% % @inlinefmt{FMTNAME,PROCESSED-TEXT} and @inlineraw{FMTNAME,RAW-TEXT}. % Ignore unless FMTNAME == tex; then it is like @iftex and @tex, % except specified as a normal braced arg, so no newlines to worry about. % \def\outfmtnametex{tex} % \long\def\inlinefmt#1{\doinlinefmt #1,\finish} \long\def\doinlinefmt#1,#2,\finish{% \def\inlinefmtname{#1}% \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi } % % @inlinefmtifelse{FMTNAME,THEN-TEXT,ELSE-TEXT} expands THEN-TEXT if % FMTNAME is tex, else ELSE-TEXT. \long\def\inlinefmtifelse#1{\doinlinefmtifelse #1,,,\finish} \long\def\doinlinefmtifelse#1,#2,#3,#4,\finish{% \def\inlinefmtname{#1}% \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\else \ignorespaces #3\fi } % % For raw, must switch into @tex before parsing the argument, to avoid % setting catcodes prematurely. Doing it this way means that, for % example, @inlineraw{html, foo{bar} gets a parse error instead of being % ignored. But this isn't important because if people want a literal % *right* brace they would have to use a command anyway, so they may as % well use a command to get a left brace too. We could re-use the % delimiter character idea from \verb, but it seems like overkill. % \long\def\inlineraw{\tex \doinlineraw} \long\def\doinlineraw#1{\doinlinerawtwo #1,\finish} \def\doinlinerawtwo#1,#2,\finish{% \def\inlinerawname{#1}% \ifx\inlinerawname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi \endgroup % close group opened by \tex. } % @inlineifset{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is @set. % \long\def\inlineifset#1{\doinlineifset #1,\finish} \long\def\doinlineifset#1,#2,\finish{% \def\inlinevarname{#1}% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax \else\ignorespaces#2\fi } % @inlineifclear{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is not @set. % \long\def\inlineifclear#1{\doinlineifclear #1,\finish} \long\def\doinlineifclear#1,#2,\finish{% \def\inlinevarname{#1}% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax \ignorespaces#2\fi } \message{glyphs,} % and logos. % @@ prints an @, as does @atchar{}. \def\@{\char64 } \let\atchar=\@ % @{ @} @lbracechar{} @rbracechar{} all generate brace characters. \def\lbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char123\else\ensuremath\lbrace\fi}} \def\rbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char125\else\ensuremath\rbrace\fi}} \let\{=\lbracechar \let\}=\rbracechar % @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems. \let\comma = , % Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent % Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. \let\, = \ptexc \let\dotaccent = \ptexdot \def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} \let\tieaccent = \ptext \let\ubaraccent = \ptexb \let\udotaccent = \d % Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm % Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. \def\questiondown{?`} \def\exclamdown{!`} \def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{a}}} \def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{o}}} % Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. \def\imacro{i} \def\jmacro{j} \def\dotless#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% \fi\fi } % The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a % period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.) % \edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 } % @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in % latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most % convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using % the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and % \scriptscriptstyle). % \def\LaTeX{% L\kern-.36em {\setbox0=\hbox{T}% \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{% \ifx\textnominalsize\xwordpt % for 10pt running text, lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX. % Revert to plain's \scriptsize, which is 7pt. \count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$% \else % For 11pt, we can use our lllsize. \switchtolllsize A% \fi }% \vss }}% \kern-.15em \TeX } % Some math mode symbols. Define \ensuremath to switch into math mode % unless we are already there. Expansion tricks may not be needed here, % but safer, and can't hurt. \def\ensuremath{\ifmmode \expandafter\asis \else\expandafter\ensuredmath \fi} \def\ensuredmath#1{$\relax#1$} % \def\bullet{\ensuremath\ptexbullet} \def\geq{\ensuremath\ge} \def\leq{\ensuremath\le} \def\minus{\ensuremath-} % @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font. % We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm % typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand, % in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do % whichever is larger. % \def\dots{% \leavevmode \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em \dimen0 = \wd0 \else \dimen0 = 1.5em \fi \hbox to \dimen0{% \hskip 0pt plus.25fil .\hskip 0pt plus1fil .\hskip 0pt plus1fil .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil }% } % @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. % \def\enddots{% \dots \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor } % @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. % % Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of % \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. % \def\point{$\star$} \def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}} \def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} \def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} \def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} \def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} % The @error{} command. % Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. % \newbox\errorbox % {\ttfont \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. \dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules % The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) \setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf \putworderror\kern-1.5pt} % \setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. \vbox{% \hrule height\dimen2 \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. \hrule height\dimen2} \hfil} % \def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} % @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font. % \def\pounds{{\it\$}} % @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style. % We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik % Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and % "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need). % It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym. % % Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore % that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular % font height. % % feymr - regular % feymo - slanted % feybr - bold % feybo - bold slanted % % There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge. % A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide. % Hmm. % % Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols? % Hope not. % % \def\euro{{\eurofont e}} \def\eurofont{% % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the % font installed. % % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale % that to the current nominal size. % % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts. % \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% % \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename % bold: \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize \else % regular: \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize \fi \thiseurofont } % Glyphs from the EC fonts. We don't use \let for the aliases, because % sometimes we redefine the original macro, and the alias should reflect % the redefinition. % % Use LaTeX names for the Icelandic letters. \def\DH{{\ecfont \char"D0}} % Eth \def\dh{{\ecfont \char"F0}} % eth \def\TH{{\ecfont \char"DE}} % Thorn \def\th{{\ecfont \char"FE}} % thorn % \def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}} \def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft} \def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}} \def\guillemotright{\guillemetright} \def\guilsinglleft{{\ecfont \char"0E}} \def\guilsinglright{{\ecfont \char"0F}} \def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}} \def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}} % % This positioning is not perfect (see the ogonek LaTeX package), but % we have the precomposed glyphs for the most common cases. We put the % tests to use those glyphs in the single \ogonek macro so we have fewer % dummy definitions to worry about for index entries, etc. % % ogonek is also used with other letters in Lithuanian (IOU), but using % the precomposed glyphs for those is not so easy since they aren't in % the same EC font. \def\ogonek#1{{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\macrocharA\Aogonek \else\ifx\temp\macrochara\aogonek \else\ifx\temp\macrocharE\Eogonek \else\ifx\temp\macrochare\eogonek \else \ecfont \setbox0=\hbox{#1}% \ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent"0C #1% \else\ooalign{\unhbox0\crcr\hidewidth\char"0C \hidewidth}% \fi \fi\fi\fi\fi }% } \def\Aogonek{{\ecfont \char"81}}\def\macrocharA{A} \def\aogonek{{\ecfont \char"A1}}\def\macrochara{a} \def\Eogonek{{\ecfont \char"86}}\def\macrocharE{E} \def\eogonek{{\ecfont \char"A6}}\def\macrochare{e} % % Use the European Computer Modern fonts (cm-super in outline format) % for non-CM glyphs. That is ec* for regular text and tc* for the text % companion symbols (LaTeX TS1 encoding). Both are part of the ec % package and follow the same conventions. % \def\ecfont{\etcfont{e}} \def\tcfont{\etcfont{t}} % \def\etcfont#1{% % We can't distinguish serif/sans and italic/slanted, but this % is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German % quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so % hopefully nobody will notice/care. \edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}% \edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% \ifmonospace % typewriter: \font\thisecfont = #1ctt\ecsize \space at \nominalsize \else \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename % bold: \font\thisecfont = #1cb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize \else % regular: \font\thisecfont = #1c\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize \fi \fi \thisecfont } % @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really % be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now. % Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright. % \def\registeredsymbol{% $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize R}% \hfil\crcr\Orb}}% }$% } % @textdegree - the normal degrees sign. % \def\textdegree{$^\circ$} % Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with: % Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38 % so we'll define it if necessary. % \ifx\Orb\thisisundefined \def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D} \fi % Quotes. \chardef\quotedblleft="5C \chardef\quotedblright=`\" \chardef\quoteleft=`\` \chardef\quoteright=`\' \message{page headings,} \newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in \newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc % First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. \newif\ifseenauthor \newif\iffinishedtitlepage % @setcontentsaftertitlepage used to do an implicit @contents or % @shortcontents after @end titlepage, but it is now obsolete. \def\setcontentsaftertitlepage{% \errmessage{@setcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo command; move your @contents command if you want the contents after the title page.}}% \def\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage{% \errmessage{@setshortcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo command; move your @shortcontents and @contents commands if you want the contents after the title page.}}% \parseargdef\shorttitlepage{% \begingroup \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} \envdef\titlepage{% % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage. \begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts % Leave some space at the very top of the page. \vglue\titlepagetopglue % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. \finishedtitlepagetrue % % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. \let\oldpage = \page \def\page{% \iffinishedtitlepage\else \finishtitlepage \fi \let\page = \oldpage \page \null }% } \def\Etitlepage{% \iffinishedtitlepage\else \finishtitlepage \fi % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. \oldpage \endgroup % % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers. \HEADINGSon } \def\finishtitlepage{% \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize \vskip\titlepagebottomglue \finishedtitlepagetrue } % Settings used for typesetting titles: no hyphenation, no indentation, % don't worry much about spacing, ragged right. This should be used % inside a \vbox, and fonts need to be set appropriately first. \par should % be specified before the end of the \vbox, since a vbox is a group. % \def\raggedtitlesettings{% \rm \hyphenpenalty=10000 \parindent=0pt \tolerance=5000 \ptexraggedright } % Macros to be used within @titlepage: \let\subtitlerm=\rmfont \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines} \parseargdef\title{% \checkenv\titlepage \vbox{\titlefonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}% % print a rule at the page bottom also. \finishedtitlepagefalse \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt } \parseargdef\subtitle{% \checkenv\titlepage {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}% } % @author should come last, but may come many times. % It can also be used inside @quotation. % \parseargdef\author{% \def\temp{\quotation}% \ifx\thisenv\temp \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation. \else \checkenv\titlepage \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi {\secfonts\rm \leftline{#1}}% \fi } % Set up page headings and footings. \let\thispage=\folio \newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages \newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages \newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages \newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages % Now make \makeheadline and \makefootline in Plain TeX use those variables \headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} \footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} \let\HEADINGShook=\relax % Commands to set those variables. % For example, this is what @headings on does % @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter % @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle % @evenfooting @thisfile|| % @oddfooting ||@thisfile \def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} \def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} \def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% \global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} \def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} \def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} \def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% \global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} \parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% \def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} \def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} \def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% \global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} \def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} \def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} \def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% % % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume % @evenfooting will not be used by itself. \global\advance\txipageheight by -12pt \global\advance\vsize by -12pt } \parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} % @evenheadingmarks top \thischapter <- chapter at the top of a page % @evenheadingmarks bottom \thischapter <- chapter at the bottom of a page % % The same set of arguments for: % % @oddheadingmarks % @evenfootingmarks % @oddfootingmarks % @everyheadingmarks % @everyfootingmarks % These define \getoddheadingmarks, \getevenheadingmarks, % \getoddfootingmarks, and \getevenfootingmarks, each to one of % \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks. % \def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}} \def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}} \def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}} \def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}} \parseargdef\everyheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1} \headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} } \parseargdef\everyfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1} \headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} } % #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom. \def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {% \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname get#3headingmarks\endcsname \global\expandafter\let\csname get#1#2marks\endcsname \temp } \everyheadingmarks bottom \everyfootingmarks bottom % @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. % @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. % @headings off turns them off. % @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. % @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. % @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. % @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. % By default, they are off at the start of a document, % and turned `on' after @end titlepage. \parseargdef\headings{\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} \def\headingsoff{% non-global headings elimination \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}% \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}% } \def\HEADINGSoff{{\globaldefs=1 \headingsoff}} % global setting \HEADINGSoff % it's the default % When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. % For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, % chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document % title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top % edge of all pages. \def\HEADINGSdouble{% \global\pageno=1 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage } \let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager % For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, % page number on top right. \def\HEADINGSsingle{% \global\pageno=1 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager } \def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} \def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} \let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter \def\HEADINGSdoublex{% \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage } \def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} \def\HEADINGSsinglex{% \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager } % Subroutines used in generating headings % This produces Day Month Year style of output. % Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set % up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). \ifx\today\thisisundefined \def\today{% \number\day\space \ifcase\month \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec \fi \space\number\year} \fi % @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. % It generates no output of its own. \def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} \def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}} \message{tables,} % Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x). % default indentation of table text \newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in % default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text \newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in % margin between end of table item and start of table text. \newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in % used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin \newdimen\itemmax % Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with % these defs. % They also define \itemindex % to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). \newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip \def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} \def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} \def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} \def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % \advance\hsize by -\rightskip \advance\hsize by -\tableindent \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}% \itemindex{#1}% \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. % % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax % % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, % but leave it ragged-right. \begingroup \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent \advance\hsize by\tableindent \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil\relax \leavevmode\unhbox0\par \endgroup % % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. \nobreak \vskip-\parskip % % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also. % \penalty 10001 \endgroup \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse \else % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. \noindent % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and % eventually be printed. \nobreak\kern-\tableindent \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \unhbox0 \nobreak\kern\dimen0 \endgroup \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue \fi } \def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}} \def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}} % @table, @ftable, @vtable. \envdef\table{% \let\itemindex\gobble \tablecheck{table}% } \envdef\ftable{% \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}% \tablecheck{ftable}% } \envdef\vtable{% \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}% \tablecheck{vtable}% } \def\tablecheck#1{% \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active \endgroup \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}% \def\next{\doignore{#1}}% \else \let\next\tablex \fi \next } \def\tablex#1{% \def\itemindicate{#1}% \parsearg\tabley } \def\tabley#1{% {% \makevalueexpandable \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}% \expandafter }\temp \endtablez } \def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{% \aboveenvbreak \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi \itemmax=\tableindent \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin \advance \leftskip by \tableindent \exdentamount=\tableindent \parindent = 0pt \parskip = \smallskipamount \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi \let\item = \internalBitem \let\itemx = \internalBitemx } \def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak} \let\Eftable\Etable \let\Evtable\Etable \let\Eitemize\Etable \let\Eenumerate\Etable % This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize \newcount \itemno \envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize} \def\doitemize#1{% \aboveenvbreak \itemmax=\itemindent \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin \advance\leftskip by \itemindent \exdentamount=\itemindent \parindent=0pt \parskip=\smallskipamount \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi % % Try typesetting the item mark so that if the document erroneously says % something like @itemize @samp (intending @table), there's an error % right away at the @itemize. It's not the best error message in the % world, but it's better than leaving it to the @item. This means if % the user wants an empty mark, they have to say @w{} not just @w. \def\itemcontents{#1}% \setbox0 = \hbox{\itemcontents}% % % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet. \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi % \let\item=\itemizeitem } % Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate. % \def\itemizeitem{% \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break {% % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least % that's the theory. \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi \noindent \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}% % \ifinner\else \vadjust{\penalty 1200}% not good to break after first line of item. \fi % We can be in inner vertical mode in a footnote, although an % @itemize looks awful there. }% \flushcr } % \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in % TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. % \def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% % Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, % or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No % argument is the same as `1'. % \envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} \def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. \def\thearg{#1}% \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi % % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark \ifx\rest\empty % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and % not equal to itself. % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. % % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from % continuing to look for a . % \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) \else % It's a letter. \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter \else \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter \fi \fi \else % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. \numericenumerate \fi } % An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is % given in \thearg. % \def\numericenumerate{% \itemno = \thearg \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% } % The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. \def\lowercaseenumerate{% \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg \startenumeration{% % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. \ifnum\itemno=0 \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger alphabet}% \fi \char\lccode\itemno }% } % The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. \def\uppercaseenumerate{% \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg \startenumeration{% % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. \ifnum\itemno=0 \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger alphabet} \fi \char\uccode\itemno }% } % Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the % common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in % \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. % \def\startenumeration#1{% \advance\itemno by -1 \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr } % @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg % to @enumerate. % \def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}} \def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}} \def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} \def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} % @multitable macros % Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96 % % @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired. % Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width % can be specified either with sample text given in a template line, % or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page. % Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines. % To make preamble: % % Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: % @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 % @item ... % % Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total % current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many % columns as desired. % Or use a template: % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} % @item ... % using the widest term desired in each column. % Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column % starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's % with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed, % ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns. % @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt % if they are. % Sample multitable: % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} % @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col % @item % first col stuff % @tab % second col stuff % @tab % third col % @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff % @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column. % % They will wrap at the width determined by the template. % @item@tab@tab This will be in third column. % @end multitable % Default dimensions may be reset by user. % @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table. % @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table. % @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns. % @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline % to baseline. % 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing. % \newskip\multitableparskip \newskip\multitableparindent \newdimen\multitablecolspace \newskip\multitablelinespace \multitableparskip=0pt \multitableparindent=6pt \multitablecolspace=12pt \multitablelinespace=0pt % Macros used to set up halign preamble: % \let\endsetuptable\relax \def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} \let\columnfractions\relax \def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} \newif\ifsetpercent % #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might % be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is. % \def\pickupwholefraction#1 {% \global\advance\colcount by 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}% \setuptable } \newcount\colcount \def\setuptable#1{% \def\firstarg{#1}% \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable \let\go = \relax \else \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions \global\setpercenttrue \else \ifsetpercent \let\go\pickupwholefraction \else \global\advance\colcount by 1 \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway. \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% \fi \fi \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so % we'll always have a period there to be parsed. \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}% \else \let\go = \setuptable \fi% \fi \go } % multitable-only commands. % % @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. Assignments % have to be global since we are inside the implicit group of an % alignment entry. \everycr below resets \everytab so we don't have to % undo it ourselves. \def\headitemfont{\b}% for people to use in the template row; not changeable \def\headitem{% \checkenv\multitable \crcr \gdef\headitemcrhook{\nobreak}% attempt to avoid page break after headings \global\everytab={\bf}% can't use \headitemfont since the parsing differs \the\everytab % for the first item }% % % default for tables with no headings. \let\headitemcrhook=\relax % % A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template % line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until % we again encounter the problem the 1sp was intended to solve. % --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99. \def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}% % @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: % \newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab. % \envdef\multitable{% \vskip\parskip \startsavinginserts % % @item within a multitable starts a normal row. % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize. \def\item{\crcr}% % \tolerance=9500 \hbadness=9500 \setmultitablespacing \parskip=\multitableparskip \parindent=\multitableparindent \overfullrule=0pt \global\colcount=0 % \everycr = {% \noalign{% \global\everytab={}% Reset from possible headitem. \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter. % % Check for saved footnotes, etc.: \checkinserts % % Perhaps a \nobreak, then reset: \headitemcrhook \global\let\headitemcrhook=\relax }% }% % \parsearg\domultitable } \def\domultitable#1{% % To parse everything between @multitable and @item: \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable % % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will % be used as many times as user calls for columns. % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and % continue for many paragraphs if desired. \halign\bgroup &% \global\advance\colcount by 1 \multistrut \vtop{% % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width: \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname % % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after % the first one. % % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace % to the width of each template entry. % % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at % left margin and final column will justify at right margin. % % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment. \rightskip=0pt \ifnum\colcount=1 % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text. \advance\hsize by\leftskip \else \ifsetpercent \else % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace. \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace \fi % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: \leftskip=\multitablecolspace \fi % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. % For example: % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 % @item @code{#} % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively % marking characters. \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut }\cr } \def\Emultitable{% \crcr \egroup % end the \halign \global\setpercentfalse } \def\setmultitablespacing{% \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing % % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in % \multitableparskip calculation. We used define \multistrut based on % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off. % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100. \ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt \setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip \global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0 \fi % Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of % table. If not, do nothing. % If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. \ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace \global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt % to keep parskip somewhat smaller % than skip between lines in the table. \fi% \ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace \global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt % to keep parskip somewhat smaller % than skip between lines in the table. \fi} \message{conditionals,} % @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext, % @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't % attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we % have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't % attempt to close an environment group. % \def\makecond#1{% \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1 } \makecond{iftex} \makecond{ifnotdocbook} \makecond{ifnothtml} \makecond{ifnotinfo} \makecond{ifnotplaintext} \makecond{ifnotxml} % Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like. % \def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} \def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}} \def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}} \def\html{\doignore{html}} \def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}} \def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} \def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} \def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} \def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}} \def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}} \def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} \def\menu{\doignore{menu}} \def\xml{\doignore{xml}} % Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals. % % A count to remember the depth of nesting. \newcount\doignorecount \def\doignore#1{\begingroup % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode: \obeylines \catcode`\@ = \other \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other % % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. \spaceisspace % % Count number of #1's that we've seen. \doignorecount = 0 % % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'. \dodoignore{#1}% } { \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source. \obeylines % % \gdef\dodoignore#1{% % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'. % % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'. \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{% \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}% % % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.) \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}% % % And now expand that command. \doignoretext ^^M% }% } \def\doignoreyyy#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found. \let\next\doignoretextzzz \else % Found a nested condition, ... \advance\doignorecount by 1 \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another. % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example). \fi \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro. } % We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_". % \def\doignoretextzzz#1{% \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end. \let\next\enddoignore \else % Still inside a nested condition. \advance\doignorecount by -1 \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end. \fi \next } % Finish off ignored text. { \obeylines% % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional % would result in a blank line in the output. \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% } % @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. % @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. % % Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be % empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our % own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we % didn't need it. % We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10. % \parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} \def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% {% \makevalueexpandable \def\temp{#2}% \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}% \ifx\temp\empty \next{}% \else \setzzz#2\endsetzzz \fi }% } % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. \def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}} % @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. % \parseargdef\clear{% {% \makevalueexpandable \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax }% } % @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. \def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx} \def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} { \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active % \gdef\makevalueexpandable{% \let\value = \expandablevalue % We don't want these characters active, ... \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though. % So \let them to their normal equivalents. \let-\normaldash \let_\normalunderscore } } % We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's % properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies). % The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since % the result winds up in the index file. This means that if the % variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain % it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work % to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete). % % Unfortunately, this has the consequence that when _ is in the *value* % of an @set, it does not print properly in the roman fonts (get the cmr % dot accent at position 126 instead). No fix comes to mind, and it's % been this way since 2003 or earlier, so just ignore it. % \def\expandablevalue#1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax {[No value for ``#1'']}% \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}% \else \csname SET#1\endcsname \fi } % Like \expandablevalue, but completely expandable (the \message in the % definition above operates at the execution level of TeX). Used when % writing to auxiliary files, due to the expansion that \write does. % If flag is undefined, pass through an unexpanded @value command: maybe it % will be set by the time it is read back in. % % NB flag names containing - or _ may not work here. \def\dummyvalue#1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax \noexpand\value{#1}% \else \csname SET#1\endcsname \fi } % Used for @value's in index entries to form the sort key: expand the @value % if possible, otherwise sort late. \def\indexnofontsvalue#1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax ZZZZZZZ \else \csname SET#1\endcsname \fi } % @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined % with @set. % % To get the special treatment we need for `@end ifset,' we call % \makecond and then redefine. % \makecond{ifset} \def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}} \def\doifset#1#2{% {% \makevalueexpandable \let\next=\empty \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax #1% If not set, redefine \next. \fi \expandafter }\next } \def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}} % @ifclear VAR ... @end executes the `...' iff VAR has never been % defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. % % The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the % above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set, % then redefine \next to \ifclearfail. % \makecond{ifclear} \def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}} \def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}} % @ifcommandisdefined CMD ... @end executes the `...' if CMD (written % without the @) is in fact defined. We can only feasibly check at the % TeX level, so something like `mathcode' is going to considered % defined even though it is not a Texinfo command. % \makecond{ifcommanddefined} \def\ifcommanddefined{\parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\let\next=\ifcmddefinedfail}}} % \def\doifcmddefined#1#2{{% \makevalueexpandable \let\next=\empty \expandafter\ifx\csname #2\endcsname\relax #1% If not defined, \let\next as above. \fi \expandafter }\next } \def\ifcmddefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommanddefined}} % @ifcommandnotdefined CMD ... handled similar to @ifclear above. \makecond{ifcommandnotdefined} \def\ifcommandnotdefined{% \parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\else \let\next=\ifcmdnotdefinedfail}}} \def\ifcmdnotdefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommandnotdefined}} % Set the `txicommandconditionals' variable, so documents have a way to % test if the @ifcommand...defined conditionals are available. \set txicommandconditionals % @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file % which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. \let\dircategory=\comment % @defininfoenclose. \let\definfoenclose=\comment \message{indexing,} % Index generation facilities % Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite % except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's. \edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}} % \newindex {foo} defines an index named IX. % It automatically defines \IXindex such that % \IXindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index IX. % It also defines \IXindfile to be the number of the output channel for % the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is IX. % The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long % for the sake of vms. % \def\newindex#1{% \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index \noexpand\doindex{#1}} } % @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} % \def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} % Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. % \def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} % \def\newcodeindex#1{% \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% } % The default indices: \newindex{cp}% concepts, \newcodeindex{fn}% functions, \newcodeindex{vr}% variables, \newcodeindex{tp}% types, \newcodeindex{ky}% keys \newcodeindex{pg}% and programs. % @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. % Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. % % @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo % inside @code. % \def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}} \def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}} % #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), % #3 the target index (bar). \def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% \requireopenindexfile{#3}% % redefine \fooindfile: \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp % redefine \fooindex: \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% } % Define \doindex, the driver for all index macros. % Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, % and it is the two-letter name of the index. \def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\doindexxxx} \def\doindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} % like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. \def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\docodeindexxxx} \def\docodeindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} % Used when writing an index entry out to an index file to prevent % expansion of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry. % \def\indexdummies{% \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files. \definedummyletter\@% \definedummyletter\ % % % For texindex which always views { and } as separators. \def\{{\lbracechar{}}% \def\}{\rbracechar{}}% % % Do the redefinitions. \definedummies } % Used for the aux and toc files, where @ is the escape character. % \def\atdummies{% \definedummyletter\@% \definedummyletter\ % \definedummyletter\{% \definedummyletter\}% % % Do the redefinitions. \definedummies \otherbackslash } % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control words, % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word % from whatever follows. % % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever). % % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the % space. % \def\definedummyword #1{\def#1{\string#1\space}}% \def\definedummyletter#1{\def#1{\string#1}}% \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter % Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies, to effectively prevent % the expansion of commands. % \def\definedummies{% % \let\commondummyword\definedummyword \let\commondummyletter\definedummyletter \let\commondummyaccent\definedummyaccent \commondummiesnofonts % \definedummyletter\_% \definedummyletter\-% % % Non-English letters. \definedummyword\AA \definedummyword\AE \definedummyword\DH \definedummyword\L \definedummyword\O \definedummyword\OE \definedummyword\TH \definedummyword\aa \definedummyword\ae \definedummyword\dh \definedummyword\exclamdown \definedummyword\l \definedummyword\o \definedummyword\oe \definedummyword\ordf \definedummyword\ordm \definedummyword\questiondown \definedummyword\ss \definedummyword\th % % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do. \definedummyword\bf \definedummyword\gtr \definedummyword\hat \definedummyword\less \definedummyword\sf \definedummyword\sl \definedummyword\tclose \definedummyword\tt % \definedummyword\LaTeX \definedummyword\TeX % % Assorted special characters. \definedummyword\atchar \definedummyword\arrow \definedummyword\bullet \definedummyword\comma \definedummyword\copyright \definedummyword\registeredsymbol \definedummyword\dots \definedummyword\enddots \definedummyword\entrybreak \definedummyword\equiv \definedummyword\error \definedummyword\euro \definedummyword\expansion \definedummyword\geq \definedummyword\guillemetleft \definedummyword\guillemetright \definedummyword\guilsinglleft \definedummyword\guilsinglright \definedummyword\lbracechar \definedummyword\leq \definedummyword\mathopsup \definedummyword\minus \definedummyword\ogonek \definedummyword\pounds \definedummyword\point \definedummyword\print \definedummyword\quotedblbase \definedummyword\quotedblleft \definedummyword\quotedblright \definedummyword\quoteleft \definedummyword\quoteright \definedummyword\quotesinglbase \definedummyword\rbracechar \definedummyword\result \definedummyword\sub \definedummyword\sup \definedummyword\textdegree % % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write. \macrolist \let\value\dummyvalue % \normalturnoffactive } % \commondummiesnofonts: common to \definedummies and \indexnofonts. % Define \commondummyletter, \commondummyaccent and \commondummyword before % using. Used for accents, font commands, and various control letters. % \def\commondummiesnofonts{% % Control letters and accents. \commondummyletter\!% \commondummyaccent\"% \commondummyaccent\'% \commondummyletter\*% \commondummyaccent\,% \commondummyletter\.% \commondummyletter\/% \commondummyletter\:% \commondummyaccent\=% \commondummyletter\?% \commondummyaccent\^% \commondummyaccent\`% \commondummyaccent\~% \commondummyword\u \commondummyword\v \commondummyword\H \commondummyword\dotaccent \commondummyword\ogonek \commondummyword\ringaccent \commondummyword\tieaccent \commondummyword\ubaraccent \commondummyword\udotaccent \commondummyword\dotless % % Texinfo font commands. \commondummyword\b \commondummyword\i \commondummyword\r \commondummyword\sansserif \commondummyword\sc \commondummyword\slanted \commondummyword\t % % Commands that take arguments. \commondummyword\abbr \commondummyword\acronym \commondummyword\anchor \commondummyword\cite \commondummyword\code \commondummyword\command \commondummyword\dfn \commondummyword\dmn \commondummyword\email \commondummyword\emph \commondummyword\env \commondummyword\file \commondummyword\image \commondummyword\indicateurl \commondummyword\inforef \commondummyword\kbd \commondummyword\key \commondummyword\math \commondummyword\option \commondummyword\pxref \commondummyword\ref \commondummyword\samp \commondummyword\strong \commondummyword\tie \commondummyword\U \commondummyword\uref \commondummyword\url \commondummyword\var \commondummyword\verb \commondummyword\w \commondummyword\xref } % For testing: output @{ and @} in index sort strings as \{ and \}. \newif\ifusebracesinindexes \let\indexlbrace\relax \let\indexrbrace\relax {\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=13 @gdef@backslashdisappear{@def\{}} } { \catcode`\<=13 \catcode`\-=13 \catcode`\`=13 \gdef\indexnonalnumdisappear{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlquoteignore\endcsname\relax\else % @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us ignore left quotes in the sort term. % (Introduced for FSFS 2nd ed.) \let`=\empty \fi % \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexbackslashignore\endcsname\relax\else \backslashdisappear \fi % \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexhyphenignore\endcsname\relax\else \def-{}% \fi \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlessthanignore\endcsname\relax\else \def<{}% \fi \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexatsignignore\endcsname\relax\else \def\@{}% \fi } \gdef\indexnonalnumreappear{% \useindexbackslash \let-\normaldash \let<\normalless \def\@{@}% } } % \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index % by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all % control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string % would be for a given command (usually its argument). % \def\indexnofonts{% % Accent commands should become @asis. \def\commondummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}% % We can just ignore other control letters. \def\commondummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}% % All control words become @asis by default; overrides below. \let\commondummyword\commondummyaccent \commondummiesnofonts % % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc. % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands. %\let\tt=\asis % \def\ { }% \def\@{@}% \def\_{\normalunderscore}% \def\-{}% @- shouldn't affect sorting % \uccode`\1=`\{ \uppercase{\def\{{1}}% \uccode`\1=`\} \uppercase{\def\}{1}}% \let\lbracechar\{% \let\rbracechar\}% % % Non-English letters. \def\AA{AA}% \def\AE{AE}% \def\DH{DZZ}% \def\L{L}% \def\OE{OE}% \def\O{O}% \def\TH{TH}% \def\aa{aa}% \def\ae{ae}% \def\dh{dzz}% \def\exclamdown{!}% \def\l{l}% \def\oe{oe}% \def\ordf{a}% \def\ordm{o}% \def\o{o}% \def\questiondown{?}% \def\ss{ss}% \def\th{th}% % \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}% \def\TeX{TeX}% % % Assorted special characters. \defglyph gives the control sequence a % definition that removes the {} that follows its use. \defglyph\atchar{@}% \defglyph\arrow{->}% \defglyph\bullet{bullet}% \defglyph\comma{,}% \defglyph\copyright{copyright}% \defglyph\dots{...}% \defglyph\enddots{...}% \defglyph\equiv{==}% \defglyph\error{error}% \defglyph\euro{euro}% \defglyph\expansion{==>}% \defglyph\geq{>=}% \defglyph\guillemetleft{<<}% \defglyph\guillemetright{>>}% \defglyph\guilsinglleft{<}% \defglyph\guilsinglright{>}% \defglyph\leq{<=}% \defglyph\lbracechar{\{}% \defglyph\minus{-}% \defglyph\point{.}% \defglyph\pounds{pounds}% \defglyph\print{-|}% \defglyph\quotedblbase{"}% \defglyph\quotedblleft{"}% \defglyph\quotedblright{"}% \defglyph\quoteleft{`}% \defglyph\quoteright{'}% \defglyph\quotesinglbase{,}% \defglyph\rbracechar{\}}% \defglyph\registeredsymbol{R}% \defglyph\result{=>}% \defglyph\textdegree{o}% % % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present). % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now. % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry % that starts with \. % % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them % to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that % goes to end-of-line is not handled. % \macrolist \let\value\indexnofontsvalue } \def\defglyph#1#2{\def#1##1{#2}} % see above \let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)? % Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case. % #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text. \def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}} % There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} % which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. % TODO: Two-level index? Operation index? % Workhorse for all indexes. % #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry -- % empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception % is with most defuns, which call us directly). % \def\dosubind#1#2#3{% \iflinks {% \requireopenindexfile{#1}% % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg). \toks0 = {#2}% % If third arg is present, precede it with a space. \def\thirdarg{#3}% \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}% \fi % \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}% % \safewhatsit\dosubindwrite }% \fi } % Check if an index file has been opened, and if not, open it. \def\requireopenindexfile#1{% \ifnum\csname #1indfile\endcsname=0 \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname \edef\suffix{#1}% % A .fls suffix would conflict with the file extension for the output % of -recorder, so use .f1s instead. \ifx\suffix\indexisfl\def\suffix{f1}\fi % Open the file \immediate\openout\csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.\suffix % Using \immediate above here prevents an object entering into the current % box, which could confound checks such as those in \safewhatsit for % preceding skips. \typeout{Writing index file \jobname.\suffix}% \fi} \def\indexisfl{fl} % Output \ as {\indexbackslash}, because \ is an escape character in % the index files. \let\indexbackslash=\relax {\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active @gdef@useindexbackslash{@def\{{@indexbackslash}}} } % Definition for writing index entry text. \def\sortas#1{\ignorespaces}% % Definition for writing index entry sort key. Should occur at the at % the beginning of the index entry, like % @cindex @sortas{september} \september % The \ignorespaces takes care of following space, but there's no way % to remove space before it. { \catcode`\-=13 \gdef\indexwritesortas{% \begingroup \indexnonalnumreappear \indexwritesortasxxx} \gdef\indexwritesortasxxx#1{% \xdef\indexsortkey{#1}\endgroup} } % Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file. % \def\dosubindwrite{% % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}% \fi % % Remember, we are within a group. \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage \useindexbackslash % \indexbackslash isn't defined now so it will be output % as is; and it will print as backslash. % The braces around \indexbrace are recognized by texindex. % % Get the string to sort by, by processing the index entry with all % font commands turned off. {\indexnofonts \def\lbracechar{{\indexlbrace}}% \def\rbracechar{{\indexrbrace}}% \let\{=\lbracechar \let\}=\rbracechar \indexnonalnumdisappear \xdef\indexsortkey{}% \let\sortas=\indexwritesortas \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% \setbox\dummybox = \hbox{\temp}% Make sure to execute any \sortas \ifx\indexsortkey\empty \xdef\indexsortkey{\temp}% \ifx\indexsortkey\empty\xdef\indexsortkey{ }\fi \fi }% % % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and % the original text, including any font commands. We write % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s % sorted result. \edef\temp{% \write\writeto{% \string\entry{\indexsortkey}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}% }% \temp } \newbox\dummybox % used above % Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit: % % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it % by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting % the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the % \write or \pdfdest will make \lastskip zero. The result is that % sequences like this: % @end defun % @tindex whatever % @defun ... % will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the % start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of % the previous defun. % % But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We % don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. % % Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. % % But wait, there is a catch there: % We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not % sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts % of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual % representation of the skip. % % The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that % the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter). % \edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname} % \newskip\whatsitskip \newcount\whatsitpenalty % % ..., ready, GO: % \def\safewhatsit#1{\ifhmode #1% \else % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously. \whatsitskip = \lastskip \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}% \whatsitpenalty = \lastpenalty % % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this % -\whatsitskip glue we're inserting is preceded by a % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed. \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro \else \vskip-\whatsitskip \fi % #1% % \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example: % @deffn deffn-whatever % @vindex index-whatever % Description. % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit % and the "Description." paragraph. \ifnum\whatsitpenalty>9999 \penalty\whatsitpenalty \fi \else % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip, % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak. \nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip \fi \fi} % The index entry written in the file actually looks like % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} % or % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} % The texindex program reads in these files and writes files % containing these kinds of lines: % \initial {c} % before the first topic whose initial is c % \entry {topic}{pagelist} % for a topic that is used without subtopics % \primary {topic} % for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics % \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} % for each subtopic. % Define the user-accessible indexing commands % @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. \def\findex {\fnindex} \def\kindex {\kyindex} \def\cindex {\cpindex} \def\vindex {\vrindex} \def\tindex {\tpindex} \def\pindex {\pgindex} \def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub} {\obeylines % \gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup % \dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}} % Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. % @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. % It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). % \parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% % \smallfonts \rm \tolerance = 9500 \plainfrenchspacing \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression. % % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains % \initial {@} % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence). \catcode`\@ = 12 % See comment in \requireopenindexfile. \def\indexname{#1}\ifx\indexname\indexisfl\def\indexname{f1}\fi \openin 1 \jobname.\indexname s \ifeof 1 % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure % there is some text. \putwordIndexNonexistent \typeout{No file \jobname.\indexname s.}% \else \catcode`\\ = 0 % % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so % it can discover if there is anything in it. \read 1 to \thisline \ifeof 1 \putwordIndexIsEmpty \else % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change % to make right now. \def\indexbackslash{\ttbackslash}% \let\indexlbrace\{ % Likewise, set these sequences for braces \let\indexrbrace\} % used in the sort key. \begindoublecolumns \let\dotheinsertentrybox\dotheinsertentryboxwithpenalty % % Read input from the index file line by line. \loopdo \ifeof1 \else \read 1 to \nextline \fi % \indexinputprocessing \thisline % \ifeof1\else \let\thisline\nextline \repeat %% \enddoublecolumns \fi \fi \closein 1 \endgroup} \def\loopdo#1\repeat{\def\body{#1}\loopdoxxx} \def\loopdoxxx{\let\next=\relax\body\let\next=\loopdoxxx\fi\next} \def\indexinputprocessing{% \ifeof1 \let\firsttoken\relax \else \edef\act{\gdef\noexpand\firsttoken{\getfirsttoken\nextline}}% \act \fi } \def\getfirsttoken#1{\expandafter\getfirsttokenx#1\endfirsttoken} \long\def\getfirsttokenx#1#2\endfirsttoken{\noexpand#1} % These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. % Change them to control the appearance of the index. {\catcode`\/=13 \catcode`\-=13 \catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\~=13 \catcode`\_=13 \catcode`\|=13 \catcode`\<=13 \catcode`\>=13 \catcode`\+=13 \catcode`\"=13 \catcode`\$=3 \gdef\initialglyphs{% % Some changes for non-alphabetic characters. Using the glyphs from the % math fonts looks more consistent than the typewriter font used elsewhere % for these characters. \def\indexbackslash{\math{\backslash}}% \let\\=\indexbackslash % % Can't get bold backslash so don't use bold forward slash \catcode`\/=13 \def/{{\secrmnotbold \normalslash}}% \def-{{\normaldash\normaldash}}% en dash `--' \def^{{\chapbf \normalcaret}}% \def~{{\chapbf \normaltilde}}% \def\_{% \leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }% \def|{$\vert$}% \def<{$\less$}% \def>{$\gtr$}% \def+{$\normalplus$}% }} \def\initial{% \bgroup \initialglyphs \initialx } \def\initialx#1{% % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. \removelastskip % % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. % The glue before the bonus allows a little bit of space at the % bottom of a column to reduce an increase in inter-line spacing. \nobreak \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip \penalty -300 \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip % % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch % we need before each entry, but it's better. % % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus 1\baselineskip \leftline{\secfonts \kern-0.05em \secbf #1}% % \secfonts is inside the argument of \leftline so that the change of % \baselineskip will not affect any glue inserted before the vbox that % \leftline creates. % Do our best not to break after the initial. \nobreak \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip \egroup % \initialglyphs } \newdimen\entryrightmargin \entryrightmargin=0pt % \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and % then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index % and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. % \def\entry{% \begingroup % % For pdfTeX and XeTeX. % The redefinition of \domark stops marks being added in \pdflink to % preserve coloured links across page boundaries. Otherwise the marks % would get in the way of \lastbox in \insertentrybox. \let\domark\relax % % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't % affect previous text. \par % % No extra space above this paragraph. \parskip = 0in % % When reading the text of entry, convert explicit line breaks % from @* into spaces. The user might give these in long section % titles, for instance. \def\*{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}% \def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}% An undocumented command % % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter): \afterassignment\doentry \let\temp = } \def\entrybreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}% \def\doentry{% % Save the text of the entry \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace. \noindent \aftergroup\finishentry % And now comes the text of the entry. % Not absorbing as a macro argument reduces the chance of problems % with catcodes occurring. } {\catcode`\@=11 \gdef\finishentry#1{% \egroup % end box A \dimen@ = \wd\boxA % Length of text of entry \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup\unhbox\boxA % #1 is the page number. % % Get the width of the page numbers, and only use % leaders if they are present. \global\setbox\boxB = \hbox{#1}% \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt \null\nobreak\hfill\ % \else % \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. % \ifpdf \pdfgettoks#1.% \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable\the\toksA \else \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable #1% \else \pdfgettoks#1.% \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable\the\toksA \fi \fi \fi \egroup % end \boxA \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt \global\setbox\entrybox=\vbox{\unhbox\boxA}% \else \global\setbox\entrybox=\vbox\bgroup % We want the text of the entries to be aligned to the left, and the % page numbers to be aligned to the right. % \parindent = 0pt \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fil \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus -1fill \rightskip = 0pt plus -1fil \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fill % Cause last line, which could consist of page numbers on their own % if the list of page numbers is long, to be aligned to the right. \parfillskip=0pt plus -1fill % \advance\rightskip by \entryrightmargin % Determine how far we can stretch into the margin. % This allows, e.g., "Appendix H GNU Free Documentation License" to % fit on one line in @letterpaper format. \ifdim\entryrightmargin>2.1em \dimen@i=2.1em \else \dimen@i=0em \fi \advance \parfillskip by 0pt minus 1\dimen@i % \dimen@ii = \hsize \advance\dimen@ii by -1\leftskip \advance\dimen@ii by -1\entryrightmargin \advance\dimen@ii by 1\dimen@i \ifdim\wd\boxA > \dimen@ii % If the entry doesn't fit in one line \ifdim\dimen@ > 0.8\dimen@ii % due to long index text % Try to split the text roughly evenly. \dimen@ will be the length of % the first line. \dimen@ = 0.7\dimen@ \dimen@ii = \hsize \ifnum\dimen@>\dimen@ii % If the entry is too long (for example, if it needs more than % two lines), use all the space in the first line. \dimen@ = \dimen@ii \fi \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill % ragged right \advance \dimen@ by 1\rightskip \parshape = 2 0pt \dimen@ 0em \dimen@ii % Ideally we'd add a finite glue at the end of the first line only, % instead of using \parshape with explicit line lengths, but TeX % doesn't seem to provide a way to do such a thing. % % Indent all lines but the first one. \advance\leftskip by 1em \advance\parindent by -1em \fi\fi \indent % start paragraph \unhbox\boxA % % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. \finalhyphendemerits = 0 % % Word spacing - no stretch \spaceskip=\fontdimen2\font minus \fontdimen4\font % \linepenalty=1000 % Discourage line breaks. \hyphenpenalty=5000 % Discourage hyphenation. % \par % format the paragraph \egroup % The \vbox \fi \endgroup \dotheinsertentrybox }} \newskip\thinshrinkable \skip\thinshrinkable=.15em minus .15em \newbox\entrybox \def\insertentrybox{% \ourunvbox\entrybox } % default definition \let\dotheinsertentrybox\insertentrybox % Use \lastbox to take apart vbox box by box, and add each sub-box % to the current vertical list. \def\ourunvbox#1{% \bgroup % for local binding of \delayedbox % Remove the last box from box #1 \global\setbox#1=\vbox{% \unvbox#1% \unskip % remove any glue \unpenalty \global\setbox\interbox=\lastbox }% \setbox\delayedbox=\box\interbox \ifdim\ht#1=0pt\else \ourunvbox#1 % Repeat on what's left of the box \nobreak \fi \box\delayedbox \egroup } \newbox\delayedbox \newbox\interbox % Used from \printindex. \firsttoken should be the first token % after the \entry. If it's not another \entry, we are at the last % line of a group of index entries, so insert a penalty to discourage % widowed index entries. \def\dotheinsertentryboxwithpenalty{% \ifx\firsttoken\isentry \else \penalty 9000 \fi \insertentrybox } \def\isentry{\entry}% % Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em. % The filll stretch here overpowers both the fil and fill stretch to push % the page number to the right. \def\indexdotfill{\cleaders \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1filll} \def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} \newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm \def\secondary#1#2{{% \parfillskip=0in \parskip=0in \hangindent=1in \hangafter=1 \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill \ifpdf \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. \else \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined #2 \else \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. \fi \fi \par }} % Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. % Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, % the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. \catcode`\@=11 % private names \newbox\partialpage \newdimen\doublecolumnhsize % Use inside an output routine to save \topmark and \firstmark \def\savemarks{% \global\savedtopmark=\expandafter{\topmark }% \global\savedfirstmark=\expandafter{\firstmark }% } \newtoks\savedtopmark \newtoks\savedfirstmark % Set \topmark and \firstmark for next time \output runs. % Can't be run from withinside \output (because any material % added while an output routine is active, including % penalties, is saved for after it finishes). The page so far % should be empty, otherwise what's on it will be thrown away. \def\restoremarks{% \mark{\the\savedtopmark}% \bgroup\output = {% \setbox\dummybox=\box\PAGE }abc\eject\egroup % "abc" because output routine doesn't fire for a completely empty page. \mark{\the\savedfirstmark}% } \def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns % If not much space left on page, start a new page. \ifdim\pagetotal>0.8\vsize\vfill\eject\fi % % Grab any single-column material above us. \output = {% % % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case. \ifvoid\partialpage \else \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}% \fi % \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% % Unvbox the main output page. \unvbox\PAGE \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip }% \savemarks }% \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage \restoremarks % % We recover the two marks that the last output routine saved in order % to propagate the information in marks added around a chapter heading, % which could be otherwise be lost by the time the final page is output. % % % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. \output = {\doublecolumnout}% % % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place. % % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) % as it did when we hard-coded it. % % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) % been clobbered. % \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize % % Double the \vsize as well. \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage \vsize = 2\vsize % % For the benefit of balancing columns \advance\baselineskip by 0pt plus 0.5pt } % The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except % the last, which is done by \balancecolumns. % \def\doublecolumnout{% % \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the % previous page. \dimen@ = \vsize \divide\dimen@ by 2 % % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. \setbox0=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@ \global\advance\vsize by 2\ht\partialpage \onepageout\pagesofar \unvbox\PAGE \penalty\outputpenalty } % % Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, % followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. \def\pagesofar{% \unvbox\partialpage % \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to\txipagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% } % Finished with with double columns. \def\enddoublecolumns{% % The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised % _before_ we change the output routine. This is necessary in the % following situation: % % The last section of the index consists only of a single entry. % Before this section, \pagetotal is less than \pagegoal, so no % break occurs before the last section starts. However, the last % section, consisting of \initial and the single \entry, does not % fit on the page and has to be broken off. Without the following % penalty the page builder will not be exercised until \eject % below, and by that time we'll already have changed the output % routine to the \balancecolumns version, so the next-to-last % double-column page will be processed with \balancecolumns, which % is wrong: The two columns will go to the main vertical list, with % the broken-off section in the recent contributions. As soon as % the output routine finishes, TeX starts reconsidering the page % break. The two columns and the broken-off section both fit on the % page, because the two columns now take up only half of the page % goal. When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final % section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after % \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns % and the final section into the vbox of \txipageheight (see % \pagebody), causing an overfull box. % % Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the % page builder, unlike penalties (see The TeXbook, pp. 280-281). \penalty0 % \output = {% % Split the last of the double-column material. \savemarks \balancecolumns }% \eject % call the \output just set \ifdim\pagetotal=0pt % Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal % definition right away. \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}% % \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns \restoremarks % Leave the double-column material on the current page, no automatic % page break. \box\balancedcolumns % % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize. \global\vsize = \txipageheight % \pagegoal = \txipageheight % \else % We had some left-over material. This might happen when \doublecolumnout % is called in \balancecolumns. Try again. \expandafter\enddoublecolumns \fi } \newbox\balancedcolumns \setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{shouldnt see this}% % % Only called for the last of the double column material. \doublecolumnout % does the others. \def\balancecolumns{% \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox\PAGE}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. \dimen@ = \ht0 \advance\dimen@ by \topskip \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip \ifdim\dimen@<5\baselineskip % Don't split a short final column in two. \setbox2=\vbox{}% \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}% \else \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to \dimen@ii = \dimen@ \splittopskip = \topskip % Loop until left column is at least as high as the right column. {% \vbadness = 10000 \loop \global\setbox3 = \copy0 \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ \ifdim\ht1<\ht3 \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt \repeat }% % Now the left column is in box 1, and the right column in box 3. % % Check whether the left column has come out higher than the page itself. % (Note that we have doubled \vsize for the double columns, so % the actual height of the page is 0.5\vsize). \ifdim2\ht1>\vsize % It appears that we have been called upon to balance too much material. % Output some of it with \doublecolumnout, leaving the rest on the page. \setbox\PAGE=\box0 \doublecolumnout \else % Compare the heights of the two columns. \ifdim4\ht1>5\ht3 % Column heights are too different, so don't make their bottoms % flush with each other. \setbox2=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox3\vfill}% \setbox0=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox1\vfill}% \else % Make column bottoms flush with each other. \setbox2=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox3\unskip}% \setbox0=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox1\unskip}% \fi \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}% \fi \fi % } \catcode`\@ = \other \message{sectioning,} % Chapters, sections, etc. % Let's start with @part. \outer\parseargdef\part{\partzzz{#1}} \def\partzzz#1{% \chapoddpage \null \vskip.3\vsize % move it down on the page a bit \begingroup \noindent \titlefonts\rm #1\par % the text \let\lastnode=\empty % no node to associate with \writetocentry{part}{#1}{}% but put it in the toc \headingsoff % no headline or footline on the part page % This outputs a mark at the end of the page that clears \thischapter % and \thissection, as is done in \startcontents. \let\pchapsepmacro\relax \chapmacro{}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% \chapoddpage \endgroup } % \unnumberedno is an oxymoron. But we count the unnumbered % sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf % outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter % numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000 % chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.) \newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000 \newcount\chapno \newcount\secno \secno=0 \newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 \newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 % This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... \newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ % % \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} % We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple % construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual % letter in the expansion, not just typeset. % \def\appendixletter{% \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. \else\char\the\appendixno \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} % Each @chapter defines these (using marks) as the number+name, number % and name of the chapter. Page headings and footings can use % these. @section does likewise. \def\thischapter{} \def\thischapternum{} \def\thischaptername{} \def\thissection{} \def\thissectionnum{} \def\thissectionname{} \newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level \newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count % @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. \def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} \let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name % @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. \def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} \let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name % we only have subsub. \chardef\maxseclevel = 3 % % A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too. % To achieve this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in: \chardef\unnlevel = \maxseclevel % % Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not: % \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored. \def\chapheadtype{N} % Choose a heading macro % #1 is heading type % #2 is heading level % #3 is text for heading \def\genhead#1#2#3{% % Compute the abs. sec. level: \absseclevel=#2 \advance\absseclevel by \secbase % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range: \ifnum \absseclevel < 0 \absseclevel = 0 \else \ifnum \absseclevel > 3 \absseclevel = 3 \fi \fi % The heading type: \def\headtype{#1}% \if \headtype U% \ifnum \absseclevel < \unnlevel \chardef\unnlevel = \absseclevel \fi \else % Check for appendix sections: \ifnum \absseclevel = 0 \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}% \else \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N% \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}% \fi\fi \fi % Check for numbered within unnumbered: \ifnum \absseclevel > \unnlevel \def\headtype{U}% \else \chardef\unnlevel = 3 \fi \fi % Now print the heading: \if \headtype U% \ifcase\absseclevel \unnumberedzzz{#3}% \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}% \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}% \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% \fi \else \if \headtype A% \ifcase\absseclevel \appendixzzz{#3}% \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}% \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}% \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}% \fi \else \ifcase\absseclevel \chapterzzz{#3}% \or \seczzz{#3}% \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}% \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% \fi \fi \fi \suppressfirstparagraphindent } % an interface: \def\numhead{\genhead N} \def\apphead{\genhead A} \def\unnmhead{\genhead U} % @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset % all lower-level sectioning counters to zero. % % Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers % (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty. \let\chaplevelprefix = \empty % \outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz \def\chapterzzz#1{% % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such % as an @include file. \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\chapno by 1 % % Used for \float. \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}% \resetallfloatnos % % \putwordChapter can contain complex things in translations. \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordChapter}% \message{\the\toks0 \space \the\chapno}% % % Write the actual heading. \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}% % % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter. \global\let\section = \numberedsec \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec } \outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally calls appendixzzz % \def\appendixzzz#1{% \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\appendixno by 1 \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}% \resetallfloatnos % % \putwordAppendix can contain complex things in translations. \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordAppendix}% \message{\the\toks0 \space \appendixletter}% % \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}% % \global\let\section = \appendixsec \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec } % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz: \outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} \def\unnumberedzzz#1{% \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1 % % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures. \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty \resetallfloatnos % % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant % to be executed, not expanded). % % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use % \the to achieve this: TeX expands \the only once, % simply yielding the contents of . (We also do this for % the toc entries.) \toks0 = {#1}% \message{(\the\toks0)}% % \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}% % \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec } % @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. \outer\parseargdef\centerchap{% \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters \unnmhead0{#1}% \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax } % @top is like @unnumbered. \let\top\unnumbered % Sections. % \outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz \def\seczzz#1{% \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}% } % normally calls appendixsectionzzz: \outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} \def\appendixsectionzzz#1{% \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}% } \let\appendixsec\appendixsection % normally calls unnumberedseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} \def\unnumberedseczzz#1{% \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}% } % Subsections. % % normally calls numberedsubseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} \def\numberedsubseczzz#1{% \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% } % normally calls appendixsubseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} \def\appendixsubseczzz#1{% \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}% {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% } % normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} \def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{% \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}% {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% } % Subsubsections. % % normally numberedsubsubseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} \def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{% \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}% {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% } % normally appendixsubsubseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} \def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{% \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}% {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% } % normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} \def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{% \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}% {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% } % These macros control what the section commands do, according % to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). % Define them by default for a numbered chapter. \let\section = \numberedsec \let\subsection = \numberedsubsec \let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec % Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading \def\majorheading{% {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% \parsearg\chapheadingzzz } \def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz} \def\chapheadingzzz#1{% \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}% \nobreak\bigskip \nobreak \suppressfirstparagraphindent } % @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. \parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} \suppressfirstparagraphindent} \parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} \suppressfirstparagraphindent} \parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} \suppressfirstparagraphindent} % These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only % (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), % given all the information in convenient, parsed form. % Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) \def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} % Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) \newskip\chapheadingskip % Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it. \def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} % Start a new page \def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} % \chapoddpage - start on an odd page for a new chapter % Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will % get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong. But we don't % care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page. \def\chapoddpage{% \chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \begingroup \headingsoff \null \chappager \endgroup \fi } \parseargdef\setchapternewpage{\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} \def\CHAPPAGoff{% \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager} \def\CHAPPAGon{% \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} \def\CHAPPAGodd{% \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} \CHAPPAGon % \chapmacro - Chapter opening. % % #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, % Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number. % Not used for @heading series. % % To test against our argument. \def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing} \def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix} \def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc} % \def\chapmacro#1#2#3{% \expandafter\ifx\thisenv\titlepage\else \checkenv{}% chapters, etc., should not start inside an environment. \fi % FIXME: \chapmacro is currently called from inside \titlepage when % \setcontentsaftertitlepage to print the "Table of Contents" heading, but % this should probably be done by \sectionheading with an option to print % in chapter size. % % Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark). \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% \gdef\thissection{}}% % \def\temptype{#2}% \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% \gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% \gdef\thischapter{}}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword \toks0={#1}% \xdef\lastchapterdefs{% \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}% \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}% % \noexpand\putwordAppendix avoids expanding indigestible % commands in some of the translations. \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordAppendix{} \noexpand\thischapternum: \noexpand\thischaptername}% }% \else \toks0={#1}% \xdef\lastchapterdefs{% \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}% \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}% % \noexpand\putwordChapter avoids expanding indigestible % commands in some of the translations. \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordChapter{} \noexpand\thischapternum: \noexpand\thischaptername}% }% \fi\fi\fi % % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of % the preceding space. \safewhatsit\domark % % Insert the chapter heading break. \pchapsepmacro % % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points % between here and the heading. \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs \domark % {% \chapfonts \rm \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading % give better error message % % Have to define \lastsection before calling \donoderef, because the % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon. \gdef\lastsection{#1}% % % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''. \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{}% \def\toctype{unnchap}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry \def\toctype{omit}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}% \def\toctype{app}% \else \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}% \def\toctype{numchap}% \fi\fi\fi % % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty. \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}% % % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not % being visible, for instance under high magnification. \donoderef{#2}% % % Typeset the actual heading. \nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue. \vbox{\raggedtitlesettings \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe \unhbox0 #1\par}% }% \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title \nobreak } % @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax \def\centerparameters{% \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip \leftskip = \rightskip \parfillskip = 0pt } % Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and % call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing. % \newskip\secheadingskip \def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}} % Subsection titles. \newskip\subsecheadingskip \def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}} % Subsubsection titles. \def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip} \def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak} % Print any size, any type, section title. % % #1 is the text of the title, % #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), % #3 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), % #4 is the section number. % \def\seckeyword{sec} % \def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{% {% \def\sectionlevel{#2}% \def\temptype{#3}% % % It is ok for the @heading series commands to appear inside an % environment (it's been historically allowed, though the logic is % dubious), but not the others. \ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword\else \checkenv{}% non-@*heading should not be in an environment. \fi \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading % % Switch to the right set of fonts. \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm % % Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark). \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% \gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}% \fi \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword % Don't redefine \thissection. \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword \toks0={#1}% \xdef\lastsectiondefs{% \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}% \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}% % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible % commands in some of the translations. \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{} \noexpand\thissectionnum: \noexpand\thissectionname}% }% \fi \else \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword \toks0={#1}% \xdef\lastsectiondefs{% \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}% \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}% % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible % commands in some of the translations. \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{} \noexpand\thissectionnum: \noexpand\thissectionname}% }% \fi \fi\fi\fi % % Go into vertical mode. Usually we'll already be there, but we % don't want the following whatsit to end up in a preceding paragraph % if the document didn't happen to have a blank line. \par % % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of % the preceding space. \safewhatsit\domark % % Insert space above the heading. \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname % % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points % between here and the heading. \global\let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs \domark % % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number. \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{}% \def\toctype{unn}% \gdef\lastsection{#1}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc, % and don't redefine \lastsection. \setbox0 = \hbox{}% \def\toctype{omit}% \let\sectionlevel=\empty \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% \def\toctype{app}% \gdef\lastsection{#1}% \else \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% \def\toctype{num}% \gdef\lastsection{#1}% \fi\fi\fi % % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro. \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}% % % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex). % Again, see comments in \chapmacro. \donoderef{#3}% % % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed. % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the % \writetocentry if there was no node). We don't want to allow that % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong. Debian bug 276000. \nobreak % % Output the actual section heading. \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \ptexraggedright \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number \unhbox0 #1}% }% % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it. % Don't allow stretch, though. \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname % % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it % was followed by glue. \nobreak % % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a % discardable item.) However, when a paragraph is not started next % (\startdefun, \cartouche, \center, etc.), this needs to be wiped out % or the negative glue will cause weirdly wrong output, typically % obscuring the section heading with something else. \vskip-\parskip % % This is so the last item on the main vertical list is a known % \penalty > 10000, so \startdefun, etc., can recognize the situation % and do the needful. \penalty 10001 } \message{toc,} % Table of contents. \newwrite\tocfile % Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. % Called from @chapter, etc. % % Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno} % We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional % arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually % read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the % destination to jump to. % % We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or % any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document. % But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the % table of contents chapter openings themselves. % \newif\iftocfileopened \def\omitkeyword{omit}% % \def\writetocentry#1#2#3{% \edef\writetoctype{#1}% \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else \iftocfileopened\else \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc \global\tocfileopenedtrue \fi % \iflinks {\atdummies \edef\temp{% \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}% \temp }% \fi \fi % % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named % `1', and two named `2'. \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \else \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined \else \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi \fi } % These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman % fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant % with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file. % \def\activecatcodes{% \catcode`\"=\active \catcode`\$=\active \catcode`\<=\active \catcode`\>=\active \catcode`\\=\active \catcode`\^=\active \catcode`\_=\active \catcode`\|=\active \catcode`\~=\active } % Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input. \def\readtocfile{% \setupdatafile \activecatcodes \input \tocreadfilename } \newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in \newcount\savepageno \newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 % Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile. % \def\startcontents#1{% % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro. % From: Torbjorn Granlund \contentsalignmacro \immediate\closeout\tocfile % % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. % It is abundantly clear what they are. \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% % \savepageno = \pageno \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. \entryrightmargin=\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. % % Roman numerals for page numbers. \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi } % redefined for the two-volume lispref. We always output on % \jobname.toc even if this is redefined. % \def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc} % Normal (long) toc. % \def\contents{% \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space \ifeof 1 \else \readtocfile \fi \vfill \eject \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect \ifeof 1 \else \pdfmakeoutlines \fi \closein 1 \endgroup \lastnegativepageno = \pageno \global\pageno = \savepageno } % And just the chapters. \def\summarycontents{% \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% % \let\partentry = \shortpartentry \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry \let\appentry = \shortchapentry \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. \secfonts \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt \rm \hyphenpenalty = 10000 \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{} \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space \ifeof 1 \else \readtocfile \fi \closein 1 \vfill \eject \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect \endgroup \lastnegativepageno = \pageno \global\pageno = \savepageno } \let\shortcontents = \summarycontents % Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. % The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. % \def\shortchaplabel#1{% % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. % But use \hss just in case. % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) % % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10 % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters % there are before deciding ... \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}% } % These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. % The first argument is the chapter or section name. % The last argument is the page number. % The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... % Parts, in the main contents. Replace the part number, which doesn't % exist, with an empty box. Let's hope all the numbers have the same width. % Also ignore the page number, which is conventionally not printed. \def\numeralbox{\setbox0=\hbox{8}\hbox to \wd0{\hfil}} \def\partentry#1#2#3#4{% % Add stretch and a bonus for breaking the page before the part heading. % This reduces the chance of the page being broken immediately after the % part heading, before a following chapter heading. \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip \penalty-300 \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip \dochapentry{\numeralbox\labelspace#1}{}% } % % Parts, in the short toc. \def\shortpartentry#1#2#3#4{% \penalty-300 \vskip.5\baselineskip plus.15\baselineskip minus.1\baselineskip \shortchapentry{{\bf #1}}{\numeralbox}{}{}% } % Chapters, in the main contents. \def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} % Chapters, in the short toc. % See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings. \def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{% \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}% } % Appendices, in the main contents. % Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box. % \def\appendixbox#1{% % We use M since it's probably the widest letter. \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}% \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}} % \def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\hskip.7em#1}{#4}} % Unnumbered chapters. \def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}} \def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}} % Sections. \def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} \let\appsecentry=\numsecentry \def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}} % Subsections. \def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} \let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry \def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}} % And subsubsections. \def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} \let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry \def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}} % This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. % Same as \defaultparindent. \newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt % Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the % page number. % % If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters % if at all possible; hence the \penalty. \def\dochapentry#1#2{% \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip \begingroup % Move the page numbers slightly to the right \advance\entryrightmargin by -0.05em \chapentryfonts \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip } \def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} \def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} \def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} % We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries. \let\tocentry = \entry % Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. \def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} \def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} \def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} \def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} \def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} \def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts} \def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts} \message{environments,} % @foo ... @end foo. % @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw TeX temporarily. % One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. % But \@ or @@ will get a plain @ character. \envdef\tex{% \setupmarkupstyle{tex}% \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie \catcode `\%=14 \catcode `\+=\other \catcode `\"=\other \catcode `\|=\other \catcode `\<=\other \catcode `\>=\other \catcode `\`=\other \catcode `\'=\other % % ' is active in math mode (mathcode"8000). So reset it, and all our % other math active characters (just in case), to plain's definitions. \mathactive % % Inverse of the list at the beginning of the file. \let\b=\ptexb \let\bullet=\ptexbullet \let\c=\ptexc \let\,=\ptexcomma \let\.=\ptexdot \let\dots=\ptexdots \let\equiv=\ptexequiv \let\!=\ptexexclam \let\i=\ptexi \let\indent=\ptexindent \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent \let\{=\ptexlbrace \let\+=\tabalign \let\}=\ptexrbrace \let\/=\ptexslash \let\sp=\ptexsp \let\*=\ptexstar %\let\sup=\ptexsup % do not redefine, we want @sup to work in math mode \let\t=\ptext \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop % we've made it outer \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing % \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% \def\@{@}% } % There is no need to define \Etex. % Define @lisp ... @end lisp. % @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things, % including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous). % Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. \newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in % This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other % such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't % have any width. \def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} % This space is always present above and below environments. \newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt % Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here % to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip % is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the % start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip. % \def\aboveenvbreak{{% % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and % \sectionheading, q.v. \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \advance\envskipamount by \parskip \endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount \removelastskip \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 % Penalize breaking before the environment, because preceding text % often leads into it. \penalty100 \fi \vskip\envskipamount \fi \fi }} \def\afterenvbreak{{% % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and % \sectionheading, q.v. \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \advance\envskipamount by \parskip \endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount \removelastskip % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak % or better ... \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi \vskip\envskipamount \fi \fi }} % \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will % also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again. \let\nonarrowing=\relax % @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around % environment contents. \font\circle=lcircle10 \newdimen\circthick \newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner \newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip \circthick=\fontdimen8\circle % \def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth \def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} \def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} \def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} \def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr \hskip\rskip}} \def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr \hskip\rskip}} % \newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip \envdef\cartouche{% \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph. \startsavinginserts \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*. \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip \advance\cartinner by-\rskip \cartouter=\hsize \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either % side, and for 6pt waste from % each corner char, and rule thickness \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip % % If this cartouche directly follows a sectioning command, we need the % \parskip glue (backspaced over by default) or the cartouche can % collide with the section heading. \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \penalty\lastpenalty \fi % \setbox\groupbox=\vbox\bgroup \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt \carttop \hbox\bgroup \hskip\lskip \vrule\kern3pt \vbox\bgroup \kern3pt \hsize=\cartinner \baselineskip=\normbskip \lineskip=\normlskip \parskip=\normpskip \vskip -\parskip \comment % For explanation, see the end of def\group. } \def\Ecartouche{% \ifhmode\par\fi \kern3pt \egroup \kern3pt\vrule \hskip\rskip \egroup \cartbot \egroup \addgroupbox \checkinserts } % This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, % inside a group. \newdimen\nonfillparindent \def\nonfillstart{% \aboveenvbreak \ifdim\hfuzz < 12pt \hfuzz = 12pt \fi % Don't be fussy \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output \parskip = 0pt % Turn off paragraph indentation but redefine \indent to emulate % the normal \indent. \nonfillparindent=\parindent \parindent = 0pt \let\indent\nonfillindent % \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes \ifx\nonarrowing\relax \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing \else \let\nonarrowing = \relax \fi \let\exdent=\nofillexdent } \begingroup \obeyspaces % We want to swallow spaces (but not other tokens) after the fake % @indent in our nonfill-environments, where spaces are normally % active and set to @tie, resulting in them not being ignored after % @indent. \gdef\nonfillindent{\futurelet\temp\nonfillindentcheck}% \gdef\nonfillindentcheck{% \ifx\temp % \expandafter\nonfillindentgobble% \else% \leavevmode\nonfillindentbox% \fi% }% \endgroup \def\nonfillindentgobble#1{\nonfillindent} \def\nonfillindentbox{\hbox to \nonfillparindent{\hss}} % If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small. % If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall. % This affects the following displayed environments: % @example, @display, @format, @lisp % \def\smallword{small} \def\nosmallword{nosmall} \let\SETdispenvsize\relax \def\setnormaldispenv{% \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword % end paragraph for sake of leading, in case document has no blank % line. This is redundant with what happens in \aboveenvbreak, but % we need to do it before changing the fonts, and it's inconvenient % to change the fonts afterward. \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi \smallexamplefonts \rm \fi } \def\setsmalldispenv{% \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword \else \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi \smallexamplefonts \rm \fi } % We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo. % Let's do it in one command. #1 is the env name, #2 the definition. \def\makedispenvdef#1#2{% \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}% \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}% \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak } % Define two environment synonyms (#1 and #2) for an environment. \def\maketwodispenvdef#1#2#3{% \makedispenvdef{#1}{#3}% \makedispenvdef{#2}{#3}% } % % @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; % @example: same as @lisp. % % @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts. % Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. % \maketwodispenvdef{lisp}{example}{% \nonfillstart \tt\setupmarkupstyle{example}% \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. \gobble % eat return } % @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font. % \makedispenvdef{display}{% \nonfillstart \gobble } % @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins. % \makedispenvdef{format}{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart \gobble } % @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize. \envdef\flushleft{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart \gobble } \let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak % @flushright. % \envdef\flushright{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill\relax \gobble } \let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak % @raggedright does more-or-less normal line breaking but no right % justification. From plain.tex. Don't stretch around special % characters in urls in this environment, since the stretch at the right % should be enough. \envdef\raggedright{% \rightskip0pt plus2.4em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax \def\urefprestretchamount{0pt}% \def\urefpoststretchamount{0pt}% } \let\Eraggedright\par \envdef\raggedleft{% \parindent=0pt \leftskip0pt plus2em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off % badness reporting. } \let\Eraggedleft\par \envdef\raggedcenter{% \parindent=0pt \rightskip0pt plus1em \leftskip0pt plus1em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off % badness reporting. } \let\Eraggedcenter\par % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) % and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since % we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and % \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0. % \makedispenvdef{quotation}{\quotationstart} % \def\quotationstart{% \indentedblockstart % same as \indentedblock, but increase right margin too. \ifx\nonarrowing\relax \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing \fi \parsearg\quotationlabel } % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're % doing normal filling. % \def\Equotation{% \par \ifx\quotationauthor\thisisundefined\else % indent a bit. \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}% \fi {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% } \def\Esmallquotation{\Equotation} % If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after. \def\quotationlabel#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\empty \else {\bf #1: }% \fi } % @indentedblock is like @quotation, but indents only on the left and % has no optional argument. % \makedispenvdef{indentedblock}{\indentedblockstart} % \def\indentedblockstart{% {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip \parindent=0pt % % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. \ifx\nonarrowing\relax \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing \else \let\nonarrowing = \relax \fi } % Keep a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're doing normal filling. % \def\Eindentedblock{% \par {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% } \def\Esmallindentedblock{\Eindentedblock} % LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{...} % If we want to allow any as delimiter, % we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg: % `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org % % [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook. % % [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets % active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a % verbatim line. \def\dospecials{% \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~% \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"% % Don't do the quotes -- if we do, @set txicodequoteundirected and % @set txicodequotebacktick will not have effect on @verb and % @verbatim, and ?` and !` ligatures won't get disabled. %\do\`\do\'% } % % [Knuth] p. 380 \def\uncatcodespecials{% \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials} % % Setup for the @verb command. % % Eight spaces for a tab \begingroup \catcode`\^^I=\active \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }} \endgroup % \def\setupverb{% \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% \setupmarkupstyle{verb}% \tabeightspaces % Respect line breaks, % print special symbols as themselves, and % make each space count % must do in this order: \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces } % Setup for the @verbatim environment % % Real tab expansion. \newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount % % We typeset each line of the verbatim in an \hbox, so we can handle % tabs. The \global is in case the verbatim line starts with an accent, % or some other command that starts with a begin-group. Otherwise, the % entire \verbbox would disappear at the corresponding end-group, before % it is typeset. Meanwhile, we can't have nested verbatim commands % (can we?), so the \global won't be overwriting itself. \newbox\verbbox \def\starttabbox{\global\setbox\verbbox=\hbox\bgroup} % \begingroup \catcode`\^^I=\active \gdef\tabexpand{% \catcode`\^^I=\active \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup \dimen\verbbox=\wd\verbbox % the width so far, or since the previous tab \divide\dimen\verbbox by\tabw \multiply\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw \advance\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw \wd\verbbox=\dimen\verbbox \box\verbbox \starttabbox }% } \endgroup % start the verbatim environment. \def\setupverbatim{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim % The \leavevmode here is for blank lines. Otherwise, we would % never \starttabox and the \egroup would end verbatim mode. \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box\verbbox\endgraf}% \tabexpand \setupmarkupstyle{verbatim}% % Respect line breaks, % print special symbols as themselves, and % make each space count. % Must do in this order: \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces \everypar{\starttabbox}% } % Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique % delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a % right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace: % % \def\doverb'{'#1'}'{#1} % % [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {} \begingroup \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next] \endgroup % \def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb} % % % Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that % the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie: % % \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1} % % For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, % because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}': % we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'. % % Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx] % \begingroup \catcode`\ =\active \obeylines % % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank % line in the output. \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}% % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble. \endgroup % \envdef\verbatim{% \setupverbatim\doverbatim } \let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak % @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment. % \def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude} % \def\doverbatiminclude#1{% {% \makevalueexpandable \setupverbatim \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names. \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @verbatiminclude of #1^^J}% \input #1 \afterenvbreak }% } % @copying ... @end copying. % Save the text away for @insertcopying later. % % We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box. % Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the % typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done % beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source % file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as % possible is desirable. % \def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying} \def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}} % \def\insertcopying{% \begingroup \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page \scanexp\copyingtext \endgroup } \message{defuns,} % @defun etc. \newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in \newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt \newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt \newcount\defunpenalty % Start the processing of @deffn: \def\startdefun{% \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \medbreak \defunpenalty=10003 % Will keep this @deffn together with the % following @def command, see below. \else % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak, % which is there to keep the function description together with its % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted % by \printdefunline, instead of 10000, since the sectioning % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow % a break between a section heading and a defun. % % As a further refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling % with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the % sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following % @def command. \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi % % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break. % But do insert the glue. \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint \fi % \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent } \def\dodefunx#1{% % First, check whether we are in the right environment: \checkenv#1% % % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row. % It's not a great place, though. \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi % % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun: \expandafter\gobbledefun#1% } \def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{} % \printdefunline \deffnheader{text} % \def\printdefunline#1#2{% \begingroup % call \deffnheader: #1#2 \endheader % common ending: \interlinepenalty = 10000 \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil\relax \endgraf \nobreak\vskip -\parskip \penalty\defunpenalty % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses, % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize. \checkparencounts \endgroup } \def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak} % \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn; % the only thing remaining is to define \deffnheader. % \def\makedefun#1{% \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}% \temp } % \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader { (defn. of \deffnheader) } % % Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters. % \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly. % \def\domakedefun#1#2#3{% \envdef#1{% \startdefun \doingtypefnfalse % distinguish typed functions from all else \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}% }% \def#2{\dodefunx#1}% \def#3% } \newif\ifdoingtypefn % doing typed function? \newif\ifrettypeownline % typeset return type on its own line? % @deftypefnnewline on|off says whether the return type of typed functions % are printed on their own line. This affects @deftypefn, @deftypefun, % @deftypeop, and @deftypemethod. % \parseargdef\deftypefnnewline{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\onword \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname = \empty \else\ifx\temp\offword \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname = \relax \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @txideftypefnnl value `\temp', must be on|off}% \fi\fi } % Untyped functions: % @deffn category name args \makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}} % @deffn category class name args \makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}} % \defopon {category on}class name args \def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } % \deffngeneral {subind}category name args % \def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{% % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}. \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}% \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}% } % Typed functions: % @deftypefn category type name args \makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}} % @deftypeop category class type name args \makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}} % \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args \def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } % \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args % \def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}% \doingtypefntrue \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% } % Typed variables: % @deftypevr category type var args \makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}} % @deftypecv category class type var args \makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}} % \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args \def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } % \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args % \def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}% \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% } % Untyped variables: % @defvr category var args \makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} } % @defcv category class var args \makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}} % \defcvof {category of}class var args \def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} } % Types: % @deftp category name args \makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{% \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}% \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}% } % Remaining @defun-like shortcuts: \makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } \makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} } \makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} } \makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } \makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} } \makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} } \makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} } \makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon} \makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon} \makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} \makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} % \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args). % #1 is the category, such as "Function". % #2 is the return type, if any. % #3 is the function name. % % We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any. % \def\defname#1#2#3{% \par % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def... \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent % % Determine if we are typesetting the return type of a typed function % on a line by itself. \rettypeownlinefalse \ifdoingtypefn % doing a typed function specifically? % then check user option for putting return type on its own line: \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname\relax \else \rettypeownlinetrue \fi \fi % % How we'll format the category name. Putting it in brackets helps % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line % just below it. \def\temp{#1}% \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi} % % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. We'll always have at % least two. \tempnum = 2 % % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero, % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it: \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip % % If doing a return type on its own line, we'll have another line. \ifrettypeownline \advance\tempnum by 1 \def\maybeshapeline{0in \hsize}% \else \def\maybeshapeline{}% \fi % % The continuations: \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent % % The final paragraph shape: \parshape \tempnum 0in \dimen0 \maybeshapeline \defargsindent \dimen2 % % Put the category name at the right margin. \noindent \hbox to 0pt{% \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize % \hsize has to be shortened this way: \kern\leftskip % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space. }% % % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint: \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 \exdentamount=\defbodyindent {% % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because: % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle. % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm. % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures. % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no % one has made identifiers using them :). \df \tt \def\temp{#2}% text of the return type \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp}% typeset the return type \ifrettypeownline % put return type on its own line; prohibit line break following: \hfil\vadjust{\nobreak}\break \else \space % type on same line, so just followed by a space \fi \fi % no return type #3% output function name }% {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \rmfont % \boldbrax % arguments will be output next, if any. } % Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using % tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in % the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very % distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars. % \def\defunargs#1{% % use sl by default (not ttsl), % tt for the names. \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0 % % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we % want a way to get ttsl. We used to recommend @var for that, so % leave the code in, but it's strange for @var to lead to typewriter. % Nowadays we recommend @code, since the difference between a ttsl hyphen % and a tt hyphen is pretty tiny. @code also disables ?` !`. \def\var##1{{\setupmarkupstyle{var}\ttslanted{##1}}}% #1% \sl\hyphenchar\font=45 } % We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line. % \def\activeparens{% \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active \catcode`\&=\active } % Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. \let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) % Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, % if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, % so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. { \activeparens \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack \global\let& = \& \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm} } \newcount\parencount % If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards \newif\ifampseen \def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }} \def\parenfont{% \ifampseen % At the first level, print parens in roman, % otherwise use the default font. \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi \else % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] . \sf \fi } \def\infirstlevel#1{% \ifampseen \ifnum\parencount=1 #1% \fi \fi } \def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf} \def\opnr{% \global\advance\parencount by 1 {\parenfont(}% \infirstlevel \bfafterword } \def\clnr{% {\parenfont)}% \infirstlevel \sl \global\advance\parencount by -1 } \newcount\brackcount \def\lbrb{% \global\advance\brackcount by 1 {\bf[}% } \def\rbrb{% {\bf]}% \global\advance\brackcount by -1 } \def\checkparencounts{% \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi } % these should not use \errmessage; the glibc manual, at least, actually % has such constructs (when documenting function pointers). \def\badparencount{% \message{Warning: unbalanced parentheses in @def...}% \global\parencount=0 } \def\badbrackcount{% \message{Warning: unbalanced square brackets in @def...}% \global\brackcount=0 } \message{macros,} % @macro. % To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, % which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined \newwrite\macscribble \def\scantokens#1{% \toks0={#1}% \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% \immediate\closeout\macscribble \input \jobname.tmp } \fi % alias because \c means cedilla in @tex or @math \let\texinfoc=\c \newcount\savedcatcodeone \newcount\savedcatcodetwo % Used at the time of macro expansion. % Argument is macro body with arguments substituted \def\scanmacro#1{% \newlinechar`\^^M \def\xeatspaces{\eatspaces}% % % Temporarily undo catcode changes of \printindex. Set catcode of @ to % 0 so that @-commands in macro expansions aren't printed literally when % formatting an index file, where \ is used as the escape character. \savedcatcodeone=\catcode`\@ \savedcatcodetwo=\catcode`\\ \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active % % Process the macro body under the current catcode regime. \scantokens{#1@texinfoc}% % \catcode`\@=\savedcatcodeone \catcode`\\=\savedcatcodetwo % % The \texinfoc is to remove the \newlinechar added by \scantokens, and % can be noticed by \parsearg. % We avoid surrounding the call to \scantokens with \bgroup and \egroup % to allow macros to open or close groups themselves. } % Used for copying and captions \def\scanexp#1{% \expandafter\scanmacro\expandafter{#1}% } \newcount\paramno % Count of parameters \newtoks\macname % Macro name \newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? % List of all defined macros in the form % \commondummyword\macro1\commondummyword\macro2... % Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split % if there is a need. \def\macrolist{} % Add the macro to \macrolist \def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname} \def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{% \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\commondummyword#1}% \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}% } % Utility routines. % This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is, % \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname % (except of course we have to play expansion games). % \def\cslet#1#2{% \expandafter\let \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname \csname#2\endcsname } % Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string. % Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN). {\catcode`\@=11 \gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }} \gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@} \gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @} \def\unbrace#1{#1} \unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1} } % Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. {\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3% \gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% \gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}% \gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}% } % Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where % all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active % (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \ % to recognize macro arguments; this is the job of \mbodybackslash. % % Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate % them to avoid their expansion. Must do this non-globally, to % confine the change to the current group. % % It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is % done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro % body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. % \def\scanctxt{% used as subroutine \catcode`\"=\other \catcode`\+=\other \catcode`\<=\other \catcode`\>=\other \catcode`\^=\other \catcode`\_=\other \catcode`\|=\other \catcode`\~=\other \passthroughcharstrue } \def\scanargctxt{% used for copying and captions, not macros. \scanctxt \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\\=\other \catcode`\^^M=\other } \def\macrobodyctxt{% used for @macro definitions \scanctxt \catcode`\ =\other \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other \catcode`\^^M=\other \usembodybackslash } % Used when scanning braced macro arguments. Note, however, that catcode % changes here are ineffectual if the macro invocation was nested inside % an argument to another Texinfo command. \def\macroargctxt{% \scanctxt \catcode`\ =\active \catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\\=\active } \def\macrolineargctxt{% used for whole-line arguments without braces \scanctxt \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other } % \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. % It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N % where N is the macro parameter number. % We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so % \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. % {\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} } \expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} \def\margbackslash#1{\char`\#1 } \def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} \def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} \def\macroxxx#1{% \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments \paramno=0\relax \else \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% \if\paramno>256\relax \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{You need eTeX to compile a file with macros with more than 256 arguments} \fi \fi \fi \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% \else \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}% \fi \begingroup \macrobodyctxt \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody \else \expandafter\parsemacbody \fi} \parseargdef\unmacro{% \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% % Remove the macro name from \macrolist: \begingroup \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax \let\commondummyword\unmacrodo \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}% \endgroup \else \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% \fi } % Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any % macro definitions that have been changed to \relax. % \def\unmacrodo#1{% \ifx #1\relax % remove this \else \noexpand\commondummyword \noexpand#1% \fi } % \getargs -- Parse the arguments to a @macro line. Set \macname to % the name of the macro, and \argl to the braced argument list. \def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} \def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} \def\getmacname#1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} \def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} % This made use of the feature that if the last token of a % is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by % an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. % Parse the optional {params} list to @macro or @rmacro. % Set \paramno to the number of arguments, % and \paramlist to a parameter text for the macro (e.g. #1,#2,#3 for a % three-param macro.) Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH in the params % list to some hook where the argument is to be expanded. If there are % less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N % is the position in that list, that is to say the macro arguments are to be % defined `a la TeX in the macro body. % % That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). % % If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used: see % \parsemmanyargdef. % \def\parsemargdef#1;{% \paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% \let\hash\relax % \hash is redefined to `#' later to get it into definitions \let\xeatspaces\relax \parsemargdefxxx#1,;,% \ifnum\paramno<10\relax\else \paramno0\relax \parsemmanyargdef@@#1,;,% 10 or more arguments \fi } \def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% \if#1;\let\next=\relax \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx \advance\paramno by 1 \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}% \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% \fi\next} % \parsemacbody, \parsermacbody % % Read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. (They're different since % rec and nonrec macros end differently.) % % We are in \macrobodyctxt, and the \xdef causes backslashshes in the macro % body to be transformed. % Set \macrobody to the body of the macro, and call \defmacro. % {\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsemacbody#1@end macro{% \xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}% {\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro{% \xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}% % Make @ a letter, so that we can make private-to-Texinfo macro names. \edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@} \catcode `@=11\relax %%%%%%%%%%%%%% Code for > 10 arguments only %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the % hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is % processed again to replace the arguments. % % In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the % argument N value and then \edef the body (nothing else will expand because of % the catcode regime under which the body was input). % % If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more % arguments, no macro can have more than 256 arguments (else error). % % In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments % list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to % each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list % in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments % are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining % twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power. \def\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,{% \if#1;\let\next=\relax \else \let\next=\parsemmanyargdef@@ \edef\tempb{\eatspaces{#1}}% \expandafter\def\expandafter\tempa \expandafter{\csname macarg.\tempb\endcsname}% % Note that we need some extra \noexpand\noexpand, this is because we % don't want \the to be expanded in the \parsermacbody as it uses an % \xdef . \expandafter\edef\tempa {\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\the\toks\the\paramno}% \advance\paramno by 1\relax \fi\next} \let\endargs@\relax \let\nil@\relax \def\nilm@{\nil@}% \long\def\nillm@{\nil@}% % This macro is expanded during the Texinfo macro expansion, not during its % definition. It gets all the arguments' values and assigns them to macros % macarg.ARGNAME % % #1 is the macro name % #2 is the list of argument names % #3 is the list of argument values \def\getargvals@#1#2#3{% \def\macargdeflist@{}% \def\saveparamlist@{#2}% Need to keep a copy for parameter expansion. \def\paramlist{#2,\nil@}% \def\macroname{#1}% \begingroup \macroargctxt \def\argvaluelist{#3,\nil@}% \def\@tempa{#3}% \ifx\@tempa\empty \setemptyargvalues@ \else \getargvals@@ \fi } \def\getargvals@@{% \ifx\paramlist\nilm@ % Some sanity check needed here that \argvaluelist is also empty. \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@ \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Too many arguments in macro `\macroname'!}% \fi \let\next\macargexpandinbody@ \else \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@ % No more arguments values passed to macro. Set remaining named-arg % macros to empty. \let\next\setemptyargvalues@ \else % pop current arg name into \@tempb \def\@tempa##1{\pop@{\@tempb}{\paramlist}##1\endargs@}% \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\paramlist}% % pop current argument value into \@tempc \def\@tempa##1{\longpop@{\@tempc}{\argvaluelist}##1\endargs@}% \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\argvaluelist}% % Here \@tempb is the current arg name and \@tempc is the current arg value. % First place the new argument macro definition into \@tempd \expandafter\macname\expandafter{\@tempc}% \expandafter\let\csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname\relax \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempe\expandafter{% \csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname}% \edef\@tempd{\long\def\@tempe{\the\macname}}% \push@\@tempd\macargdeflist@ \let\next\getargvals@@ \fi \fi \next } \def\push@#1#2{% \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#2% \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% \expandafter#1#2}% } % Replace arguments by their values in the macro body, and place the result % in macro \@tempa. % \def\macvalstoargs@{% % To do this we use the property that token registers that are \the'ed % within an \edef expand only once. So we are going to place all argument % values into respective token registers. % % First we save the token context, and initialize argument numbering. \begingroup \paramno0\relax % Then, for each argument number #N, we place the corresponding argument % value into a new token list register \toks#N \expandafter\putargsintokens@\saveparamlist@,;,% % Then, we expand the body so that argument are replaced by their % values. The trick for values not to be expanded themselves is that they % are within tokens and that tokens expand only once in an \edef . \edef\@tempc{\csname mac.\macroname .body\endcsname}% % Now we restore the token stack pointer to free the token list registers % which we have used, but we make sure that expanded body is saved after % group. \expandafter \endgroup \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempc}% } % Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group. % \def\macargexpandinbody@{% \expandafter \endgroup \macargdeflist@ % First the replace in body the macro arguments by their values, the result % is in \@tempa . \macvalstoargs@ % Then we point at the \norecurse or \gobble (for recursive) macro value % with \@tempb . \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempb\csname mac.\macroname .recurse\endcsname % Depending on whether it is recursive or not, we need some tailing % \egroup . \ifx\@tempb\gobble \let\@tempc\relax \else \let\@tempc\egroup \fi % And now we do the real job: \edef\@tempd{\noexpand\@tempb{\macroname}\noexpand\scanmacro{\@tempa}\@tempc}% \@tempd } \def\putargsintokens@#1,{% \if#1;\let\next\relax \else \let\next\putargsintokens@ % First we allocate the new token list register, and give it a temporary % alias \@tempb . \toksdef\@tempb\the\paramno % Then we place the argument value into that token list register. \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname macarg.#1\endcsname \expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}% \advance\paramno by 1\relax \fi \next } % Trailing missing arguments are set to empty. % \def\setemptyargvalues@{% \ifx\paramlist\nilm@ \let\next\macargexpandinbody@ \else \expandafter\setemptyargvaluesparser@\paramlist\endargs@ \let\next\setemptyargvalues@ \fi \next } \def\setemptyargvaluesparser@#1,#2\endargs@{% \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{% \expandafter\def\csname macarg.#1\endcsname{}}% \push@\@tempa\macargdeflist@ \def\paramlist{#2}% } % #1 is the element target macro % #2 is the list macro % #3,#4\endargs@ is the list value \def\pop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{% \def#1{#3}% \def#2{#4}% } \long\def\longpop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{% \long\def#1{#3}% \long\def#2{#4}% } %%%%%%%%%%%%%% End of code for > 10 arguments %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % This defines a Texinfo @macro or @rmacro, called by \parsemacbody. % \macrobody has the body of the macro in it, with placeholders for % its parameters, looking like "\xeatspaces{\hash 1}". % \paramno is the number of parameters % \paramlist is a TeX parameter text, e.g. "#1,#2,#3," % There are four cases: macros of zero, one, up to nine, and many arguments. % \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file % they're defined in: @include reads the file inside a group. % \def\defmacro{% \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars \ifnum\paramno=1 \def\xeatspaces##1{##1}% % This removes the pair of braces around the argument. We don't % use \eatspaces, because this can cause ends of lines to be lost % when the argument to \eatspaces is read, leading to line-based % commands like "@itemize" not being read correctly. \else \let\xeatspaces\relax % suppress expansion \fi \ifcase\paramno % 0 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup \noexpand\spaceisspace \noexpand\endlineisspace \noexpand\expandafter % skip any whitespace after the macro name. \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{% \egroup \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}% \or % 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup \noexpand\braceorline \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{% \egroup \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}% }% \else % at most 9 \ifnum\paramno<10\relax % @MACNAME sets the context for reading the macro argument % @MACNAME@@ gets the argument, processes backslashes and appends a % comma. % @MACNAME@@@ removes braces surrounding the argument list. % @MACNAME@@@@ scans the macro body with arguments substituted. \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup \noexpand\expandafter % This \expandafter skip any spaces after the \noexpand\macroargctxt % macro before we change the catcode of space. \noexpand\expandafter \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname##1{% \noexpand\passargtomacro \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{##1,}}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{% \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname ##1}% \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\xdef \expandafter\expandafter \csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname\paramlist{% \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}% \else % 10 or more: \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}% }% \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\macrobody \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble \fi \fi} \catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax % end private-to-Texinfo catcodes \def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % {\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=13 % We need to manipulate \ so use @ as escape @catcode`@_=11 % private names @catcode`@!=11 % used as argument separator % \passargtomacro#1#2 - % Call #1 with a list of tokens #2, with any doubled backslashes in #2 % compressed to one. % % This implementation works by expansion, and not execution (so we cannot use % \def or similar). This reduces the risk of this failing in contexts where % complete expansion is done with no execution (for example, in writing out to % an auxiliary file for an index entry). % % State is kept in the input stream: the argument passed to % @look_ahead, @gobble_and_check_finish and @add_segment is % % THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT ! {PENDING_BS} NEXT_TOKEN (... rest of input) % % where: % THE_MACRO - name of the macro we want to call % ARG_RESULT - argument list we build to pass to that macro % PENDING_BS - either a backslash or nothing % NEXT_TOKEN - used to look ahead in the input stream to see what's coming next @gdef@passargtomacro#1#2{% @add_segment #1!{}@relax#2\@_finish\% } @gdef@_finish{@_finishx} @global@let@_finishx@relax % #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT % #2 - PENDING_BS % #3 - NEXT_TOKEN % #4 used to look ahead % % If the next token is not a backslash, process the rest of the argument; % otherwise, remove the next token. @gdef@look_ahead#1!#2#3#4{% @ifx#4\% @expandafter@gobble_and_check_finish @else @expandafter@add_segment @fi#1!{#2}#4#4% } % #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT % #2 - PENDING_BS % #3 - NEXT_TOKEN % #4 should be a backslash, which is gobbled. % #5 looks ahead % % Double backslash found. Add a single backslash, and look ahead. @gdef@gobble_and_check_finish#1!#2#3#4#5{% @add_segment#1\!{}#5#5% } @gdef@is_fi{@fi} % #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT % #2 - PENDING_BS % #3 - NEXT_TOKEN % #4 is input stream until next backslash % % Input stream is either at the start of the argument, or just after a % backslash sequence, either a lone backslash, or a doubled backslash. % NEXT_TOKEN contains the first token in the input stream: if it is \finish, % finish; otherwise, append to ARG_RESULT the segment of the argument up until % the next backslash. PENDING_BACKSLASH contains a backslash to represent % a backslash just before the start of the input stream that has not been % added to ARG_RESULT. @gdef@add_segment#1!#2#3#4\{% @ifx#3@_finish @call_the_macro#1!% @else % append the pending backslash to the result, followed by the next segment @expandafter@is_fi@look_ahead#1#2#4!{\}@fi % this @fi is discarded by @look_ahead. % we can't get rid of it with \expandafter because we don't know how % long #4 is. } % #1 - THE_MACRO % #2 - ARG_RESULT % #3 discards the res of the conditional in @add_segment, and @is_fi ends the % conditional. @gdef@call_the_macro#1#2!#3@fi{@is_fi #1{#2}} } %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % \braceorline MAC is used for a one-argument macro MAC. It checks % whether the next non-whitespace character is a {. It sets the context % for reading the argument (slightly different in the two cases). Then, % to read the argument, in the whole-line case, it then calls the regular % \parsearg MAC; in the lbrace case, it calls \passargtomacro MAC. % \def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} \def\braceorlinexxx{% \ifx\nchar\bgroup \macroargctxt \expandafter\passargtomacro \else \macrolineargctxt\expandafter\parsearg \fi \macnamexxx} % @alias. % We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal % sign. Make them active and then expand them all to nothing. % \def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx} \def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} \def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{% {% \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty \addtomacrolist{#1}% \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}% }% \next } \message{cross references,} \newwrite\auxfile \newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. \newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. % @inforef is relatively simple. \def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} \def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{% \putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} % @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in % cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and % might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like: % @node foo , bar , ... % We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name. % \parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse} % % also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this: % @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs \def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse} \def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} \let\nwnode=\node \let\lastnode=\empty % Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the % type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing). % \def\donoderef#1{% \ifx\lastnode\empty\else \setref{\lastnode}{#1}% \global\let\lastnode=\empty \fi } % @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. % \newcount\savesfregister % \def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} \def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} \def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} % \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an % anchor), which consists of three parts: % 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \lastsection, % or the anchor name. % 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or % empty for anchors. % 3) NAME-pg - the page number. % % This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of % floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here: % 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats. % \def\setref#1#2{% \pdfmkdest{#1}% \iflinks {% \requireauxfile \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them % match definition in \xrdef, \refx, \xrefX. \def\value##1{##1}% \edef\writexrdef##1##2{% \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef }% \toks0 = \expandafter{\lastsection}% \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }% \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc. \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, at \shipout }% \fi } % @xrefautosectiontitle on|off says whether @section(ing) names are used % automatically in xrefs, if the third arg is not explicitly specified. % This was provided as a "secret" @set xref-automatic-section-title % variable, now it's official. % \parseargdef\xrefautomaticsectiontitle{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\onword \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname = \empty \else\ifx\temp\offword \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname = \relax \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @xrefautomaticsectiontitle value `\temp', must be on|off}% \fi\fi } % % @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is % the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed % node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed % manual. All but the node name can be omitted. % \def\pxref{\putwordsee{} \xrefXX} \def\xref{\putwordSee{} \xrefXX} \def\ref{\xrefXX} \def\xrefXX#1{\def\xrefXXarg{#1}\futurelet\tokenafterxref\xrefXXX} \def\xrefXXX{\expandafter\xrefX\expandafter[\xrefXXarg,,,,,,,]} % \newbox\toprefbox \newbox\printedrefnamebox \newbox\infofilenamebox \newbox\printedmanualbox % \def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup \unsepspaces % % Get args without leading/trailing spaces. \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}% \setbox\printedrefnamebox = \hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}% % \def\infofilename{\ignorespaces #4}% \setbox\infofilenamebox = \hbox{\infofilename\unskip}% % \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% \setbox\printedmanualbox = \hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}% % % If the printed reference name (arg #3) was not explicitly given in % the @xref, figure out what we want to use. \ifdim \wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt % No printed node name was explicitly given. \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname \relax % Not auto section-title: use node name inside the square brackets. \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% \else % Auto section-title: use chapter/section title inside % the square brackets if we have it. \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt % It is in another manual, so we don't have it; use node name. \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% \else \ifhavexrefs % We (should) know the real title if we have the xref values. \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}% \else % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% \fi% \fi \fi \fi % % Make link in pdf output. \ifpdf % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX {\indexnofonts \makevalueexpandable \turnoffactive % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _ % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename. \getfilename{#4}% % % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing % spaces in #1, which should be ignored. \setpdfdestname{#1}% % \ifx\pdfdestname\empty \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets \fi % \leavevmode \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% \ifnum\filenamelength>0 goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfdestname}% \else goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}% \fi }% \setcolor{\linkcolor}% \else \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined \else % For XeTeX {\indexnofonts \makevalueexpandable \turnoffactive % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _ % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename. \getfilename{#4}% % % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing % spaces in #1, which should be ignored. \setpdfdestname{#1}% % \ifx\pdfdestname\empty \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets \fi % \leavevmode \ifnum\filenamelength>0 % With default settings, % XeTeX (xdvipdfmx) replaces link destination names with integers. % In this case, the replaced destination names of % remote PDFs are no longer known. In order to avoid a replacement, % you can use xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'. % If you use XeTeX 0.99996+ (TeX Live 2016+), % this command line option is no longer necessary % because we can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special. \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A << /S /GoToR /F (\the\filename.pdf) /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}% \else \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}% \fi }% \setcolor{\linkcolor}% \fi \fi {% % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to % include an _ in the xref name, etc. \indexnofonts \turnoffactive \def\value##1{##1}% \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle \csname XR#1-title\endcsname }% % % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2" % instead of "[somenode], p.3". \iffloat distinguishes them by % \Xthisreftitle being set to a magic string. \iffloat\Xthisreftitle % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref, % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2". \ifdim\wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt \refx{#1-snt}{}% \else \printedrefname \fi % % If the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append % "in MANUALNAME". \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% \fi \else % node/anchor (non-float) references. % % If we use \unhbox to print the node names, TeX does not insert % empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will not % find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, % this is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name % again, so it is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. % \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt % Cross-manual reference with a printed manual name. % \crossmanualxref{\cite{\printedmanual\unskip}}% % \else\ifdim \wd\infofilenamebox > 0pt % Cross-manual reference with only an info filename (arg 4), no % printed manual name (arg 5). This is essentially the same as % the case above; we output the filename, since we have nothing else. % \crossmanualxref{\code{\infofilename\unskip}}% % \else % Reference within this manual. % % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. {\turnoffactive % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be. \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi }% % output the `[mynode]' via the macro below so it can be overridden. \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname % % But we always want a comma and a space: ,\space % % output the `page 3'. \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% % Add a , if xref followed by a space \if\space\noexpand\tokenafterxref ,% \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @TAB \else\ifx\*\tokenafterxref ,% @* \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @SPACE \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @NL \else\ifx\tie\tokenafterxref ,% @tie \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi\fi \fi \endlink \endgroup} % Output a cross-manual xref to #1. Used just above (twice). % % Only include the text "Section ``foo'' in" if the foo is neither % missing or Top. Thus, @xref{,,,foo,The Foo Manual} outputs simply % "see The Foo Manual", the idea being to refer to the whole manual. % % But, this being TeX, we can't easily compare our node name against the % string "Top" while ignoring the possible spaces before and after in % the input. By adding the arbitrary 7sp below, we make it much less % likely that a real node name would have the same width as "Top" (e.g., % in a monospaced font). Hopefully it will never happen in practice. % % For the same basic reason, we retypeset the "Top" at every % reference, since the current font is indeterminate. % \def\crossmanualxref#1{% \setbox\toprefbox = \hbox{Top\kern7sp}% \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \printedrefname \unskip \kern7sp}% \ifdim \wd2 > 7sp % nonempty? \ifdim \wd2 = \wd\toprefbox \else % same as Top? \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{}\space \fi \fi #1% } % This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref % output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily, % since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly % one that Bob is working on :). % \def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]} % Things referred to by \setref. % \def\Ynothing{} \def\Yomitfromtoc{} \def\Ynumbered{% \ifnum\secno=0 \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno \else \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno \fi\fi\fi } \def\Yappendix{% \ifnum\secno=0 \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}% \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno \else \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno \fi\fi\fi } % \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} - reference a cross-reference string named NAME. SUFFIX % is output afterwards if non-empty. \def\refx#1#2{% \requireauxfile {% \indexnofonts \otherbackslash \def\value##1{##1}% \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX \csname XR#1\endcsname }% \ifx\thisrefX\relax % If not defined, say something at least. \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright \iflinks \ifhavexrefs {\toks0 = {#1}% avoid expansion of possibly-complex value \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `\the\toks0'.}}% \else \ifwarnedxrefs\else \global\warnedxrefstrue \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% \fi \fi \fi \else % It's defined, so just use it. \thisrefX \fi #2% Output the suffix in any case. } % This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Define a control % sequence for a cross-reference target (we prepend XR to the control sequence % name to avoid collisions). The value is the page number. If this is a float % type, we have more work to do. % \def\xrdef#1#2{% {% Expand the node or anchor name to remove control sequences. % \turnoffactive stops 8-bit characters being changed to commands % like @'e. \refx does the same to retrieve the value in the definition. \indexnofonts \turnoffactive \def\value##1{##1}% \xdef\safexrefname{#1}% }% % \bgroup \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}% \egroup % We put the \gdef inside a group to avoid the definitions building up on % TeX's save stack, which can cause it to run out of space for aux files with % thousands of lines. \gdef doesn't use the save stack, but \csname does % when it defines an unknown control sequence as \relax. % % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float? \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype. \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname % % Is this the first time we've seen this float type? \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do \else % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list. \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}% \fi % % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE, % for later use in \listoffloats. \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0 {\safexrefname}}% \fi } % If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to % be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. % This is done with @novalidate at the beginning of the file. % \newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. \let\novalidate = \linksfalse % Used when writing to the aux file, or when using data from it. \def\requireauxfile{% \iflinks \tryauxfile % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux \fi \global\let\requireauxfile=\relax % Only do this once. } % Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. % \def\tryauxfile{% \openin 1 \jobname.aux \ifeof 1 \else \readdatafile{aux}% \global\havexrefstrue \fi \closein 1 } \def\setupdatafile{% \catcode`\^^@=\other \catcode`\^^A=\other \catcode`\^^B=\other \catcode`\^^C=\other \catcode`\^^D=\other \catcode`\^^E=\other \catcode`\^^F=\other \catcode`\^^G=\other \catcode`\^^H=\other \catcode`\^^K=\other \catcode`\^^L=\other \catcode`\^^N=\other \catcode`\^^P=\other \catcode`\^^Q=\other \catcode`\^^R=\other \catcode`\^^S=\other \catcode`\^^T=\other \catcode`\^^U=\other \catcode`\^^V=\other \catcode`\^^W=\other \catcode`\^^X=\other \catcode`\^^Z=\other \catcode`\^^[=\other \catcode`\^^\=\other \catcode`\^^]=\other \catcode`\^^^=\other \catcode`\^^_=\other % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc. % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore, % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^ % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't. % % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat: % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter % and then to call \auxhat in \setq. % \catcode`\^=\other % % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but... \catcode`\~=\other \catcode`\[=\other \catcode`\]=\other \catcode`\"=\other \catcode`\_=\other \catcode`\|=\other \catcode`\<=\other \catcode`\>=\other \catcode`\$=\other \catcode`\#=\other \catcode`\&=\other \catcode`\%=\other \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off % % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \ % characters end up in a \csname. It's easier than % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \ % character. What I don't understand is why it works in the *value* % of the xrdef. Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that % should not typeset properly. But it works, so I'm moving on for % now. --karl, 15jan04. \catcode`\\=\other % % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces. \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=0 } \def\readdatafile#1{% \begingroup \setupdatafile \input\jobname.#1 \endgroup} \message{insertions,} % including footnotes. \newcount \footnoteno % The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is % vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a % pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is % removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a % space to prevent strange expansion errors.) \def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } % @footnotestyle is meaningful for Info output only. \let\footnotestyle=\comment {\catcode `\@=11 % % Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. \gdef\footnote{% \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% % % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. \let\@sf\empty \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi % % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. \unskip \thisfootno\@sf \dofootnote }% % Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the % footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. % % Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses % \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when % the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. % \gdef\dofootnote{% \insert\footins\bgroup % % Nested footnotes are not supported in TeX, that would take a lot % more work. (\startsavinginserts does not suffice.) \let\footnote=\errfootnotenest % % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. % So reset some parameters. \hsize=\txipagewidth \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty\@MM \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \spaceskip\z@skip \xspaceskip\z@skip \parindent\defaultparindent % \smallfonts \rm % % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style). \let\noindent = \relax % % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the % footnote extends for more than one paragraph. \everypar = {\hang}% \textindent{\thisfootno}% % % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. \footstrut % % Invoke rest of plain TeX footnote routine. \futurelet\next\fo@t } }%end \catcode `\@=11 \def\errfootnotenest{% \errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Nested footnotes not supported in texinfo.tex, even though they work in makeinfo; sorry} } \def\errfootnoteheading{% \errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Footnotes in chapters, sections, etc., are not supported} } % In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create % the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion % would be lost. % Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote % text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished. % And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03. % % Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro. % Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled % out prematurely. % \def\startsavinginserts{% \ifx \insert\ptexinsert \let\insert\saveinsert \else \let\checkinserts\relax \fi } % This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and % \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}. % \def\saveinsert#1{% \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}% \afterassignment\next % swallow the left brace \let\temp = } \def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}} \def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1} \def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi} \def\placesaveins#1{% \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname {\box#1}% } % eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other: { \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-) \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{} } % initialization: \def\newsaveins #1{% \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}% \next } \def\newsaveinsX #1{% \csname newbox\endcsname #1% \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts \checksaveins #1}% } % initialize: \let\checkinserts\empty \newsaveins\footins \newsaveins\margin % @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. % If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. % % Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image % time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get % undone and the next image would fail. \openin 1 = epsf.tex \ifeof 1 \else % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan). \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% \input epsf.tex \fi \closein 1 % % We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. \newif\ifwarnednoepsf \newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get it from https://ctan.org/texarchive/macros/texinfo/texinfo/doc/epsf.tex.} % \def\image#1{% \ifx\epsfbox\thisisundefined \ifwarnednoepsf \else \errhelp = \noepsfhelp \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% \global\warnednoepsftrue \fi \else \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish \fi } % % Arguments to @image: % #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. % #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. % #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text. % #5 is (ignored optional) extension. % #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing stuff. \newif\ifimagevmode \def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names \def\xprocessmacroarg{\eatspaces}% in case we are being used via a macro % If the image is by itself, center it. \ifvmode \imagevmodetrue \else \ifx\centersub\centerV % for @center @image, we need a vbox so we can have our vertical space \imagevmodetrue \vbox\bgroup % vbox has better behavior than vtop herev \fi\fi % \ifimagevmode \nobreak\medskip % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space % above and below. \nobreak\vskip\parskip \nobreak \fi % % Leave vertical mode so that indentation from an enclosing % environment such as @quotation is respected. % However, if we're at the top level, we don't want the % normal paragraph indentation. % On the other hand, if we are in the case of @center @image, we don't % want to start a paragraph, which will create a hsize-width box and % eradicate the centering. \ifx\centersub\centerV\else \noindent \fi % % Output the image. \ifpdf % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX <= 0.80 \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}% \else \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined % For epsf.tex % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi \epsfbox{#1.eps}% \else % For XeTeX \doxeteximage{#1}{#2}{#3}% \fi \fi % \ifimagevmode \medskip % space after a standalone image \fi \ifx\centersub\centerV \egroup \fi \endgroup} % @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables, % etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the % float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future. % \envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish} % There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it. \def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,} % #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically % "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted, % this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to. % % #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to % be referable. % % #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It % will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom). % % We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each % chapter-level command. \let\resetallfloatnos=\empty % \def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% \let\thiscaption=\empty \let\thisshortcaption=\empty % % don't lose footnotes inside @float. % % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04 % \startsavinginserts % % We can't be used inside a paragraph. \par % \vtop\bgroup \def\floattype{#1}% \def\floatlabel{#2}% \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet. % \ifx\floattype\empty \let\safefloattype=\empty \else {% % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. \indexnofonts \turnoffactive \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% }% \fi % % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type. \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1, % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.) % \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname \global\advance\floatno by 1 % {% % This magic value for \lastsection is output by \setref as the % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float % labels (which have a completely different output format) from % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the % lists of floats. % \edef\lastsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}% \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}% }% \fi % % start with \parskip glue, I guess. \vskip\parskip % % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section. \restorefirstparagraphindent } % we have these possibilities: % @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap % @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1 % @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap % @float Foo & no caption: Foo % @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap % @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1 % @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap % @float & no caption: % \def\Efloat{% \let\floatident = \empty % % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first. \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi % % If we have an xref label, the number comes next. \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first. \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}% \fi % the number. \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% \fi % % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again. \let\captionline = \floatident % \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else \ifx\floatident\empty \else \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between \fi % % caption text. \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}% \fi % % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before. % Eventually this needs to become an \insert. \ifx\captionline\empty \else \vskip.5\parskip \captionline % % Space below caption. \vskip\parskip \fi % % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint. \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing. {% \requireauxfile \atdummies % \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty \def\gtemp{\thiscaption}% \else \def\gtemp{\thisshortcaption}% \fi \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}% }% \fi \egroup % end of \vtop % \checkinserts } % Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either. % \def\appendtomacro#1#2{% \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}% } % @caption, @shortcaption % \def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption} \def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption} \def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption} \def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}} % The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are % going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno. \def\getfloatno#1{% \ifx#1\relax % Haven't seen this figure type before. \csname newcount\endcsname #1% % % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap. \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }% \fi \let\floatno#1% } % \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref % to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we % first read the @float command. % \def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% % Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can % distinguish floats from other xref types. \def\floatmagic{!!float!!} % #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional % which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic % \lastsection value which we \setref above. % \def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish} % % #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the % (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2. % \def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{% \def\temp{#1}% \def\iffloattype{#2}% \ifx\temp\floatmagic } % @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents. % \parseargdef\listoffloats{% \def\floattype{#1}% floattype {% % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. \indexnofonts \turnoffactive \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% }% % % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE. \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax \ifhavexrefs % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo. \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}% \fi \else \begingroup \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc \let\do=\listoffloatsdo \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \endgroup \fi } % This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the % xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the % aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which % has the text we're supposed to typeset here. % % Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since % they won't appear in the aux file). % \def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish} \def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{% % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link % in pdf output. \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}% % % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index. \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}% \writeentry }} \message{localization,} % For single-language documents, @documentlanguage is usually given very % early, just after @documentencoding. Single argument is the language % (de) or locale (de_DE) abbreviation. % { \catcode`\_ = \active \globaldefs=1 \parseargdef\documentlanguage{% \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. % Read the file by the name they passed if it exists. \let_ = \normalunderscore % normal _ character for filename test \openin 1 txi-#1.tex \ifeof 1 \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore #1_\finish \else \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist \input txi-#1.tex \fi \closein 1 \endgroup % end raw TeX } % % If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist, % try txi-de.tex. % \gdef\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{% \openin 1 txi-#1.tex \ifeof 1 \errhelp = \nolanghelp \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% \else \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist \input txi-#1.tex \fi \closein 1 } }% end of special _ catcode % \newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or is empty. Maybe you need to install it? Putting it in the current directory should work if nowhere else does.} % This macro is called from txi-??.tex files; the first argument is the % \language name to set (without the "\lang@" prefix), the second and % third args are \{left,right}hyphenmin. % % The language names to pass are determined when the format is built. % See the etex.log file created at that time, e.g., % /usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/pdftex/etex.log. % % With TeX Live 2008, etex now includes hyphenation patterns for all % available languages. This means we can support hyphenation in % Texinfo, at least to some extent. (This still doesn't solve the % accented characters problem.) % \catcode`@=11 \def\txisetlanguage#1#2#3{% % do not set the language if the name is undefined in the current TeX. \expandafter\ifx\csname lang@#1\endcsname \relax \message{no patterns for #1}% \else \global\language = \csname lang@#1\endcsname \fi % but there is no harm in adjusting the hyphenmin values regardless. \global\lefthyphenmin = #2\relax \global\righthyphenmin = #3\relax } % XeTeX and LuaTeX can handle Unicode natively. % Their default I/O uses UTF-8 sequences instead of a byte-wise operation. % Other TeX engines' I/O (pdfTeX, etc.) is byte-wise. % \newif\iftxinativeunicodecapable \newif\iftxiusebytewiseio \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined \txinativeunicodecapablefalse \txiusebytewiseiotrue \else \txinativeunicodecapabletrue \txiusebytewiseiofalse \fi \else \txinativeunicodecapabletrue \txiusebytewiseiofalse \fi % Set I/O by bytes instead of UTF-8 sequence for XeTeX and LuaTex % for non-UTF-8 (byte-wise) encodings. % \def\setbytewiseio{% \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined \else \XeTeXdefaultencoding "bytes" % For subsequent files to be read \XeTeXinputencoding "bytes" % For document root file % Unfortunately, there seems to be no corresponding XeTeX command for % output encoding. This is a problem for auxiliary index and TOC files. % The only solution would be perhaps to write out @U{...} sequences in % place of non-ASCII characters. \fi \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined \else \directlua{ local utf8_char, byte, gsub = unicode.utf8.char, string.byte, string.gsub local function convert_char (char) return utf8_char(byte(char)) end local function convert_line (line) return gsub(line, ".", convert_char) end callback.register("process_input_buffer", convert_line) local function convert_line_out (line) local line_out = "" for c in string.utfvalues(line) do line_out = line_out .. string.char(c) end return line_out end callback.register("process_output_buffer", convert_line_out) } \fi \txiusebytewiseiotrue } % Helpers for encodings. % Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number. % \def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{% \count255=128 \loop\ifnum\count255<256 \global\catcode\count255=#1\relax \advance\count255 by 1 \repeat } \def\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal#1{% \count255=128 \loop\ifnum\count255<256 \catcode\count255=#1\relax \advance\count255 by 1 \repeat } % @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters % according to the specified encoding. % \def\documentencoding{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\documentencodingzzz} \def\documentencodingzzz#1{% % % Encoding being declared for the document. \def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}% % % Supported encodings: names converted to tokens in order to be able % to compare them with \ifx. \def\ascii{\csname US-ASCII.enc\endcsname}% \def\latnine{\csname ISO-8859-15.enc\endcsname}% \def\latone{\csname ISO-8859-1.enc\endcsname}% \def\lattwo{\csname ISO-8859-2.enc\endcsname}% \def\utfeight{\csname UTF-8.enc\endcsname}% % \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii \asciichardefs % \else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo \iftxinativeunicodecapable \setbytewiseio \fi \setnonasciicharscatcode\active \lattwochardefs % \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone \iftxinativeunicodecapable \setbytewiseio \fi \setnonasciicharscatcode\active \latonechardefs % \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine \iftxinativeunicodecapable \setbytewiseio \fi \setnonasciicharscatcode\active \latninechardefs % \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight \iftxinativeunicodecapable % For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX) \nativeunicodechardefs \else % For treating UTF-8 as byte sequences (TeX, eTeX and pdfTeX) \setnonasciicharscatcode\active % since we already invoked \utfeightchardefs at the top level % (below), do not re-invoke it, otherwise our check for duplicated % definitions gets triggered. Making non-ascii chars active is % sufficient. \fi % \else \message{Ignoring unknown document encoding: #1.}% % \fi % utfeight \fi % latnine \fi % latone \fi % lattwo \fi % ascii % \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight \else \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii \else \message{Warning: XeTeX with non-UTF-8 encodings cannot handle % non-ASCII characters in auxiliary files.}% \fi \fi \fi } % emacs-page % A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available % the default font encoding (OT1). % \def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing, sorry: #1.}} % Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference. \def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi} % First, make active non-ASCII characters in order for them to be % correctly categorized when TeX reads the replacement text of % macros containing the character definitions. \setnonasciicharscatcode\active % \def\gdefchar#1#2{% \gdef#1{% \ifpassthroughchars \string#1% \else #2% \fi }} % Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions. \def\latonechardefs{% \gdefchar^^a0{\tie} \gdefchar^^a1{\exclamdown} \gdefchar^^a2{{\tcfont \char162}} % cent \gdefchar^^a3{\pounds{}} \gdefchar^^a4{{\tcfont \char164}} % currency \gdefchar^^a5{{\tcfont \char165}} % yen \gdefchar^^a6{{\tcfont \char166}} % broken bar \gdefchar^^a7{\S} \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}} \gdefchar^^a9{\copyright{}} \gdefchar^^aa{\ordf} \gdefchar^^ab{\guillemetleft{}} \gdefchar^^ac{\ensuremath\lnot} \gdefchar^^ad{\-} \gdefchar^^ae{\registeredsymbol{}} \gdefchar^^af{\={}} % \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree} \gdefchar^^b1{$\pm$} \gdefchar^^b2{$^2$} \gdefchar^^b3{$^3$} \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}} \gdefchar^^b5{$\mu$} \gdefchar^^b6{\P} \gdefchar^^b7{\ensuremath\cdot} \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ } \gdefchar^^b9{$^1$} \gdefchar^^ba{\ordm} \gdefchar^^bb{\guillemetright{}} \gdefchar^^bc{$1\over4$} \gdefchar^^bd{$1\over2$} \gdefchar^^be{$3\over4$} \gdefchar^^bf{\questiondown} % \gdefchar^^c0{\`A} \gdefchar^^c1{\'A} \gdefchar^^c2{\^A} \gdefchar^^c3{\~A} \gdefchar^^c4{\"A} \gdefchar^^c5{\ringaccent A} \gdefchar^^c6{\AE} \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C} \gdefchar^^c8{\`E} \gdefchar^^c9{\'E} \gdefchar^^ca{\^E} \gdefchar^^cb{\"E} \gdefchar^^cc{\`I} \gdefchar^^cd{\'I} \gdefchar^^ce{\^I} \gdefchar^^cf{\"I} % \gdefchar^^d0{\DH} \gdefchar^^d1{\~N} \gdefchar^^d2{\`O} \gdefchar^^d3{\'O} \gdefchar^^d4{\^O} \gdefchar^^d5{\~O} \gdefchar^^d6{\"O} \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$} \gdefchar^^d8{\O} \gdefchar^^d9{\`U} \gdefchar^^da{\'U} \gdefchar^^db{\^U} \gdefchar^^dc{\"U} \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y} \gdefchar^^de{\TH} \gdefchar^^df{\ss} % \gdefchar^^e0{\`a} \gdefchar^^e1{\'a} \gdefchar^^e2{\^a} \gdefchar^^e3{\~a} \gdefchar^^e4{\"a} \gdefchar^^e5{\ringaccent a} \gdefchar^^e6{\ae} \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c} \gdefchar^^e8{\`e} \gdefchar^^e9{\'e} \gdefchar^^ea{\^e} \gdefchar^^eb{\"e} \gdefchar^^ec{\`{\dotless i}} \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless i}} \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless i}} \gdefchar^^ef{\"{\dotless i}} % \gdefchar^^f0{\dh} \gdefchar^^f1{\~n} \gdefchar^^f2{\`o} \gdefchar^^f3{\'o} \gdefchar^^f4{\^o} \gdefchar^^f5{\~o} \gdefchar^^f6{\"o} \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$} \gdefchar^^f8{\o} \gdefchar^^f9{\`u} \gdefchar^^fa{\'u} \gdefchar^^fb{\^u} \gdefchar^^fc{\"u} \gdefchar^^fd{\'y} \gdefchar^^fe{\th} \gdefchar^^ff{\"y} } % Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions. \def\latninechardefs{% % Encoding is almost identical to Latin1. \latonechardefs % \gdefchar^^a4{\euro{}} \gdefchar^^a6{\v S} \gdefchar^^a8{\v s} \gdefchar^^b4{\v Z} \gdefchar^^b8{\v z} \gdefchar^^bc{\OE} \gdefchar^^bd{\oe} \gdefchar^^be{\"Y} } % Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions. \def\lattwochardefs{% \gdefchar^^a0{\tie} \gdefchar^^a1{\ogonek{A}} \gdefchar^^a2{\u{}} \gdefchar^^a3{\L} \gdefchar^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}} \gdefchar^^a5{\v L} \gdefchar^^a6{\'S} \gdefchar^^a7{\S} \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}} \gdefchar^^a9{\v S} \gdefchar^^aa{\cedilla S} \gdefchar^^ab{\v T} \gdefchar^^ac{\'Z} \gdefchar^^ad{\-} \gdefchar^^ae{\v Z} \gdefchar^^af{\dotaccent Z} % \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree{}} \gdefchar^^b1{\ogonek{a}} \gdefchar^^b2{\ogonek{ }} \gdefchar^^b3{\l} \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}} \gdefchar^^b5{\v l} \gdefchar^^b6{\'s} \gdefchar^^b7{\v{}} \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ } \gdefchar^^b9{\v s} \gdefchar^^ba{\cedilla s} \gdefchar^^bb{\v t} \gdefchar^^bc{\'z} \gdefchar^^bd{\H{}} \gdefchar^^be{\v z} \gdefchar^^bf{\dotaccent z} % \gdefchar^^c0{\'R} \gdefchar^^c1{\'A} \gdefchar^^c2{\^A} \gdefchar^^c3{\u A} \gdefchar^^c4{\"A} \gdefchar^^c5{\'L} \gdefchar^^c6{\'C} \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C} \gdefchar^^c8{\v C} \gdefchar^^c9{\'E} \gdefchar^^ca{\ogonek{E}} \gdefchar^^cb{\"E} \gdefchar^^cc{\v E} \gdefchar^^cd{\'I} \gdefchar^^ce{\^I} \gdefchar^^cf{\v D} % \gdefchar^^d0{\DH} \gdefchar^^d1{\'N} \gdefchar^^d2{\v N} \gdefchar^^d3{\'O} \gdefchar^^d4{\^O} \gdefchar^^d5{\H O} \gdefchar^^d6{\"O} \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$} \gdefchar^^d8{\v R} \gdefchar^^d9{\ringaccent U} \gdefchar^^da{\'U} \gdefchar^^db{\H U} \gdefchar^^dc{\"U} \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y} \gdefchar^^de{\cedilla T} \gdefchar^^df{\ss} % \gdefchar^^e0{\'r} \gdefchar^^e1{\'a} \gdefchar^^e2{\^a} \gdefchar^^e3{\u a} \gdefchar^^e4{\"a} \gdefchar^^e5{\'l} \gdefchar^^e6{\'c} \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c} \gdefchar^^e8{\v c} \gdefchar^^e9{\'e} \gdefchar^^ea{\ogonek{e}} \gdefchar^^eb{\"e} \gdefchar^^ec{\v e} \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}} \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}} \gdefchar^^ef{\v d} % \gdefchar^^f0{\dh} \gdefchar^^f1{\'n} \gdefchar^^f2{\v n} \gdefchar^^f3{\'o} \gdefchar^^f4{\^o} \gdefchar^^f5{\H o} \gdefchar^^f6{\"o} \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$} \gdefchar^^f8{\v r} \gdefchar^^f9{\ringaccent u} \gdefchar^^fa{\'u} \gdefchar^^fb{\H u} \gdefchar^^fc{\"u} \gdefchar^^fd{\'y} \gdefchar^^fe{\cedilla t} \gdefchar^^ff{\dotaccent{}} } % UTF-8 character definitions. % % This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some % changes for Texinfo conventions. It is included here under the GPL by % permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team. % \newcount\countUTFx \newcount\countUTFy \newcount\countUTFz \gdef\UTFviiiTwoOctets#1#2{\expandafter \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname} % \gdef\UTFviiiThreeOctets#1#2#3{\expandafter \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname} % \gdef\UTFviiiFourOctets#1#2#3#4{\expandafter \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname} \gdef\UTFviiiDefined#1{% \ifx #1\relax \message{\linenumber Unicode char \string #1 not defined for Texinfo}% \else \expandafter #1% \fi } % Give non-ASCII bytes the active definitions for processing UTF-8 sequences \begingroup \catcode`\~13 \catcode`\$12 \catcode`\"12 % Loop from \countUTFx to \countUTFy, performing \UTFviiiTmp % substituting ~ and $ with a character token of that value. \def\UTFviiiLoop{% \global\catcode\countUTFx\active \uccode`\~\countUTFx \uccode`\$\countUTFx \uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}% \advance\countUTFx by 1 \ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy \expandafter\UTFviiiLoop \fi} % For bytes other than the first in a UTF-8 sequence. Not expected to % be expanded except when writing to auxiliary files. \countUTFx = "80 \countUTFy = "C2 \def\UTFviiiTmp{% \gdef~{% \ifpassthroughchars $\fi}}% \UTFviiiLoop \countUTFx = "C2 \countUTFy = "E0 \def\UTFviiiTmp{% \gdef~{% \ifpassthroughchars $% \else\expandafter\UTFviiiTwoOctets\expandafter$\fi}}% \UTFviiiLoop \countUTFx = "E0 \countUTFy = "F0 \def\UTFviiiTmp{% \gdef~{% \ifpassthroughchars $% \else\expandafter\UTFviiiThreeOctets\expandafter$\fi}}% \UTFviiiLoop \countUTFx = "F0 \countUTFy = "F4 \def\UTFviiiTmp{% \gdef~{% \ifpassthroughchars $% \else\expandafter\UTFviiiFourOctets\expandafter$\fi }}% \UTFviiiLoop \endgroup \def\globallet{\global\let} % save some \expandafter's below % @U{xxxx} to produce U+xxxx, if we support it. \def\U#1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax \iftxinativeunicodecapable % All Unicode characters can be used if native Unicode handling is % active. However, if the font does not have the glyph, % letters are missing. \begingroup \uccode`\.="#1\relax \uppercase{.} \endgroup \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unicode character U+#1 not supported, sorry}% \fi \else \csname uni:#1\endcsname \fi } % These macros are used here to construct the name of a control % sequence to be defined. \def\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName#1#2{% \csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}% \def\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName#1#2#3{% \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}% \def\UTFviiiFourOctetsName#1#2#3#4{% \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}% % For UTF-8 byte sequences (TeX, e-TeX and pdfTeX), % provide a definition macro to replace a Unicode character; % this gets used by the @U command % \begingroup \catcode`\"=12 \catcode`\<=12 \catcode`\.=12 \catcode`\,=12 \catcode`\;=12 \catcode`\!=12 \catcode`\~=13 \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii#1#2{% \countUTFz = "#1\relax \begingroup \parseXMLCharref % Give \u8:... its definition. The sequence of seven \expandafter's % expands after the \gdef three times, e.g. % % 1. \UTFviiTwoOctetsName B1 B2 % 2. \csname u8:B1 \string B2 \endcsname % 3. \u8: B1 B2 (a single control sequence token) % \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\gdef \UTFviiiTmp{#2}% % \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax \else \message{Internal error, already defined: #1}% \fi % % define an additional control sequence for this code point. \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFviiiTmp \endgroup} % % Given the value in \countUTFz as a Unicode code point, set \UTFviiiTmp % to the corresponding UTF-8 sequence. \gdef\parseXMLCharref{% \ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}% \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax \parseUTFviiiA,% \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName.,% \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax \parseUTFviiiA;% \parseUTFviiiA,% \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName.{,;}% \else \parseUTFviiiA;% \parseUTFviiiA,% \parseUTFviiiA!% \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctetsName.{!,;}% \fi\fi\fi } % Extract a byte from the end of the UTF-8 representation of \countUTFx. % It must be a non-initial byte in the sequence. % Change \uccode of #1 for it to be used in \parseUTFviiiB as one % of the bytes. \gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{% \countUTFx = \countUTFz \divide\countUTFz by 64 \countUTFy = \countUTFz % Save to be the future value of \countUTFz. \multiply\countUTFz by 64 % \countUTFz is now \countUTFx with the last 5 bits cleared. Subtract % in order to get the last five bits. \advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz % Convert this to the byte in the UTF-8 sequence. \advance\countUTFx by 128 \uccode `#1\countUTFx \countUTFz = \countUTFy} % Used to put a UTF-8 byte sequence into \UTFviiiTmp % #1 is the increment for \countUTFz to yield a the first byte of the UTF-8 % sequence. % #2 is one of the \UTFviii*OctetsName macros. % #3 is always a full stop (.) % #4 is a template for the other bytes in the sequence. The values for these % bytes is substituted in here with \uppercase using the \uccode's. \gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{% \advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax \uccode `#3\countUTFz \uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}} \endgroup % For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX), % provide a definition macro that sets a catcode to `other' non-globally % \def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeOther#1#2{% \catcode"#1=\other } % https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plane_(Unicode)#Basic_M % U+0000..U+007F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basic_Latin_(Unicode_block) % U+0080..U+00FF = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin-1_Supplement_(Unicode_block) % U+0100..U+017F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-A % U+0180..U+024F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-B % % Many of our renditions are less than wonderful, and all the missing % characters are available somewhere. Loading the necessary fonts % awaits user request. We can't truly support Unicode without % reimplementing everything that's been done in LaTeX for many years, % plus probably using luatex or xetex, and who knows what else. % We won't be doing that here in this simple file. But we can try to at % least make most of the characters not bomb out. % \def\unicodechardefs{% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A2}{{\tcfont \char162}}% 0242=cent \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{{\tcfont \char164}}% 0244=currency \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A5}{{\tcfont \char165}}% 0245=yen \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A6}{{\tcfont \char166}}% 0246=brokenbar \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\S}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AC}{\ensuremath\lnot}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B1}{\ensuremath\pm}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B2}{$^2$}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B3}{$^3$}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B5}{$\mu$}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B6}{\P}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B7}{\ensuremath\cdot}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B9}{$^1$}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BC}{$1\over4$}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BD}{$1\over2$}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BE}{$3\over4$}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D7}{\ensuremath\times}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F7}{\ensuremath\div}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010F}{d'}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0110}{\DH}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0111}{\dh}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0122}{\cedilla{G}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0123}{\cedilla{g}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0126}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0127}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012E}{\ogonek{I}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012F}{\ogonek{i}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0136}{\cedilla{K}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0137}{\cedilla{k}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0138}{\ensuremath\kappa}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013B}{\cedilla{L}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013C}{\cedilla{l}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013D}{L'}% should kern \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013E}{l'}% should kern \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013F}{L\U{00B7}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0140}{l\U{00B7}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0145}{\cedilla{N}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0146}{\cedilla{n}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0149}{'n}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014A}{\missingcharmsg{ENG}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014B}{\missingcharmsg{eng}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0156}{\cedilla{R}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0157}{\cedilla{r}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{T}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{t}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0165}{\v{t}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0166}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0167}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0172}{\ogonek{U}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0173}{\ogonek{u}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017F}{\missingcharmsg{LONG S}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }}% % % Greek letters upper case \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0391}{{\it A}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0392}{{\it B}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0393}{\ensuremath{\mit\Gamma}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0394}{\ensuremath{\mit\Delta}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0395}{{\it E}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0396}{{\it Z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0397}{{\it H}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0398}{\ensuremath{\mit\Theta}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0399}{{\it I}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039A}{{\it K}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039B}{\ensuremath{\mit\Lambda}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039C}{{\it M}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039D}{{\it N}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039E}{\ensuremath{\mit\Xi}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039F}{{\it O}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A0}{\ensuremath{\mit\Pi}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A1}{{\it P}}% %\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A2}{} % none - corresponds to final sigma \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A3}{\ensuremath{\mit\Sigma}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A4}{{\it T}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A5}{\ensuremath{\mit\Upsilon}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A6}{\ensuremath{\mit\Phi}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A7}{{\it X}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A8}{\ensuremath{\mit\Psi}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A9}{\ensuremath{\mit\Omega}}% % % Vowels with accents \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0390}{\ensuremath{\ddot{\acute\iota}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AC}{\ensuremath{\acute\alpha}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AD}{\ensuremath{\acute\epsilon}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AE}{\ensuremath{\acute\eta}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AF}{\ensuremath{\acute\iota}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B0}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ddot\upsilon}}}% % % Standalone accent \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0384}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ }}}% % % Greek letters lower case \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B1}{\ensuremath\alpha}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B2}{\ensuremath\beta}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B3}{\ensuremath\gamma}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B4}{\ensuremath\delta}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B5}{\ensuremath\epsilon}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B6}{\ensuremath\zeta}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B7}{\ensuremath\eta}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B8}{\ensuremath\theta}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B9}{\ensuremath\iota}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BA}{\ensuremath\kappa}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BB}{\ensuremath\lambda}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BC}{\ensuremath\mu}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BD}{\ensuremath\nu}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BE}{\ensuremath\xi}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BF}{{\it o}}% omicron \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C0}{\ensuremath\pi}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C1}{\ensuremath\rho}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C2}{\ensuremath\varsigma}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C3}{\ensuremath\sigma}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C4}{\ensuremath\tau}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C5}{\ensuremath\upsilon}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C6}{\ensuremath\phi}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C7}{\ensuremath\chi}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C8}{\ensuremath\psi}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C9}{\ensuremath\omega}% % % More Greek vowels with accents \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CA}{\ensuremath{\ddot\iota}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CB}{\ensuremath{\ddot\upsilon}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CC}{\ensuremath{\acute o}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CD}{\ensuremath{\acute\upsilon}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CE}{\ensuremath{\acute\omega}}% % % Variant Greek letters \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D1}{\ensuremath\vartheta}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D6}{\ensuremath\varpi}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03F1}{\ensuremath\varrho}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}% % % Punctuation \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2020}{\ensuremath\dagger}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2021}{\ensuremath\ddagger}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{202F}{\thinspace}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright{}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro{}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result{}}% % % Mathematical symbols \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2200}{\ensuremath\forall}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2203}{\ensuremath\exists}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2208}{\ensuremath\in}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\ast}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221E}{\ensuremath\infty}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2225}{\ensuremath\parallel}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2227}{\ensuremath\wedge}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2229}{\ensuremath\cap}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2264}{\ensuremath\leq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2265}{\ensuremath\geq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2282}{\ensuremath\subset}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2287}{\ensuremath\supseteq}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2016}{\ensuremath\Vert}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2032}{\ensuremath\prime}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{210F}{\ensuremath\hbar}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2111}{\ensuremath\Im}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2113}{\ensuremath\ell}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2118}{\ensuremath\wp}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{211C}{\ensuremath\Re}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2135}{\ensuremath\aleph}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2190}{\ensuremath\leftarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2191}{\ensuremath\uparrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2193}{\ensuremath\downarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2194}{\ensuremath\leftrightarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2195}{\ensuremath\updownarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2196}{\ensuremath\nwarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2197}{\ensuremath\nearrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2198}{\ensuremath\searrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2199}{\ensuremath\swarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A6}{\ensuremath\mapsto}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A9}{\ensuremath\hookleftarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21AA}{\ensuremath\hookrightarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BC}{\ensuremath\leftharpoonup}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BD}{\ensuremath\leftharpoondown}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C0}{\ensuremath\rightharpoonup}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C1}{\ensuremath\rightharpoondown}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21CC}{\ensuremath\rightleftharpoons}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D0}{\ensuremath\Leftarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D1}{\ensuremath\Uparrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D3}{\ensuremath\Downarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D4}{\ensuremath\Leftrightarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D5}{\ensuremath\Updownarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2202}{\ensuremath\partial}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2205}{\ensuremath\emptyset}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2207}{\ensuremath\nabla}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2209}{\ensuremath\notin}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220B}{\ensuremath\owns}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220F}{\ensuremath\prod}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2210}{\ensuremath\coprod}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2211}{\ensuremath\sum}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2213}{\ensuremath\mp}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2218}{\ensuremath\circ}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221A}{\ensuremath\surd}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221D}{\ensuremath\propto}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2220}{\ensuremath\angle}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2223}{\ensuremath\mid}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2228}{\ensuremath\vee}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222A}{\ensuremath\cup}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222B}{\ensuremath\smallint}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222E}{\ensuremath\oint}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{223C}{\ensuremath\sim}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2240}{\ensuremath\wr}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2243}{\ensuremath\simeq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2245}{\ensuremath\cong}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2248}{\ensuremath\approx}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{224D}{\ensuremath\asymp}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2250}{\ensuremath\doteq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2260}{\ensuremath\neq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226A}{\ensuremath\ll}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226B}{\ensuremath\gg}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227A}{\ensuremath\prec}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227B}{\ensuremath\succ}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2283}{\ensuremath\supset}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2286}{\ensuremath\subseteq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{228E}{\ensuremath\uplus}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2291}{\ensuremath\sqsubseteq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2292}{\ensuremath\sqsupseteq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2293}{\ensuremath\sqcap}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2294}{\ensuremath\sqcup}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2295}{\ensuremath\oplus}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2296}{\ensuremath\ominus}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2297}{\ensuremath\otimes}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2298}{\ensuremath\oslash}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2299}{\ensuremath\odot}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A2}{\ensuremath\vdash}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A3}{\ensuremath\dashv}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A4}{\ensuremath\ptextop}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A5}{\ensuremath\bot}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A8}{\ensuremath\models}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C0}{\ensuremath\bigwedge}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C1}{\ensuremath\bigvee}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C2}{\ensuremath\bigcap}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C3}{\ensuremath\bigcup}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C4}{\ensuremath\diamond}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C5}{\ensuremath\cdot}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C6}{\ensuremath\star}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C8}{\ensuremath\bowtie}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2308}{\ensuremath\lceil}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2309}{\ensuremath\rceil}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230A}{\ensuremath\lfloor}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230B}{\ensuremath\rfloor}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2322}{\ensuremath\frown}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2323}{\ensuremath\smile}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B3}{\ensuremath\triangle}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B7}{\ensuremath\triangleright}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25BD}{\ensuremath\bigtriangledown}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C1}{\ensuremath\triangleleft}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C7}{\ensuremath\diamond}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2660}{\ensuremath\spadesuit}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2661}{\ensuremath\heartsuit}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2662}{\ensuremath\diamondsuit}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2663}{\ensuremath\clubsuit}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266D}{\ensuremath\flat}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266E}{\ensuremath\natural}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266F}{\ensuremath\sharp}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{26AA}{\ensuremath\bigcirc}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27B9}{\ensuremath\rangle}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27C2}{\ensuremath\perp}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27E8}{\ensuremath\langle}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F5}{\ensuremath\longleftarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F6}{\ensuremath\longrightarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F7}{\ensuremath\longleftrightarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27FC}{\ensuremath\longmapsto}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{29F5}{\ensuremath\setminus}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A00}{\ensuremath\bigodot}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A01}{\ensuremath\bigoplus}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A02}{\ensuremath\bigotimes}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A04}{\ensuremath\biguplus}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A06}{\ensuremath\bigsqcup}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A3F}{\ensuremath\amalg}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AAF}{\ensuremath\preceq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AB0}{\ensuremath\succeq}% % \global\mathchardef\checkmark="1370% actually the square root sign \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2713}{\ensuremath\checkmark}% }% end of \unicodechardefs % UTF-8 byte sequence (pdfTeX) definitions (replacing and @U command) % It makes the setting that replace UTF-8 byte sequence. \def\utfeightchardefs{% \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii \unicodechardefs } % Whether the active definitions of non-ASCII characters expand to % non-active tokens with the same character code. This is used to % write characters literally, instead of using active definitions for % printing the correct glyphs. \newif\ifpassthroughchars \passthroughcharsfalse % For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX), % provide a definition macro to replace/pass-through a Unicode character % \def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative#1#2{% \catcode"#1=\active \def\dodeclareunicodecharacternative##1##2##3{% \begingroup \uccode`\~="##2\relax \uppercase{\gdef~}{% \ifpassthroughchars ##1% \else ##3% \fi } \endgroup } \begingroup \uccode`\.="#1\relax \uppercase{\def\UTFNativeTmp{.}}% \expandafter\dodeclareunicodecharacternative\UTFNativeTmp{#1}{#2}% \endgroup } % Native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX) character replacing definition. % It activates the setting that replaces Unicode characters. \def\nativeunicodechardefs{% \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative \unicodechardefs } % For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX), % make the character token expand % to the sequences given in \unicodechardefs for printing. \def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU#1#2{% \def\UTFAtUTmp{#2} \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFAtUTmp } % @U command definitions for native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX). \def\nativeunicodechardefsatu{% \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU \unicodechardefs } % US-ASCII character definitions. \def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done \relax } % define all Unicode characters we know about, for the sake of @U. \iftxinativeunicodecapable \nativeunicodechardefsatu \else \utfeightchardefs \fi % Make non-ASCII characters printable again for compatibility with % existing Texinfo documents that may use them, even without declaring a % document encoding. % \setnonasciicharscatcode \other \message{formatting,} \newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt \chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt \secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt \subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt % Prevent underfull vbox error messages. \vbadness = 10000 % Don't be very finicky about underfull hboxes, either. \hbadness = 6666 % Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans. \widowpenalty=10000 \clubpenalty=10000 % Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're % using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of % stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on % \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. % \def\setemergencystretch{% \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% \else \emergencystretch = .15\hsize \fi } % Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; % 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; % 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width. % % We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define % \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip. % \def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% \voffset = #3\relax \topskip = #6\relax \splittopskip = \topskip % \vsize = #1\relax \advance\vsize by \topskip \outervsize = \vsize \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin \txipageheight = \vsize % \hsize = #2\relax \outerhsize = \hsize \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in \txipagewidth = \hsize % \normaloffset = #4\relax \bindingoffset = #5\relax % \ifpdf \pdfpageheight #7\relax \pdfpagewidth #8\relax % if we don't reset these, they will remain at "1 true in" of % whatever layout pdftex was dumped with. \pdfhorigin = 1 true in \pdfvorigin = 1 true in \else \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined \special{papersize=#8,#7}% \else \pdfpageheight #7\relax \pdfpagewidth #8\relax % XeTeX does not have \pdfhorigin and \pdfvorigin. \fi \fi % \setleading{\textleading} % \parindent = \defaultparindent \setemergencystretch } % @letterpaper (the default). \def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt \textleading = 13.2pt % % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. \internalpagesizes{607.2pt}{6in}% that's 46 lines {\voffset}{.25in}% {\bindingoffset}{36pt}% {11in}{8.5in}% }} % Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size. \def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt \textleading = 12pt % \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}% {-.2in}{0in}% {\bindingoffset}{16pt}% {9.25in}{7in}% % \lispnarrowing = 0.3in \tolerance = 700 \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = .5cm }} % Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size. % (Just testing, parameters still in flux.) \def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt \textleading = 12pt % \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}% {-.2in}{-.4in}% {0pt}{14pt}% {9in}{6in}% % \lispnarrowing = 0.25in \tolerance = 700 \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = .4cm }} % Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. \def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt \textleading = 13.2pt % % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050 % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm. % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in % your texinfo source file like this: % @tex % \global\normaloffset = -6mm % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm % @end tex \internalpagesizes{673.2pt}{160mm}% that's 51 lines {\voffset}{\hoffset}% {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% {297mm}{210mm}% % \tolerance = 700 \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = 5mm }} % Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper. % From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000. % He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small. \def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt \textleading = 12.5pt % \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}% {\voffset}{\hoffset}% {\bindingoffset}{8pt}% {210mm}{148mm}% % \lispnarrowing = 0.2in \tolerance = 800 \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = 2mm \tableindent = 12mm }} % A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. \def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 \afourpaper \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}% {\voffset}{4.6mm}% {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% {297mm}{210mm}% % % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper. \globaldefs = 0 }} % Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format. \def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1 \afourpaper \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}% {\voffset}{-2.95mm}% {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% {297mm}{210mm}% \globaldefs = 0 }} % @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] % Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, % and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. % \parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} \def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi \globaldefs = 1 % \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt \setleading{\textleading}% % \dimen0 = #1\relax \advance\dimen0 by \voffset \advance\dimen0 by 1in % reference point for DVI is 1 inch from top of page % \dimen2 = \hsize \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset \advance\dimen2 by 1in % reference point is 1 inch from left edge of page % \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}% {\voffset}{\normaloffset}% {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% {\dimen0}{\dimen2}% }} % Set default to letter. % \letterpaper % Default value of \hfuzz, for suppressing warnings about overfull hboxes. \hfuzz = 1pt \message{and turning on texinfo input format.} \def^^L{\par} % remove \outer, so ^L can appear in an @comment % DEL is a comment character, in case @c does not suffice. \catcode`\^^? = 14 % Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. \catcode`\"=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"} \catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix \catcode`\+=\other \def\normalplus{+} \catcode`\<=\other \def\normalless{<} \catcode`\>=\other \def\normalgreater{>} \catcode`\^=\other \def\normalcaret{^} \catcode`\_=\other \def\normalunderscore{_} \catcode`\|=\other \def\normalverticalbar{|} \catcode`\~=\other \def\normaltilde{~} % This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt % (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts, % where something hairier probably needs to be done. % % #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print % otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero % interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all % typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. % \def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} % Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches % non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from % italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway % this is not a problem. \def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} % Set catcodes for Texinfo file % Active characters for printing the wanted glyph. % Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can % use math or other variants that look better in normal text. % \catcode`\"=\active \def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} \let"=\activedoublequote \catcode`\~=\active \def\activetilde{{\tt\char126}} \let~ = \activetilde \chardef\hatchar=`\^ \catcode`\^=\active \def\activehat{{\tt \hatchar}} \let^ = \activehat \catcode`\_=\active \def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} \def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em } \let\realunder=_ \catcode`\|=\active \def|{{\tt\char124}} \chardef \less=`\< \catcode`\<=\active \def\activeless{{\tt \less}}\let< = \activeless \chardef \gtr=`\> \catcode`\>=\active \def\activegtr{{\tt \gtr}}\let> = \activegtr \catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}} \catcode`\$=\active \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix \catcode`\-=\active \let-=\normaldash % used for headline/footline in the output routine, in case the page % breaks in the middle of an @tex block. \def\texinfochars{% \let< = \activeless \let> = \activegtr \let~ = \activetilde \let^ = \activehat \markupsetuplqdefault \markupsetuprqdefault \let\b = \strong \let\i = \smartitalic % in principle, all other definitions in \tex have to be undone too. } % Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after % parsing them. \def\turnoffactive{% \normalturnoffactive \otherbackslash } \catcode`\@=0 % \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font, % as in \char`\\. \global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\ \global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work % \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and % \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines). {\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}} % In Texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash % in fixed width font. \catcode`\\=\active % @ for escape char from now on. % Print a typewriter backslash. For math mode, we can't simply use % \backslashcurfont: the story here is that in math mode, the \char % of \backslashcurfont ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol % font (because \char in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex % sets \mathcode`\\="026E). Hence we use an explicit \mathchar, % which is the decimal equivalent of "715c (class 7, e.g., use \fam; % ignored family value; char position "5C). We can't use " for the % usual hex value because it has already been made active. @def@ttbackslash{{@tt @ifmmode @mathchar29020 @else @backslashcurfont @fi}} @let@backslashchar = @ttbackslash % @backslashchar{} is for user documents. % \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont. % \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with % catcode other. We switch back and forth between these. @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont} @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash} % Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of % the literal character `\'. % {@catcode`- = @active @gdef@normalturnoffactive{% @passthroughcharstrue @let-=@normaldash @let"=@normaldoublequote @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix @let+=@normalplus @let<=@normalless @let>=@normalgreater @let^=@normalcaret @let_=@normalunderscore @let|=@normalverticalbar @let~=@normaltilde @let\=@ttbackslash @markupsetuplqdefault @markupsetuprqdefault @unsepspaces } } % If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file % name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. % So turn them off again, and have @fixbackslash turn them back on. @catcode`+=@other @catcode`@_=@other % \enablebackslashhack - allow file to begin `\input texinfo' % % If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. % That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing % a backslash. % If the file did not have a `\input texinfo', then it is turned off after % the first line; otherwise the first `\' in the file would cause an error. % This is used on the very last line of this file, texinfo.tex. % We also use @c to call @fixbackslash, in case ends of lines are hidden. { @catcode`@^=7 @catcode`@^^M=13@gdef@enablebackslashhack{% @global@let\ = @eatinput% @catcode`@^^M=13% @def@c{@fixbackslash@c}% % Definition for the newline at the end of this file. @def ^^M{@let^^M@secondlinenl}% % Definition for a newline in the main Texinfo file. @gdef @secondlinenl{@fixbackslash}% % In case the first line has a whole-line command on it @let@originalparsearg@parsearg @def@parsearg{@fixbackslash@originalparsearg} }} {@catcode`@^=7 @catcode`@^^M=13% @gdef@eatinput input texinfo#1^^M{@fixbackslash}} % Emergency active definition of newline, in case an active newline token % appears by mistake. {@catcode`@^=7 @catcode13=13% @gdef@enableemergencynewline{% @gdef^^M{% @par% %@par% }}} @gdef@fixbackslash{% @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @ttbackslash @fi @catcode13=5 % regular end of line @enableemergencynewline @let@c=@texinfoc @let@parsearg@originalparsearg % Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active % % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. This macro, @fixbackslash, gets % called at the beginning of every Texinfo file. Not opening texinfo.cnf % directly in this file, texinfo.tex, makes it possible to make a format % file for Texinfo. % @openin 1 texinfo.cnf @ifeof 1 @else @input texinfo.cnf @fi @closein 1 } % Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. @escapechar = `@@ % These (along with & and #) are made active for url-breaking, so need % active definitions as the normal characters. @def@normaldot{.} @def@normalquest{?} @def@normalslash{/} % These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. % @hashchar{} gets its own user-level command, because of #line. @catcode`@& = @other @def@normalamp{&} @catcode`@# = @other @def@normalhash{#} @catcode`@% = @other @def@normalpercent{%} @let @hashchar = @normalhash @c Finally, make ` and ' active, so that txicodequoteundirected and @c txicodequotebacktick work right in, e.g., @w{@code{`foo'}}. If we @c don't make ` and ' active, @code will not get them as active chars. @c Do this last of all since we use ` in the previous @catcode assignments. @catcode`@'=@active @catcode`@`=@active @markupsetuplqdefault @markupsetuprqdefault @c Local variables: @c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) @c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message\\|emacs-page" @c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" @c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" @c time-stamp-end: "}" @c End: @c vim:sw=2: @enablebackslashhack guile-git-0.3.0/configure0000755000175000017500000037617713607221164012257 00000000000000#! /bin/sh # Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. # Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for Guile-Git 0.3.0. # # # Copyright (C) 1992-1996, 1998-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # # This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. ## -------------------- ## ## M4sh Initialization. ## ## -------------------- ## # Be more Bourne compatible DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #( *posix*) : set -o posix ;; #( *) : ;; esac fi as_nl=' ' export as_nl # Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo # Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris, # but without wasting forks for bash or zsh. if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \ && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='print -r --' as_echo_n='print -rn --' elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='printf %s\n' as_echo_n='printf %s' else if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' else as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' as_echo_n_body='eval arg=$1; case $arg in #( *"$as_nl"*) expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; esac; expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" ' export as_echo_n_body as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' fi export as_echo_body as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' fi # The user is always right. if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then PATH_SEPARATOR=: (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || PATH_SEPARATOR=';' } fi # IFS # We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is # there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. # (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word # splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) IFS=" "" $as_nl" # Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. as_myself= case $0 in #(( *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' # in which case we are not to be found in the path. if test "x$as_myself" = x; then as_myself=$0 fi if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 exit 1 fi # Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in # pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1" # suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could # trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14. for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \ && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || : done PS1='$ ' PS2='> ' PS4='+ ' # NLS nuisances. LC_ALL=C export LC_ALL LANGUAGE=C export LANGUAGE # CDPATH. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH # Use a proper internal environment variable to ensure we don't fall # into an infinite loop, continuously re-executing ourselves. if test x"${_as_can_reexec}" != xno && test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec; # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a # neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also # works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables. # Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell. BASH_ENV=/dev/null ENV=/dev/null (unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV case $- in # (((( *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;; *v* ) as_opts=-v ;; *x* ) as_opts=-x ;; * ) as_opts= ;; esac exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"} # Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail # out after a failed `exec'. $as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2 as_fn_exit 255 fi # We don't want this to propagate to other subprocesses. { _as_can_reexec=; unset _as_can_reexec;} if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then as_bourne_compatible="if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in #( *posix*) : set -o posix ;; #( *) : ;; esac fi " as_required="as_fn_return () { (exit \$1); } as_fn_success () { as_fn_return 0; } as_fn_failure () { as_fn_return 1; } as_fn_ret_success () { return 0; } as_fn_ret_failure () { return 1; } exitcode=0 as_fn_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_success failed.; } as_fn_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_failure succeeded.; } as_fn_ret_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_success failed.; } as_fn_ret_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_failure succeeded.; } if ( set x; as_fn_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then : else exitcode=1; echo positional parameters were not saved. fi test x\$exitcode = x0 || exit 1 test -x / || exit 1" as_suggested=" as_lineno_1=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_1a=\$LINENO as_lineno_2=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_2a=\$LINENO eval 'test \"x\$as_lineno_1'\$as_run'\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\" && test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1'\$as_run' + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\"' || exit 1" if (eval "$as_required") 2>/dev/null; then : as_have_required=yes else as_have_required=no fi if test x$as_have_required = xyes && (eval "$as_suggested") 2>/dev/null; then : else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR as_found=false for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. as_found=: case $as_dir in #( /*) for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks. as_shell=$as_dir/$as_base if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } && { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then : CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell as_have_required=yes if { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_suggested" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then : break 2 fi fi done;; esac as_found=false done $as_found || { if { test -f "$SHELL" || test -f "$SHELL.exe"; } && { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$SHELL"; } 2>/dev/null; then : CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL as_have_required=yes fi; } IFS=$as_save_IFS if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then : export CONFIG_SHELL # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a # neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also # works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables. # Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell. BASH_ENV=/dev/null ENV=/dev/null (unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV case $- in # (((( *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;; *v* ) as_opts=-v ;; *x* ) as_opts=-x ;; * ) as_opts= ;; esac exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"} # Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail # out after a failed `exec'. $as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2 exit 255 fi if test x$as_have_required = xno; then : $as_echo "$0: This script requires a shell more modern than all" $as_echo "$0: the shells that I found on your system." if test x${ZSH_VERSION+set} = xset ; then $as_echo "$0: In particular, zsh $ZSH_VERSION has bugs and should" $as_echo "$0: be upgraded to zsh 4.3.4 or later." else $as_echo "$0: Please tell bug-autoconf@gnu.org about your system, $0: including any error possibly output before this $0: message. Then install a modern shell, or manually run $0: the script under such a shell if you do have one." fi exit 1 fi fi fi SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} export SHELL # Unset more variables known to interfere with behavior of common tools. CLICOLOR_FORCE= GREP_OPTIONS= unset CLICOLOR_FORCE GREP_OPTIONS ## --------------------- ## ## M4sh Shell Functions. ## ## --------------------- ## # as_fn_unset VAR # --------------- # Portably unset VAR. as_fn_unset () { { eval $1=; unset $1;} } as_unset=as_fn_unset # as_fn_set_status STATUS # ----------------------- # Set $? to STATUS, without forking. as_fn_set_status () { return $1 } # as_fn_set_status # as_fn_exit STATUS # ----------------- # Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context. as_fn_exit () { set +e as_fn_set_status $1 exit $1 } # as_fn_exit # as_fn_mkdir_p # ------------- # Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary. as_fn_mkdir_p () { case $as_dir in #( -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; esac test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || { as_dirs= while :; do case $as_dir in #( *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; esac as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || $as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$as_dir" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` test -d "$as_dir" && break done test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir" } # as_fn_mkdir_p # as_fn_executable_p FILE # ----------------------- # Test if FILE is an executable regular file. as_fn_executable_p () { test -f "$1" && test -x "$1" } # as_fn_executable_p # as_fn_append VAR VALUE # ---------------------- # Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take # advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over # repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive # implementations. if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_append () { eval $1+=\$2 }' else as_fn_append () { eval $1=\$$1\$2 } fi # as_fn_append # as_fn_arith ARG... # ------------------ # Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the # global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments # must be portable across $(()) and expr. if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_arith () { as_val=$(( $* )) }' else as_fn_arith () { as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1` } fi # as_fn_arith # as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD] # ---------------------------------------- # Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are # provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the # script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0. as_fn_error () { as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1 if test "$4"; then as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4 fi $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2 as_fn_exit $as_status } # as_fn_error if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then as_expr=expr else as_expr=false fi if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then as_basename=basename else as_basename=false fi if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_dirname=dirname else as_dirname=false fi as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || $as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X/"$0" | sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` # Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS as_cr_digits='0123456789' as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits as_lineno_1=$LINENO as_lineno_1a=$LINENO as_lineno_2=$LINENO as_lineno_2a=$LINENO eval 'test "x$as_lineno_1'$as_run'" != "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'" && test "x`expr $as_lineno_1'$as_run' + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'"' || { # Blame Lee E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax. :-) sed -n ' p /[$]LINENO/= ' <$as_myself | sed ' s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/ t lineno b :lineno N :loop s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/ t loop s/-\n.*// ' >$as_me.lineno && chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" || { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2; as_fn_exit 1; } # If we had to re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL, we're ensured to have # already done that, so ensure we don't try to do so again and fall # in an infinite loop. This has already happened in practice. _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensitive to this). . "./$as_me.lineno" # Exit status is that of the last command. exit } ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= case `echo -n x` in #((((( -n*) case `echo 'xy\c'` in *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. xy) ECHO_C='\c';; *) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null ECHO_T=' ';; esac;; *) ECHO_N='-n';; esac rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file if test -d conf$$.dir; then rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file else rm -f conf$$.dir mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null fi if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s='ln -s' # ... but there are two gotchas: # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'. ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || as_ln_s='cp -pR' elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s=ln else as_ln_s='cp -pR' fi else as_ln_s='cp -pR' fi rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"' else test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p as_mkdir_p=false fi as_test_x='test -x' as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" test -n "$DJDIR" || exec 7<&0 &1 # Name of the host. # hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, old GNU/Linux) returns a bogus exit status, # so uname gets run too. ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` # # Initializations. # ac_default_prefix=/usr/local ac_clean_files= ac_config_libobj_dir=. LIBOBJS= cross_compiling=no subdirs= MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS= # Identity of this package. PACKAGE_NAME='Guile-Git' PACKAGE_TARNAME='guile-git' PACKAGE_VERSION='0.3.0' PACKAGE_STRING='Guile-Git 0.3.0' PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='' PACKAGE_URL='https://gitlab.com/guile-git/guile-git/' ac_unique_file="git" ac_subst_vars='LTLIBOBJS LIBOBJS GUILE_TARGET GIT_UPLOAD_PACK SSH_ADD SSH_AGENT SSHD LIBGIT2_LIBDIR LIBGIT2_LIBS LIBGIT2_CFLAGS GUILE_TOOLS GUILE_CONFIG GUILD GUILE GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR PKG_CONFIG_PATH PKG_CONFIG AM_BACKSLASH AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY AM_DEFAULT_V AM_V am__untar am__tar AMTAR am__leading_dot SET_MAKE AWK mkdir_p MKDIR_P INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM STRIP install_sh MAKEINFO AUTOHEADER AUTOMAKE AUTOCONF ACLOCAL VERSION PACKAGE CYGPATH_W am__isrc INSTALL_DATA INSTALL_SCRIPT INSTALL_PROGRAM target_alias host_alias build_alias LIBS ECHO_T ECHO_N ECHO_C DEFS mandir localedir libdir psdir pdfdir dvidir htmldir infodir docdir oldincludedir includedir runstatedir localstatedir sharedstatedir sysconfdir datadir datarootdir libexecdir sbindir bindir program_transform_name prefix exec_prefix PACKAGE_URL PACKAGE_BUGREPORT PACKAGE_STRING PACKAGE_VERSION PACKAGE_TARNAME PACKAGE_NAME PATH_SEPARATOR SHELL' ac_subst_files='' ac_user_opts=' enable_option_checking enable_silent_rules ' ac_precious_vars='build_alias host_alias target_alias PKG_CONFIG PKG_CONFIG_PATH PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR LIBGIT2_CFLAGS LIBGIT2_LIBS LIBGIT2_LIBDIR' # Initialize some variables set by options. ac_init_help= ac_init_version=false ac_unrecognized_opts= ac_unrecognized_sep= # The variables have the same names as the options, with # dashes changed to underlines. cache_file=/dev/null exec_prefix=NONE no_create= no_recursion= prefix=NONE program_prefix=NONE program_suffix=NONE program_transform_name=s,x,x, silent= site= srcdir= verbose= x_includes=NONE x_libraries=NONE # Installation directory options. # These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo" # and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix # by default will actually change. # Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them. # (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.) bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin' sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin' libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec' datarootdir='${prefix}/share' datadir='${datarootdir}' sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc' sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com' localstatedir='${prefix}/var' runstatedir='${localstatedir}/run' includedir='${prefix}/include' oldincludedir='/usr/include' docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE_TARNAME}' infodir='${datarootdir}/info' htmldir='${docdir}' dvidir='${docdir}' pdfdir='${docdir}' psdir='${docdir}' libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib' localedir='${datarootdir}/locale' mandir='${datarootdir}/man' ac_prev= ac_dashdash= for ac_option do # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. if test -n "$ac_prev"; then eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option ac_prev= continue fi case $ac_option in *=?*) ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;; *=) ac_optarg= ;; *) ac_optarg=yes ;; esac # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos. case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in --) ac_dashdash=yes ;; -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi) ac_prev=bindir ;; -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*) bindir=$ac_optarg ;; -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu) ac_prev=build_alias ;; -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*) build_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) ac_prev=cache_file ;; -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*) cache_file=$ac_optarg ;; --config-cache | -C) cache_file=config.cache ;; -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad) ac_prev=datadir ;; -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*) datadir=$ac_optarg ;; -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \ | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar) ac_prev=datarootdir ;; -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \ | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*) datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;; -disable-* | --disable-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "enable_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;; -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do) ac_prev=docdir ;; -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*) docdir=$ac_optarg ;; -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv) ac_prev=dvidir ;; -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*) dvidir=$ac_optarg ;; -enable-* | --enable-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "enable_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ | --exec | --exe | --ex) ac_prev=exec_prefix ;; -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) # Obsolete; use --with-gas. with_gas=yes ;; -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h) ac_init_help=long ;; -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*) ac_init_help=recursive ;; -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*) ac_init_help=short ;; -host | --host | --hos | --ho) ac_prev=host_alias ;; -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) host_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht) ac_prev=htmldir ;; -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \ | --ht=*) htmldir=$ac_optarg ;; -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \ | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc) ac_prev=includedir ;; -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \ | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*) includedir=$ac_optarg ;; -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf) ac_prev=infodir ;; -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*) infodir=$ac_optarg ;; -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd) ac_prev=libdir ;; -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*) libdir=$ac_optarg ;; -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \ | --libexe | --libex | --libe) ac_prev=libexecdir ;; -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \ | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*) libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;; -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale) ac_prev=localedir ;; -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*) localedir=$ac_optarg ;; -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \ | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals) ac_prev=localstatedir ;; -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \ | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*) localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m) ac_prev=mandir ;; -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*) mandir=$ac_optarg ;; -nfp | --nfp | --nf) # Obsolete; use --without-fp. with_fp=no ;; -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ | --no-cr | --no-c | -n) no_create=yes ;; -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) no_recursion=yes ;; -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \ | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \ | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o) ac_prev=oldincludedir ;; -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \ | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \ | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*) oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;; -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) ac_prev=prefix ;; -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) ac_prev=program_prefix ;; -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) ac_prev=program_suffix ;; -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \ | --program-transform | --program-transfor \ | --program-transfo | --program-transf \ | --program-trans | --program-tran \ | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t) ac_prev=program_transform_name ;; -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \ | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \ | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \ | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \ | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;; -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd) ac_prev=pdfdir ;; -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*) pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;; -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps) ac_prev=psdir ;; -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*) psdir=$ac_optarg ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) silent=yes ;; -runstatedir | --runstatedir | --runstatedi | --runstated \ | --runstate | --runstat | --runsta | --runst | --runs \ | --run | --ru | --r) ac_prev=runstatedir ;; -runstatedir=* | --runstatedir=* | --runstatedi=* | --runstated=* \ | --runstate=* | --runstat=* | --runsta=* | --runst=* | --runs=* \ | --run=* | --ru=* | --r=*) runstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb) ac_prev=sbindir ;; -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \ | --sbi=* | --sb=*) sbindir=$ac_optarg ;; -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \ | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \ | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \ | --sha | --sh) ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;; -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \ | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \ | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \ | --sha=* | --sh=*) sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; -site | --site | --sit) ac_prev=site ;; -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*) site=$ac_optarg ;; -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) ac_prev=srcdir ;; -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) srcdir=$ac_optarg ;; -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \ | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy) ac_prev=sysconfdir ;; -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \ | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*) sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;; -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) ac_prev=target_alias ;; -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) target_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) verbose=yes ;; -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V) ac_init_version=: ;; -with-* | --with-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "with_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; -without-* | --without-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "with_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;; --x) # Obsolete; use --with-x. with_x=yes ;; -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \ | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i) ac_prev=x_includes ;; -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) x_includes=$ac_optarg ;; -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) ac_prev=x_libraries ;; -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;; -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$ac_option' Try \`$0 --help' for more information" ;; *=*) ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. case $ac_envvar in #( '' | [0-9]* | *[!_$as_cr_alnum]* ) as_fn_error $? "invalid variable name: \`$ac_envvar'" ;; esac eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg export $ac_envvar ;; *) # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0. $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2 expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2 : "${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}" ;; esac done if test -n "$ac_prev"; then ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'` as_fn_error $? "missing argument to $ac_option" fi if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then case $enable_option_checking in no) ;; fatal) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" ;; *) $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;; esac fi # Check all directory arguments for consistency. for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \ datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \ oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \ libdir localedir mandir runstatedir do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var # Remove trailing slashes. case $ac_val in */ ) ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'` eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;; esac # Be sure to have absolute directory names. case $ac_val in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) continue;; NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;; esac as_fn_error $? "expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" done # There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host' # used to hold the argument of --host etc. # FIXME: To remove some day. build=$build_alias host=$host_alias target=$target_alias # FIXME: To remove some day. if test "x$host_alias" != x; then if test "x$build_alias" = x; then cross_compiling=maybe elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then cross_compiling=yes fi fi ac_tool_prefix= test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias- test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" && ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` && ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` || as_fn_error $? "working directory cannot be determined" test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" || as_fn_error $? "pwd does not report name of working directory" # Find the source files, if location was not specified. if test -z "$srcdir"; then ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory. ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" || $as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$as_myself" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` srcdir=$ac_confdir if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then srcdir=.. fi else ac_srcdir_defaulted=no fi if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .." as_fn_error $? "cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" fi ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" ac_abs_confdir=`( cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || as_fn_error $? "$ac_msg" pwd)` # When building in place, set srcdir=. if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then srcdir=. fi # Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir. # Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info # mess up M-x gdb in Emacs. case $srcdir in */) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;; esac for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} done # # Report the --help message. # if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. cat <<_ACEOF \`configure' configures Guile-Git 0.3.0 to adapt to many kinds of systems. Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]... To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as VAR=VALUE. See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables. Defaults for the options are specified in brackets. Configuration: -h, --help display this help and exit --help=short display options specific to this package --help=recursive display the short help of all the included packages -V, --version display version information and exit -q, --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking ...' messages --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE [disabled] -C, --config-cache alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache' -n, --no-create do not create output files --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..'] Installation directories: --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX [$ac_default_prefix] --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX [PREFIX] By default, \`make install' will install all the files in \`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc. You can specify an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix', for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'. For better control, use the options below. Fine tuning of the installation directories: --bindir=DIR user executables [EPREFIX/bin] --sbindir=DIR system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin] --libexecdir=DIR program executables [EPREFIX/libexec] --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc] --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com] --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var] --runstatedir=DIR modifiable per-process data [LOCALSTATEDIR/run] --libdir=DIR object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib] --includedir=DIR C header files [PREFIX/include] --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include] --datarootdir=DIR read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share] --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR] --infodir=DIR info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info] --localedir=DIR locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale] --mandir=DIR man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man] --docdir=DIR documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/guile-git] --htmldir=DIR html documentation [DOCDIR] --dvidir=DIR dvi documentation [DOCDIR] --pdfdir=DIR pdf documentation [DOCDIR] --psdir=DIR ps documentation [DOCDIR] _ACEOF cat <<\_ACEOF Program names: --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names --program-transform-name=PROGRAM run sed PROGRAM on installed program names _ACEOF fi if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then case $ac_init_help in short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of Guile-Git 0.3.0:";; esac cat <<\_ACEOF Optional Features: --disable-option-checking ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] --enable-silent-rules less verbose build output (undo: "make V=1") --disable-silent-rules verbose build output (undo: "make V=0") Some influential environment variables: PKG_CONFIG path to pkg-config utility PKG_CONFIG_PATH directories to add to pkg-config's search path PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR path overriding pkg-config's built-in search path LIBGIT2_CFLAGS C compiler flags for LIBGIT2, overriding pkg-config LIBGIT2_LIBS linker flags for LIBGIT2, overriding pkg-config LIBGIT2_LIBDIR value of libdir for libgit2, overriding pkg-config Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations. Report bugs to the package provider. Guile-Git home page: . _ACEOF ac_status=$? fi if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help. for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue test -d "$ac_dir" || { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } || continue ac_builddir=. case "$ac_dir" in .) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` case $ac_top_builddir_sub in "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; esac ;; esac ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix # for backward compatibility: ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix case $srcdir in .) # We are building in place. ac_srcdir=. ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; *) # Relative name. ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; esac ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; } # Check for guested configure. if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then echo && $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then echo && $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive else $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2 fi || ac_status=$? cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; } done fi test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status if $ac_init_version; then cat <<\_ACEOF Guile-Git configure 0.3.0 generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. _ACEOF exit fi ## ------------------------ ## ## Autoconf initialization. ## ## ------------------------ ## cat >config.log <<_ACEOF This file contains any messages produced by compilers while running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. It was created by Guile-Git $as_me 0.3.0, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was $ $0 $@ _ACEOF exec 5>>config.log { cat <<_ASUNAME ## --------- ## ## Platform. ## ## --------- ## hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/hostinfo = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/machine = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` _ASUNAME as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir" done IFS=$as_save_IFS } >&5 cat >&5 <<_ACEOF ## ----------- ## ## Core tests. ## ## ----------- ## _ACEOF # Keep a trace of the command line. # Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. # Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs. # Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters. # Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression. ac_configure_args= ac_configure_args0= ac_configure_args1= ac_must_keep_next=false for ac_pass in 1 2 do for ac_arg do case $ac_arg in -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) continue ;; *\'*) ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; esac case $ac_pass in 1) as_fn_append ac_configure_args0 " '$ac_arg'" ;; 2) as_fn_append ac_configure_args1 " '$ac_arg'" if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal. else case $ac_arg in *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \ | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \ | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \ | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x) case "$ac_configure_args0 " in "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;; esac ;; -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;; esac fi as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;; esac done done { ac_configure_args0=; unset ac_configure_args0;} { ac_configure_args1=; unset ac_configure_args1;} # When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete # config.log. We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there # would cause problems or look ugly. # WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap. # WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug. trap 'exit_status=$? # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging. { echo $as_echo "## ---------------- ## ## Cache variables. ## ## ---------------- ##" echo # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, ( for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in #( *${as_nl}*) case $ac_var in #( *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;; esac case $ac_var in #( _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;; esac ;; esac done (set) 2>&1 | case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #( *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) sed -n \ "s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g; s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p" ;; #( *) sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" ;; esac | sort ) echo $as_echo "## ----------------- ## ## Output variables. ## ## ----------------- ##" echo for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; esac $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" done | sort echo if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then $as_echo "## ------------------- ## ## File substitutions. ## ## ------------------- ##" echo for ac_var in $ac_subst_files do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; esac $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" done | sort echo fi if test -s confdefs.h; then $as_echo "## ----------- ## ## confdefs.h. ## ## ----------- ##" echo cat confdefs.h echo fi test "$ac_signal" != 0 && $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal" $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status" } >&5 rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* && rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files && exit $exit_status ' 0 for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; as_fn_exit 1' $ac_signal done ac_signal=0 # confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h $as_echo "/* confdefs.h */" > confdefs.h # Predefined preprocessor variables. cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_URL "$PACKAGE_URL" _ACEOF # Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to. # Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones. ac_site_file1=NONE ac_site_file2=NONE if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then # We do not want a PATH search for config.site. case $CONFIG_SITE in #(( -*) ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;; */*) ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE;; *) ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;; esac elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site else ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site fi for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2" do test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue if test /dev/null != "$ac_site_file" && test -r "$ac_site_file"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;} sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5 . "$ac_site_file" \ || { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "failed to load site script $ac_site_file See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi done if test -r "$cache_file"; then # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special files # actually), so we avoid doing that. DJGPP emulates it as a regular file. if test /dev/null != "$cache_file" && test -f "$cache_file"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;} case $cache_file in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";; *) . "./$cache_file";; esac fi else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;} >$cache_file fi # Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same # value. ac_cache_corrupted=false for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in set,) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; ,set) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; ,);; *) if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then # differences in whitespace do not lead to failure. ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val` ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val` if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;} eval $ac_var=\$ac_old_val fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&2;} fi;; esac # Pass precious variables to config.status. if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then case $ac_new_val in *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;; esac case " $ac_configure_args " in *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups. Use of quotes ensures accuracy. *) as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;; esac fi done if $ac_cache_corrupted; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" "$LINENO" 5 fi ## -------------------- ## ## Main body of script. ## ## -------------------- ## ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu ac_aux_dir= for ac_dir in build-aux "$srcdir"/build-aux; do if test -f "$ac_dir/install-sh"; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c" break elif test -f "$ac_dir/install.sh"; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c" break elif test -f "$ac_dir/shtool"; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c" break fi done if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then as_fn_error $? "cannot find install-sh, install.sh, or shtool in build-aux \"$srcdir\"/build-aux" "$LINENO" 5 fi # These three variables are undocumented and unsupported, # and are intended to be withdrawn in a future Autoconf release. # They can cause serious problems if a builder's source tree is in a directory # whose full name contains unusual characters. ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess" # Please don't use this var. ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" # Please don't use this var. ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure" # Please don't use this var. am__api_version='1.16' # Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster), # so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or # incompatible versions: # SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install # SunOS /usr/etc/install # IRIX /sbin/install # AIX /bin/install # AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs # AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag # AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args # SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" # OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic # ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. # Reject install programs that cannot install multiple files. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for a BSD-compatible install... " >&6; } if test -z "$INSTALL"; then if ${ac_cv_path_install+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements. case $as_dir/ in #(( ./ | .// | /[cC]/* | \ /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \ ?:[\\/]os2[\\/]install[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]OS2[\\/]INSTALL[\\/]* | \ /usr/ucb/* ) ;; *) # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install. # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root # by default. for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then if test $ac_prog = install && grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention. : elif test $ac_prog = install && grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use. : else rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir echo one > conftest.one echo two > conftest.two mkdir conftest.dir if "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" -c conftest.one conftest.two "`pwd`/conftest.dir" && test -s conftest.one && test -s conftest.two && test -s conftest.dir/conftest.one && test -s conftest.dir/conftest.two then ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c" break 3 fi fi fi done done ;; esac done IFS=$as_save_IFS rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir fi if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install else # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a # value for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will # break other packages using the cache if that directory is # removed, or if the value is a relative name. INSTALL=$ac_install_sh fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $INSTALL" >&5 $as_echo "$INSTALL" >&6; } # Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}. # It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution. test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}' test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}' test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether build environment is sane... " >&6; } # Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory # name. Accept space and tab only in the latter. am_lf=' ' case `pwd` in *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]*) as_fn_error $? "unsafe absolute working directory name" "$LINENO" 5;; esac case $srcdir in *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]*) as_fn_error $? "unsafe srcdir value: '$srcdir'" "$LINENO" 5;; esac # Do 'set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's # arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a # symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks # (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing # directory). if ( am_has_slept=no for am_try in 1 2; do echo "timestamp, slept: $am_has_slept" > conftest.file set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null` if test "$*" = "X"; then # -L didn't work. set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file` fi if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ && test "$*" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". as_fn_error $? "ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken alias in your environment" "$LINENO" 5 fi if test "$2" = conftest.file || test $am_try -eq 2; then break fi # Just in case. sleep 1 am_has_slept=yes done test "$2" = conftest.file ) then # Ok. : else as_fn_error $? "newly created file is older than distributed files! Check your system clock" "$LINENO" 5 fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } # If we didn't sleep, we still need to ensure time stamps of config.status and # generated files are strictly newer. am_sleep_pid= if grep 'slept: no' conftest.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then ( sleep 1 ) & am_sleep_pid=$! fi rm -f conftest.file test "$program_prefix" != NONE && program_transform_name="s&^&$program_prefix&;$program_transform_name" # Use a double $ so make ignores it. test "$program_suffix" != NONE && program_transform_name="s&\$&$program_suffix&;$program_transform_name" # Double any \ or $. # By default was `s,x,x', remove it if useless. ac_script='s/[\\$]/&&/g;s/;s,x,x,$//' program_transform_name=`$as_echo "$program_transform_name" | sed "$ac_script"` # Expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path. am_aux_dir=`cd "$ac_aux_dir" && pwd` if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then case $am_aux_dir in *\ * | *\ *) MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;; *) MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;; esac fi # Use eval to expand $SHELL if eval "$MISSING --is-lightweight"; then am_missing_run="$MISSING " else am_missing_run= { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: 'missing' script is too old or missing" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: 'missing' script is too old or missing" >&2;} fi if test x"${install_sh+set}" != xset; then case $am_aux_dir in *\ * | *\ *) install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;; *) install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh" esac fi # Installed binaries are usually stripped using 'strip' when the user # run "make install-strip". However 'strip' might not be the right # tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake # will honor the 'STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$STRIP"; then ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP if test -n "$STRIP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $STRIP" >&5 $as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy strip; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then STRIP=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP fi else STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP" fi fi INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p... " >&6; } if test -z "$MKDIR_P"; then if ${ac_cv_path_mkdir+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/opt/sfw/bin do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_prog in mkdir gmkdir; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" || continue case `"$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" --version 2>&1` in #( 'mkdir (GNU coreutils) '* | \ 'mkdir (coreutils) '* | \ 'mkdir (fileutils) '4.1*) ac_cv_path_mkdir=$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext break 3;; esac done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version if test "${ac_cv_path_mkdir+set}" = set; then MKDIR_P="$ac_cv_path_mkdir -p" else # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a # value for MKDIR_P within a source directory, because that will # break other packages using the cache if that directory is # removed, or if the value is a relative name. MKDIR_P="$ac_install_sh -d" fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MKDIR_P" >&5 $as_echo "$MKDIR_P" >&6; } for ac_prog in gawk mawk nawk awk do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_AWK+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$AWK"; then ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi AWK=$ac_cv_prog_AWK if test -n "$AWK"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AWK" >&5 $as_echo "$AWK" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$AWK" && break done { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... " >&6; } set x ${MAKE-make} ac_make=`$as_echo "$2" | sed 's/+/p/g; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'` if eval \${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF SHELL = /bin/sh all: @echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%' _ACEOF # GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us. case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*) eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;; *) eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;; esac rm -f conftest.make fi if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } SET_MAKE= else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" fi rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null if test -d .tst; then am__leading_dot=. else am__leading_dot=_ fi rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null # Check whether --enable-silent-rules was given. if test "${enable_silent_rules+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_silent_rules; fi case $enable_silent_rules in # ((( yes) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;; no) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;; *) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;; esac am_make=${MAKE-make} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $am_make supports nested variables" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether $am_make supports nested variables... " >&6; } if ${am_cv_make_support_nested_variables+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if $as_echo 'TRUE=$(BAR$(V)) BAR0=false BAR1=true V=1 am__doit: @$(TRUE) .PHONY: am__doit' | $am_make -f - >/dev/null 2>&1; then am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=yes else am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=no fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_make_support_nested_variables" >&5 $as_echo "$am_cv_make_support_nested_variables" >&6; } if test $am_cv_make_support_nested_variables = yes; then AM_V='$(V)' AM_DEFAULT_V='$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)' else AM_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY AM_DEFAULT_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY fi AM_BACKSLASH='\' if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output # is not polluted with repeated "-I." am__isrc=' -I$(srcdir)' # test to see if srcdir already configured if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then as_fn_error $? "source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" "$LINENO" 5 fi fi # test whether we have cygpath if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' else CYGPATH_W=echo fi fi # Define the identity of the package. PACKAGE='guile-git' VERSION='0.3.0' cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE "$PACKAGE" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define VERSION "$VERSION" _ACEOF # Some tools Automake needs. ACLOCAL=${ACLOCAL-"${am_missing_run}aclocal-${am__api_version}"} AUTOCONF=${AUTOCONF-"${am_missing_run}autoconf"} AUTOMAKE=${AUTOMAKE-"${am_missing_run}automake-${am__api_version}"} AUTOHEADER=${AUTOHEADER-"${am_missing_run}autoheader"} MAKEINFO=${MAKEINFO-"${am_missing_run}makeinfo"} # For better backward compatibility. To be removed once Automake 1.9.x # dies out for good. For more background, see: # # mkdir_p='$(MKDIR_P)' # We need awk for the "check" target (and possibly the TAP driver). The # system "awk" is bad on some platforms. # Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. Yes, it's still used # in the wild :-( We should find a proper way to deprecate it ... AMTAR='$${TAR-tar}' # We'll loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works. _am_tools='gnutar pax cpio none' am__tar='$${TAR-tar} chof - "$$tardir"' am__untar='$${TAR-tar} xf -' # POSIX will say in a future version that running "rm -f" with no argument # is OK; and we want to be able to make that assumption in our Makefile # recipes. So use an aggressive probe to check that the usage we want is # actually supported "in the wild" to an acceptable degree. # See automake bug#10828. # To make any issue more visible, cause the running configure to be aborted # by default if the 'rm' program in use doesn't match our expectations; the # user can still override this though. if rm -f && rm -fr && rm -rf; then : OK; else cat >&2 <<'END' Oops! Your 'rm' program seems unable to run without file operands specified on the command line, even when the '-f' option is present. This is contrary to the behaviour of most rm programs out there, and not conforming with the upcoming POSIX standard: Please tell bug-automake@gnu.org about your system, including the value of your $PATH and any error possibly output before this message. This can help us improve future automake versions. END if test x"$ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM" = x"yes"; then echo 'Configuration will proceed anyway, since you have set the' >&2 echo 'ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM variable to "yes"' >&2 echo >&2 else cat >&2 <<'END' Aborting the configuration process, to ensure you take notice of the issue. You can download and install GNU coreutils to get an 'rm' implementation that behaves properly: . If you want to complete the configuration process using your problematic 'rm' anyway, export the environment variable ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM to "yes", and re-run configure. END as_fn_error $? "Your 'rm' program is bad, sorry." "$LINENO" 5 fi fi # Check whether --enable-silent-rules was given. if test "${enable_silent_rules+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_silent_rules; fi case $enable_silent_rules in # ((( yes) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;; no) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;; *) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;; esac am_make=${MAKE-make} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $am_make supports nested variables" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether $am_make supports nested variables... " >&6; } if ${am_cv_make_support_nested_variables+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if $as_echo 'TRUE=$(BAR$(V)) BAR0=false BAR1=true V=1 am__doit: @$(TRUE) .PHONY: am__doit' | $am_make -f - >/dev/null 2>&1; then am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=yes else am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=no fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_make_support_nested_variables" >&5 $as_echo "$am_cv_make_support_nested_variables" >&6; } if test $am_cv_make_support_nested_variables = yes; then AM_V='$(V)' AM_DEFAULT_V='$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)' else AM_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY AM_DEFAULT_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY fi AM_BACKSLASH='\' if test "x$ac_cv_env_PKG_CONFIG_set" != "xset"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}pkg-config", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}pkg-config; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $PKG_CONFIG in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG="$PKG_CONFIG" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac fi PKG_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $PKG_CONFIG" >&5 $as_echo "$PKG_CONFIG" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG"; then ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG=$PKG_CONFIG # Extract the first word of "pkg-config", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy pkg-config; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG="$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac fi ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG if test -n "$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" = x; then PKG_CONFIG="" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac PKG_CONFIG=$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG fi else PKG_CONFIG="$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG" fi fi if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then _pkg_min_version=0.9.0 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version... " >&6; } if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $_pkg_min_version; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } PKG_CONFIG="" fi fi _guile_versions_to_search="3.0 2.2 2.0" if test -n "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION"; then _guile_tmp="" for v in $_guile_versions_to_search; do if test "$v" = "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION"; then _guile_tmp=$v fi done if test -z "$_guile_tmp"; then { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "searching for guile development files for versions $_guile_versions_to_search, but previously found $GUILE version $GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi _guile_versions_to_search=$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION fi GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION="" _guile_errors="" for v in $_guile_versions_to_search; do if test -z "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for guile $v" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: checking for guile $v" >&6;} if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \ { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors \"guile-\$v\""; } >&5 ($PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "guile-$v") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION=$v fi fi done if test -z "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION"; then as_fn_error $? " No Guile development packages were found. Please verify that you have Guile installed. If you installed Guile from a binary distribution, please verify that you have also installed the development packages. If you installed it yourself, you might need to adjust your PKG_CONFIG_PATH; see the pkg-config man page for more. " "$LINENO" 5 fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found guile $GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: found guile $GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION" >&6;} _guile_required_version="$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION" if test -z "$_guile_required_version"; then _guile_required_version=2.2 fi _guile_candidates=guile _tmp= for v in `echo "$_guile_required_version" | tr . ' '`; do if test -n "$_tmp"; then _tmp=$_tmp.; fi _tmp=$_tmp$v _guile_candidates="guile-$_tmp guile$_tmp $_guile_candidates" done for ac_prog in $_guile_candidates do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_GUILE+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $GUILE in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_GUILE="$GUILE" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_path_GUILE="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac fi GUILE=$ac_cv_path_GUILE if test -n "$GUILE"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $GUILE" >&5 $as_echo "$GUILE" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$GUILE" && break done if test -z "$GUILE"; then as_fn_error $? "guile required but not found" "$LINENO" 5 fi _guile_suffix=`echo "$GUILE" | sed -e 's,^.*/guile\(.*\)$,\1,'` _guile_effective_version=`$GUILE -c "(display (effective-version))"` if test -z "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION"; then GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION=$_guile_effective_version elif test "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION" != "$_guile_effective_version"; then as_fn_error $? "found development files for Guile $GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION, but $GUILE has effective version $_guile_effective_version" "$LINENO" 5 fi _guile_major_version=`$GUILE -c "(display (major-version))"` _guile_minor_version=`$GUILE -c "(display (minor-version))"` _guile_micro_version=`$GUILE -c "(display (micro-version))"` _guile_prog_version="$_guile_major_version.$_guile_minor_version.$_guile_micro_version" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for Guile version >= $_guile_required_version" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for Guile version >= $_guile_required_version... " >&6; } _major_version=`echo $_guile_required_version | cut -d . -f 1` _minor_version=`echo $_guile_required_version | cut -d . -f 2` _micro_version=`echo $_guile_required_version | cut -d . -f 3` if test "$_guile_major_version" -gt "$_major_version"; then true elif test "$_guile_major_version" -eq "$_major_version"; then if test "$_guile_minor_version" -gt "$_minor_version"; then true elif test "$_guile_minor_version" -eq "$_minor_version"; then if test -n "$_micro_version"; then if test "$_guile_micro_version" -lt "$_micro_version"; then as_fn_error $? "Guile $_guile_required_version required, but $_guile_prog_version found" "$LINENO" 5 fi fi elif test "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION" = "$_major_version.$_minor_version" -a -z "$_micro_version"; then # Allow prereleases that have the right effective version. true else as_fn_error $? "Guile $_guile_required_version required, but $_guile_prog_version found" "$LINENO" 5 fi elif test "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION" = "$_major_version.$_minor_version" -a -z "$_micro_version"; then # Allow prereleases that have the right effective version. true else as_fn_error $? "Guile $_guile_required_version required, but $_guile_prog_version found" "$LINENO" 5 fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $_guile_prog_version" >&5 $as_echo "$_guile_prog_version" >&6; } # Extract the first word of "guild$_guile_suffix", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy guild$_guile_suffix; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_GUILD+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $GUILD in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_GUILD="$GUILD" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_path_GUILD="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac fi GUILD=$ac_cv_path_GUILD if test -n "$GUILD"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $GUILD" >&5 $as_echo "$GUILD" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi # Extract the first word of "guile-config$_guile_suffix", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy guile-config$_guile_suffix; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_GUILE_CONFIG+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $GUILE_CONFIG in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_GUILE_CONFIG="$GUILE_CONFIG" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_path_GUILE_CONFIG="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac fi GUILE_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_GUILE_CONFIG if test -n "$GUILE_CONFIG"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $GUILE_CONFIG" >&5 $as_echo "$GUILE_CONFIG" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test -n "$GUILD"; then GUILE_TOOLS=$GUILD else # Extract the first word of "guile-tools$_guile_suffix", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy guile-tools$_guile_suffix; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_GUILE_TOOLS+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $GUILE_TOOLS in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_GUILE_TOOLS="$GUILE_TOOLS" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_path_GUILE_TOOLS="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac fi GUILE_TOOLS=$ac_cv_path_GUILE_TOOLS if test -n "$GUILE_TOOLS"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $GUILE_TOOLS" >&5 $as_echo "$GUILE_TOOLS" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if (srfi srfi-64) is available" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if (srfi srfi-64) is available... " >&6; } $GUILE -c "(use-modules (srfi srfi-64)) (exit ((lambda () 0)))" > /dev/null 2>&1 ac_guile_module_required=$? if test "$ac_guile_module_required" = "0" ; then ac_guile_module_required=yes ; else ac_guile_module_required=no ; fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_guile_module_required" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_guile_module_required" >&6; } if test "$ac_guile_module_required" = "no" ; then as_fn_error $? "required guile module not found: (srfi srfi-64)" "$LINENO" 5 fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if (bytestructures guile) is available" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if (bytestructures guile) is available... " >&6; } $GUILE -c "(use-modules (bytestructures guile)) (exit ((lambda () 0)))" > /dev/null 2>&1 ac_guile_module_required=$? if test "$ac_guile_module_required" = "0" ; then ac_guile_module_required=yes ; else ac_guile_module_required=no ; fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_guile_module_required" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_guile_module_required" >&6; } if test "$ac_guile_module_required" = "no" ; then as_fn_error $? "required guile module not found: (bytestructures guile)" "$LINENO" 5 fi pkg_failed=no { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for LIBGIT2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for LIBGIT2... " >&6; } if test -n "$LIBGIT2_CFLAGS"; then pkg_cv_LIBGIT2_CFLAGS="$LIBGIT2_CFLAGS" elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \ { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors \"libgit2\""; } >&5 ($PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "libgit2") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then pkg_cv_LIBGIT2_CFLAGS=`$PKG_CONFIG --cflags "libgit2" 2>/dev/null` test "x$?" != "x0" && pkg_failed=yes else pkg_failed=yes fi else pkg_failed=untried fi if test -n "$LIBGIT2_LIBS"; then pkg_cv_LIBGIT2_LIBS="$LIBGIT2_LIBS" elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \ { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors \"libgit2\""; } >&5 ($PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "libgit2") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then pkg_cv_LIBGIT2_LIBS=`$PKG_CONFIG --libs "libgit2" 2>/dev/null` test "x$?" != "x0" && pkg_failed=yes else pkg_failed=yes fi else pkg_failed=untried fi if test $pkg_failed = yes; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version 0.20; then _pkg_short_errors_supported=yes else _pkg_short_errors_supported=no fi if test $_pkg_short_errors_supported = yes; then LIBGIT2_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --short-errors --print-errors --cflags --libs "libgit2" 2>&1` else LIBGIT2_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors --cflags --libs "libgit2" 2>&1` fi # Put the nasty error message in config.log where it belongs echo "$LIBGIT2_PKG_ERRORS" >&5 as_fn_error $? "Package requirements (libgit2) were not met: $LIBGIT2_PKG_ERRORS Consider adjusting the PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable if you installed software in a non-standard prefix. Alternatively, you may set the environment variables LIBGIT2_CFLAGS and LIBGIT2_LIBS to avoid the need to call pkg-config. See the pkg-config man page for more details." "$LINENO" 5 elif test $pkg_failed = untried; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "The pkg-config script could not be found or is too old. Make sure it is in your PATH or set the PKG_CONFIG environment variable to the full path to pkg-config. Alternatively, you may set the environment variables LIBGIT2_CFLAGS and LIBGIT2_LIBS to avoid the need to call pkg-config. See the pkg-config man page for more details. To get pkg-config, see . See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } else LIBGIT2_CFLAGS=$pkg_cv_LIBGIT2_CFLAGS LIBGIT2_LIBS=$pkg_cv_LIBGIT2_LIBS { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } fi if test -n "$LIBGIT2_LIBDIR"; then pkg_cv_LIBGIT2_LIBDIR="$LIBGIT2_LIBDIR" elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \ { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors \"libgit2\""; } >&5 ($PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "libgit2") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then pkg_cv_LIBGIT2_LIBDIR=`$PKG_CONFIG --variable="libdir" "libgit2" 2>/dev/null` test "x$?" != "x0" && pkg_failed=yes else pkg_failed=yes fi else pkg_failed=untried fi LIBGIT2_LIBDIR=$pkg_cv_LIBGIT2_LIBDIR if test "x$LIBGIT2_LIBDIR" = x""; then : fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking libgit2 library path" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking libgit2 library path... " >&6; } if test "x$LIBGIT2_LIBDIR" = "x"; then : { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "Unable to identify libgit2 lib path. See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi # Extract the first word of "sshd", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy sshd; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_SSHD+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $SSHD in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_SSHD="$SSHD" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_path_SSHD="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac fi SSHD=$ac_cv_path_SSHD if test -n "$SSHD"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $SSHD" >&5 $as_echo "$SSHD" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi # Extract the first word of "ssh-agent", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ssh-agent; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_SSH_AGENT+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $SSH_AGENT in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_SSH_AGENT="$SSH_AGENT" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_path_SSH_AGENT="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac fi SSH_AGENT=$ac_cv_path_SSH_AGENT if test -n "$SSH_AGENT"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $SSH_AGENT" >&5 $as_echo "$SSH_AGENT" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi # Extract the first word of "ssh-add", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ssh-add; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_SSH_ADD+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $SSH_ADD in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_SSH_ADD="$SSH_ADD" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_path_SSH_ADD="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac fi SSH_ADD=$ac_cv_path_SSH_ADD if test -n "$SSH_ADD"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $SSH_ADD" >&5 $as_echo "$SSH_ADD" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi # Extract the first word of "git-upload-pack", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy git-upload-pack; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_GIT_UPLOAD_PACK+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $GIT_UPLOAD_PACK in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_GIT_UPLOAD_PACK="$GIT_UPLOAD_PACK" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_path_GIT_UPLOAD_PACK="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac fi GIT_UPLOAD_PACK=$ac_cv_path_GIT_UPLOAD_PACK if test -n "$GIT_UPLOAD_PACK"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $GIT_UPLOAD_PACK" >&5 $as_echo "$GIT_UPLOAD_PACK" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile git/config.scm tests/ssh.scm" ac_config_files="$ac_config_files pre-inst-env" if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then GUILE_TARGET="--target=$host_alias" fi cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF # This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure # tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure # scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache. # It is not useful on other systems. If it contains results you don't # want to keep, you may remove or edit it. # # config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it # the --recheck option to rerun configure. # # `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when # loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the # following values. _ACEOF # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, # but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. # So, we kill variables containing newlines. # Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, # and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. ( for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in #( *${as_nl}*) case $ac_var in #( *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;; esac case $ac_var in #( _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;; esac ;; esac done (set) 2>&1 | case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #( *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes: double-quote # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \. sed -n \ "s/'/'\\\\''/g; s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p" ;; #( *) # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" ;; esac | sort ) | sed ' /^ac_cv_env_/b end t clear :clear s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/ t end s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/ :end' >>confcache if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else if test -w "$cache_file"; then if test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: updating cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;} if test ! -f "$cache_file" || test -h "$cache_file"; then cat confcache >"$cache_file" else case $cache_file in #( */* | ?:*) mv -f confcache "$cache_file"$$ && mv -f "$cache_file"$$ "$cache_file" ;; #( *) mv -f confcache "$cache_file" ;; esac fi fi else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;} fi fi rm -f confcache test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix # Let make expand exec_prefix. test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' # Transform confdefs.h into DEFS. # Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules. # Protect against Makefile macro expansion. # # If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that # take arguments), then branch to the quote section. Otherwise, # look for a macro that doesn't take arguments. ac_script=' :mline /\\$/{ N s,\\\n,, b mline } t clear :clear s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ (][^ (]*([^)]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g t quote s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ ][^ ]*\)[ ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g t quote b any :quote s/[ `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'\''"<>?]/\\&/g s/\[/\\&/g s/\]/\\&/g s/\$/$$/g H :any ${ g s/^\n// s/\n/ /g p } ' DEFS=`sed -n "$ac_script" confdefs.h` ac_libobjs= ac_ltlibobjs= U= for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed. ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//' ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"` # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR. When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR # will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built. as_fn_append ac_libobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext" as_fn_append ac_ltlibobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo' done LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking that generated files are newer than configure" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking that generated files are newer than configure... " >&6; } if test -n "$am_sleep_pid"; then # Hide warnings about reused PIDs. wait $am_sleep_pid 2>/dev/null fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: done" >&5 $as_echo "done" >&6; } : "${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}" ac_write_fail=0 ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;} as_write_fail=0 cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1 #! $SHELL # Generated by $as_me. # Run this file to recreate the current configuration. # Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging # configure, is in config.log if it exists. debug=false ac_cs_recheck=false ac_cs_silent=false SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL} export SHELL _ASEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1 ## -------------------- ## ## M4sh Initialization. ## ## -------------------- ## # Be more Bourne compatible DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #( *posix*) : set -o posix ;; #( *) : ;; esac fi as_nl=' ' export as_nl # Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo # Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris, # but without wasting forks for bash or zsh. if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \ && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='print -r --' as_echo_n='print -rn --' elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='printf %s\n' as_echo_n='printf %s' else if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' else as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' as_echo_n_body='eval arg=$1; case $arg in #( *"$as_nl"*) expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; esac; expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" ' export as_echo_n_body as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' fi export as_echo_body as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' fi # The user is always right. if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then PATH_SEPARATOR=: (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || PATH_SEPARATOR=';' } fi # IFS # We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is # there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. # (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word # splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) IFS=" "" $as_nl" # Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. as_myself= case $0 in #(( *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' # in which case we are not to be found in the path. if test "x$as_myself" = x; then as_myself=$0 fi if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 exit 1 fi # Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in # pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1" # suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could # trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14. for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \ && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || : done PS1='$ ' PS2='> ' PS4='+ ' # NLS nuisances. LC_ALL=C export LC_ALL LANGUAGE=C export LANGUAGE # CDPATH. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH # as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD] # ---------------------------------------- # Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are # provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the # script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0. as_fn_error () { as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1 if test "$4"; then as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4 fi $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2 as_fn_exit $as_status } # as_fn_error # as_fn_set_status STATUS # ----------------------- # Set $? to STATUS, without forking. as_fn_set_status () { return $1 } # as_fn_set_status # as_fn_exit STATUS # ----------------- # Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context. as_fn_exit () { set +e as_fn_set_status $1 exit $1 } # as_fn_exit # as_fn_unset VAR # --------------- # Portably unset VAR. as_fn_unset () { { eval $1=; unset $1;} } as_unset=as_fn_unset # as_fn_append VAR VALUE # ---------------------- # Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take # advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over # repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive # implementations. if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_append () { eval $1+=\$2 }' else as_fn_append () { eval $1=\$$1\$2 } fi # as_fn_append # as_fn_arith ARG... # ------------------ # Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the # global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments # must be portable across $(()) and expr. if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_arith () { as_val=$(( $* )) }' else as_fn_arith () { as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1` } fi # as_fn_arith if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then as_expr=expr else as_expr=false fi if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then as_basename=basename else as_basename=false fi if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_dirname=dirname else as_dirname=false fi as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || $as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X/"$0" | sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` # Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS as_cr_digits='0123456789' as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= case `echo -n x` in #((((( -n*) case `echo 'xy\c'` in *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. xy) ECHO_C='\c';; *) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null ECHO_T=' ';; esac;; *) ECHO_N='-n';; esac rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file if test -d conf$$.dir; then rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file else rm -f conf$$.dir mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null fi if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s='ln -s' # ... but there are two gotchas: # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'. ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || as_ln_s='cp -pR' elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s=ln else as_ln_s='cp -pR' fi else as_ln_s='cp -pR' fi rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null # as_fn_mkdir_p # ------------- # Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary. as_fn_mkdir_p () { case $as_dir in #( -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; esac test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || { as_dirs= while :; do case $as_dir in #( *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; esac as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || $as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$as_dir" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` test -d "$as_dir" && break done test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir" } # as_fn_mkdir_p if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"' else test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p as_mkdir_p=false fi # as_fn_executable_p FILE # ----------------------- # Test if FILE is an executable regular file. as_fn_executable_p () { test -f "$1" && test -x "$1" } # as_fn_executable_p as_test_x='test -x' as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" exec 6>&1 ## ----------------------------------- ## ## Main body of $CONFIG_STATUS script. ## ## ----------------------------------- ## _ASEOF test $as_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # Save the log message, to keep $0 and so on meaningful, and to # report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their # values after options handling. ac_log=" This file was extended by Guile-Git $as_me 0.3.0, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS CONFIG_LINKS = $CONFIG_LINKS CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS $ $0 $@ on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` " _ACEOF case $ac_config_files in *" "*) set x $ac_config_files; shift; ac_config_files=$*;; esac cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # Files that config.status was made for. config_files="$ac_config_files" _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_cs_usage="\ \`$as_me' instantiates files and other configuration actions from templates according to the current configuration. Unless the files and actions are specified as TAGs, all are instantiated by default. Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [TAG]... -h, --help print this help, then exit -V, --version print version number and configuration settings, then exit --config print configuration, then exit -q, --quiet, --silent do not print progress messages -d, --debug don't remove temporary files --recheck update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE] instantiate the configuration file FILE Configuration files: $config_files Report bugs to the package provider. Guile-Git home page: ." _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`" ac_cs_version="\\ Guile-Git config.status 0.3.0 configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69, with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\" Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it." ac_pwd='$ac_pwd' srcdir='$srcdir' INSTALL='$INSTALL' MKDIR_P='$MKDIR_P' AWK='$AWK' test -n "\$AWK" || AWK=awk _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file. ac_need_defaults=: while test $# != 0 do case $1 in --*=?*) ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='` ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ac_shift=: ;; --*=) ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='` ac_optarg= ac_shift=: ;; *) ac_option=$1 ac_optarg=$2 ac_shift=shift ;; esac case $ac_option in # Handling of the options. -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) ac_cs_recheck=: ;; --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V ) $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;; --config | --confi | --conf | --con | --co | --c ) $as_echo "$ac_cs_config"; exit ;; --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d ) debug=: ;; --file | --fil | --fi | --f ) $ac_shift case $ac_optarg in *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; '') as_fn_error $? "missing file argument" ;; esac as_fn_append CONFIG_FILES " '$ac_optarg'" ac_need_defaults=false;; --he | --h | --help | --hel | -h ) $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s) ac_cs_silent=: ;; # This is an error. -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$1' Try \`$0 --help' for more information." ;; *) as_fn_append ac_config_targets " $1" ac_need_defaults=false ;; esac shift done ac_configure_extra_args= if $ac_cs_silent; then exec 6>/dev/null ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent" fi _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 if \$ac_cs_recheck; then set X $SHELL '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion shift \$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6 CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL' export CONFIG_SHELL exec "\$@" fi _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 exec 5>>config.log { echo sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX ## Running $as_me. ## _ASBOX $as_echo "$ac_log" } >&5 _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # Handling of arguments. for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets do case $ac_config_target in "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;; "git/config.scm") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES git/config.scm" ;; "tests/ssh.scm") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tests/ssh.scm" ;; "pre-inst-env") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES pre-inst-env" ;; *) as_fn_error $? "invalid argument: \`$ac_config_target'" "$LINENO" 5;; esac done # If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate, # then the envvar interface is used. Set only those that are not. # We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely # bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3. if $ac_need_defaults; then test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files fi # Have a temporary directory for convenience. Make it in the build tree # simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition, # creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems. # Hook for its removal unless debugging. # Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned: # after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'. $debug || { tmp= ac_tmp= trap 'exit_status=$? : "${ac_tmp:=$tmp}" { test ! -d "$ac_tmp" || rm -fr "$ac_tmp"; } && exit $exit_status ' 0 trap 'as_fn_exit 1' 1 2 13 15 } # Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files. { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -d "$tmp" } || { tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp") } || as_fn_error $? "cannot create a temporary directory in ." "$LINENO" 5 ac_tmp=$tmp # Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section. # No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES. # This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'. if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then ac_cr=`echo X | tr X '\015'` # On cygwin, bash can eat \r inside `` if the user requested igncr. # But we know of no other shell where ac_cr would be empty at this # point, so we can use a bashism as a fallback. if test "x$ac_cr" = x; then eval ac_cr=\$\'\\r\' fi ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' /dev/null` if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then ac_cs_awk_cr='\\r' else ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr fi echo 'BEGIN {' >"$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" && _ACEOF { echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" && echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' && echo "_ACEOF" } >conf$$subs.sh || as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '^'` ac_delim='%!_!# ' for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do . ./conf$$subs.sh || as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 ac_delim_n=`sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X` if test $ac_delim_n = $ac_delim_num; then break elif $ac_last_try; then as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 else ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! " fi done rm -f conf$$subs.sh cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<\\_ACAWK && _ACEOF sed -n ' h s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/ p g s/^[^!]*!// :repl t repl s/'"$ac_delim"'$// t delim :nl h s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/ t more1 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/ p n b repl :more1 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ p g s/.\{148\}// t nl :delim h s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/ t more2 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/ p b :more2 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ p g s/.\{148\}// t delim ' >$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 rm -f conf$$subs.awk cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 _ACAWK cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK && for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1 FS = "" } { line = $ 0 nfields = split(line, field, "@") substed = 0 len = length(field[1]) for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) { key = field[i] keylen = length(key) if (S_is_set[key]) { value = S[key] line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3) len += length(value) + length(field[++i]) substed = 1 } else len += 1 + keylen } print line } _ACAWK _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then sed "s/$ac_cr\$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g" else cat fi < "$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" > "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \ || as_fn_error $? "could not setup config files machinery" "$LINENO" 5 _ACEOF # VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove sole $(srcdir), # ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ entries from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and # trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty # (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers). if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[ ]*/{ h s/// s/^/:/ s/[ ]*$/:/ s/:\$(srcdir):/:/g s/:\${srcdir}:/:/g s/:@srcdir@:/:/g s/^:*// s/:*$// x s/\(=[ ]*\).*/\1/ G s/\n// s/^[^=]*=[ ]*$// }' fi cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES" eval set X " :F $CONFIG_FILES " shift for ac_tag do case $ac_tag in :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;; esac case $ac_mode$ac_tag in :[FHL]*:*);; :L* | :C*:*) as_fn_error $? "invalid tag \`$ac_tag'" "$LINENO" 5;; :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;; :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;; esac ac_save_IFS=$IFS IFS=: set x $ac_tag IFS=$ac_save_IFS shift ac_file=$1 shift case $ac_mode in :L) ac_source=$1;; :[FH]) ac_file_inputs= for ac_f do case $ac_f in -) ac_f="$ac_tmp/stdin";; *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree # (if the path is not absolute). The absolute path cannot be DOS-style, # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'. test -f "$ac_f" || case $ac_f in [\\/$]*) false;; *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";; esac || as_fn_error 1 "cannot find input file: \`$ac_f'" "$LINENO" 5;; esac case $ac_f in *\'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; esac as_fn_append ac_file_inputs " '$ac_f'" done # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read: # /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */ configure_input='Generated from '` $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g' `' by configure.' if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then configure_input="$ac_file. $configure_input" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $ac_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;} fi # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings. case $configure_input in #( *\&* | *\|* | *\\* ) ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" | sed 's/[\\\\&|]/\\\\&/g'`;; #( *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;; esac case $ac_tag in *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$ac_tmp/stdin" \ || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;; esac ;; esac ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" || $as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$ac_file" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` as_dir="$ac_dir"; as_fn_mkdir_p ac_builddir=. case "$ac_dir" in .) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` case $ac_top_builddir_sub in "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; esac ;; esac ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix # for backward compatibility: ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix case $srcdir in .) # We are building in place. ac_srcdir=. ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; *) # Relative name. ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; esac ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix case $ac_mode in :F) # # CONFIG_FILE # case $INSTALL in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;; *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_build_prefix$INSTALL ;; esac ac_MKDIR_P=$MKDIR_P case $MKDIR_P in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;; */*) ac_MKDIR_P=$ac_top_build_prefix$MKDIR_P ;; esac _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it. # FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60. ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen= ac_sed_dataroot=' /datarootdir/ { p q } /@datadir@/p /@docdir@/p /@infodir@/p /@localedir@/p /@mandir@/p' case `eval "sed -n \"\$ac_sed_dataroot\" $ac_file_inputs"` in *datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;; *@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;} _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_datarootdir_hack=' s&@datadir@&$datadir&g s&@docdir@&$docdir&g s&@infodir@&$infodir&g s&@localedir@&$localedir&g s&@mandir@&$mandir&g s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;; esac _ACEOF # Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'. # Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub. # FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature? cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub $extrasub _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 :t /@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t s&@INSTALL@&$ac_INSTALL&;t t s&@MKDIR_P@&$ac_MKDIR_P&;t t $ac_datarootdir_hack " eval sed \"\$ac_sed_extra\" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \ >$ac_tmp/out || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" && { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } && { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[ ]*datarootdir[ ]*:*=/p' \ "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } && { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&2;} rm -f "$ac_tmp/stdin" case $ac_file in -) cat "$ac_tmp/out" && rm -f "$ac_tmp/out";; *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$ac_tmp/out" "$ac_file";; esac \ || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;; esac case $ac_file$ac_mode in "pre-inst-env":F) chmod +x pre-inst-env ;; esac done # for ac_tag as_fn_exit 0 _ACEOF ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save test $ac_write_fail = 0 || as_fn_error $? "write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 # configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status. # config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log. # Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open # by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its # output is simply discarded. So we exec the FD to /dev/null, # effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and # appended to by config.status. When coming back to configure, we # need to make the FD available again. if test "$no_create" != yes; then ac_cs_success=: ac_config_status_args= test "$silent" = yes && ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet" exec 5>/dev/null $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false exec 5>>config.log # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction. $ac_cs_success || as_fn_exit 1 fi if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;} fi guile-git-0.3.0/m4/0000755000175000017500000000000013607222434010724 500000000000000guile-git-0.3.0/m4/guile.m40000664000175000017500000003636513475071073012236 00000000000000## Autoconf macros for working with Guile. ## ## Copyright (C) 1998,2001, 2006, 2010, 2012, 2013, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ## ## This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ## modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License ## as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of ## the License, or (at your option) any later version. ## ## This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ## Lesser General Public License for more details. ## ## You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ## License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software ## Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA ## 02110-1301 USA # serial 10 ## Index ## ----- ## ## GUILE_PKG -- find Guile development files ## GUILE_PROGS -- set paths to Guile interpreter, config and tool programs ## GUILE_FLAGS -- set flags for compiling and linking with Guile ## GUILE_SITE_DIR -- find path to Guile "site" directories ## GUILE_CHECK -- evaluate Guile Scheme code and capture the return value ## GUILE_MODULE_CHECK -- check feature of a Guile Scheme module ## GUILE_MODULE_AVAILABLE -- check availability of a Guile Scheme module ## GUILE_MODULE_REQUIRED -- fail if a Guile Scheme module is unavailable ## GUILE_MODULE_EXPORTS -- check if a module exports a variable ## GUILE_MODULE_REQUIRED_EXPORT -- fail if a module doesn't export a variable ## Code ## ---- ## NOTE: Comments preceding an AC_DEFUN (starting from "Usage:") are massaged ## into doc/ref/autoconf-macros.texi (see Makefile.am in that directory). # GUILE_PKG -- find Guile development files # # Usage: GUILE_PKG([VERSIONS]) # # This macro runs the @code{pkg-config} tool to find development files # for an available version of Guile. # # By default, this macro will search for the latest stable version of # Guile (e.g. 2.2), falling back to the previous stable version # (e.g. 2.0) if it is available. If no guile-@var{VERSION}.pc file is # found, an error is signalled. The found version is stored in # @var{GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION}. # # If @code{GUILE_PROGS} was already invoked, this macro ensures that the # development files have the same effective version as the Guile # program. # # @var{GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION} is marked for substitution, as by # @code{AC_SUBST}. # AC_DEFUN([GUILE_PKG], [PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG _guile_versions_to_search="m4_default([$1], [2.2 2.0 1.8])" if test -n "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION"; then _guile_tmp="" for v in $_guile_versions_to_search; do if test "$v" = "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION"; then _guile_tmp=$v fi done if test -z "$_guile_tmp"; then AC_MSG_FAILURE([searching for guile development files for versions $_guile_versions_to_search, but previously found $GUILE version $GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION]) fi _guile_versions_to_search=$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION fi GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION="" _guile_errors="" for v in $_guile_versions_to_search; do if test -z "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION"; then AC_MSG_NOTICE([checking for guile $v]) PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([guile-$v], [GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION=$v], []) fi done if test -z "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION"; then AC_MSG_ERROR([ No Guile development packages were found. Please verify that you have Guile installed. If you installed Guile from a binary distribution, please verify that you have also installed the development packages. If you installed it yourself, you might need to adjust your PKG_CONFIG_PATH; see the pkg-config man page for more. ]) fi AC_MSG_NOTICE([found guile $GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION]) AC_SUBST([GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION]) ]) # GUILE_FLAGS -- set flags for compiling and linking with Guile # # Usage: GUILE_FLAGS # # This macro runs the @code{pkg-config} tool to find out how to compile # and link programs against Guile. It sets four variables: # @var{GUILE_CFLAGS}, @var{GUILE_LDFLAGS}, @var{GUILE_LIBS}, and # @var{GUILE_LTLIBS}. # # @var{GUILE_CFLAGS}: flags to pass to a C or C++ compiler to build code that # uses Guile header files. This is almost always just one or more @code{-I} # flags. # # @var{GUILE_LDFLAGS}: flags to pass to the compiler to link a program # against Guile. This includes @code{-lguile-@var{VERSION}} for the # Guile library itself, and may also include one or more @code{-L} flag # to tell the compiler where to find the libraries. But it does not # include flags that influence the program's runtime search path for # libraries, and will therefore lead to a program that fails to start, # unless all necessary libraries are installed in a standard location # such as @file{/usr/lib}. # # @var{GUILE_LIBS} and @var{GUILE_LTLIBS}: flags to pass to the compiler or to # libtool, respectively, to link a program against Guile. It includes flags # that augment the program's runtime search path for libraries, so that shared # libraries will be found at the location where they were during linking, even # in non-standard locations. @var{GUILE_LIBS} is to be used when linking the # program directly with the compiler, whereas @var{GUILE_LTLIBS} is to be used # when linking the program is done through libtool. # # The variables are marked for substitution, as by @code{AC_SUBST}. # AC_DEFUN([GUILE_FLAGS], [AC_REQUIRE([GUILE_PKG]) PKG_CHECK_MODULES(GUILE, [guile-$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION]) dnl GUILE_CFLAGS and GUILE_LIBS are already defined and AC_SUBST'd by dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES. But GUILE_LIBS to pkg-config is GUILE_LDFLAGS dnl to us. GUILE_LDFLAGS=$GUILE_LIBS dnl Determine the platform dependent parameters needed to use rpath. dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_FROM_LIBS is defined in gnulib/m4/lib-link.m4 and needs dnl the file gnulib/build-aux/config.rpath. AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_FROM_LIBS([GUILE_LIBS], [$GUILE_LDFLAGS], []) GUILE_LIBS="$GUILE_LDFLAGS $GUILE_LIBS" AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_FROM_LIBS([GUILE_LTLIBS], [$GUILE_LDFLAGS], [yes]) GUILE_LTLIBS="$GUILE_LDFLAGS $GUILE_LTLIBS" AC_SUBST([GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION]) AC_SUBST([GUILE_CFLAGS]) AC_SUBST([GUILE_LDFLAGS]) AC_SUBST([GUILE_LIBS]) AC_SUBST([GUILE_LTLIBS]) ]) # GUILE_SITE_DIR -- find path to Guile site directories # # Usage: GUILE_SITE_DIR # # This looks for Guile's "site" directories. The variable @var{GUILE_SITE} will # be set to Guile's "site" directory for Scheme source files (usually something # like PREFIX/share/guile/site). @var{GUILE_SITE_CCACHE} will be set to the # directory for compiled Scheme files also known as @code{.go} files # (usually something like # PREFIX/lib/guile/@var{GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION}/site-ccache). # @var{GUILE_EXTENSION} will be set to the directory for compiled C extensions # (usually something like # PREFIX/lib/guile/@var{GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION}/extensions). The latter two # are set to blank if the particular version of Guile does not support # them. Note that this macro will run the macros @code{GUILE_PKG} and # @code{GUILE_PROGS} if they have not already been run. # # The variables are marked for substitution, as by @code{AC_SUBST}. # AC_DEFUN([GUILE_SITE_DIR], [AC_REQUIRE([GUILE_PKG]) AC_REQUIRE([GUILE_PROGS]) AC_MSG_CHECKING(for Guile site directory) GUILE_SITE=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors --variable=sitedir guile-$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION` AC_MSG_RESULT($GUILE_SITE) if test "$GUILE_SITE" = ""; then AC_MSG_FAILURE(sitedir not found) fi AC_SUBST(GUILE_SITE) AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Guile site-ccache directory using pkgconfig]) GUILE_SITE_CCACHE=`$PKG_CONFIG --variable=siteccachedir guile-$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION` if test "$GUILE_SITE_CCACHE" = ""; then AC_MSG_RESULT(no) AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Guile site-ccache directory using interpreter]) GUILE_SITE_CCACHE=`$GUILE -c "(display (if (defined? '%site-ccache-dir) (%site-ccache-dir) \"\"))"` if test $? != "0" -o "$GUILE_SITE_CCACHE" = ""; then AC_MSG_RESULT(no) GUILE_SITE_CCACHE="" AC_MSG_WARN([siteccachedir not found]) fi fi AC_MSG_RESULT($GUILE_SITE_CCACHE) AC_SUBST([GUILE_SITE_CCACHE]) AC_MSG_CHECKING(for Guile extensions directory) GUILE_EXTENSION=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors --variable=extensiondir guile-$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION` AC_MSG_RESULT($GUILE_EXTENSION) if test "$GUILE_EXTENSION" = ""; then GUILE_EXTENSION="" AC_MSG_WARN(extensiondir not found) fi AC_SUBST(GUILE_EXTENSION) ]) # GUILE_PROGS -- set paths to Guile interpreter, config and tool programs # # Usage: GUILE_PROGS([VERSION]) # # This macro looks for programs @code{guile} and @code{guild}, setting # variables @var{GUILE} and @var{GUILD} to their paths, respectively. # The macro will attempt to find @code{guile} with the suffix of # @code{-X.Y}, followed by looking for it with the suffix @code{X.Y}, and # then fall back to looking for @code{guile} with no suffix. If # @code{guile} is still not found, signal an error. The suffix, if any, # that was required to find @code{guile} will be used for @code{guild} # as well. # # By default, this macro will search for the latest stable version of # Guile (e.g. 2.2). x.y or x.y.z versions can be specified. If an older # version is found, the macro will signal an error. # # The effective version of the found @code{guile} is set to # @var{GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION}. This macro ensures that the effective # version is compatible with the result of a previous invocation of # @code{GUILE_FLAGS}, if any. # # As a legacy interface, it also looks for @code{guile-config} and # @code{guile-tools}, setting @var{GUILE_CONFIG} and @var{GUILE_TOOLS}. # # The variables are marked for substitution, as by @code{AC_SUBST}. # AC_DEFUN([GUILE_PROGS], [_guile_required_version="m4_default([$1], [$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION])" if test -z "$_guile_required_version"; then _guile_required_version=2.2 fi _guile_candidates=guile _tmp= for v in `echo "$_guile_required_version" | tr . ' '`; do if test -n "$_tmp"; then _tmp=$_tmp.; fi _tmp=$_tmp$v _guile_candidates="guile-$_tmp guile$_tmp $_guile_candidates" done AC_PATH_PROGS(GUILE,[$_guile_candidates]) if test -z "$GUILE"; then AC_MSG_ERROR([guile required but not found]) fi _guile_suffix=`echo "$GUILE" | sed -e 's,^.*/guile\(.*\)$,\1,'` _guile_effective_version=`$GUILE -c "(display (effective-version))"` if test -z "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION"; then GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION=$_guile_effective_version elif test "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION" != "$_guile_effective_version"; then AC_MSG_ERROR([found development files for Guile $GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION, but $GUILE has effective version $_guile_effective_version]) fi _guile_major_version=`$GUILE -c "(display (major-version))"` _guile_minor_version=`$GUILE -c "(display (minor-version))"` _guile_micro_version=`$GUILE -c "(display (micro-version))"` _guile_prog_version="$_guile_major_version.$_guile_minor_version.$_guile_micro_version" AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Guile version >= $_guile_required_version]) _major_version=`echo $_guile_required_version | cut -d . -f 1` _minor_version=`echo $_guile_required_version | cut -d . -f 2` _micro_version=`echo $_guile_required_version | cut -d . -f 3` if test "$_guile_major_version" -gt "$_major_version"; then true elif test "$_guile_major_version" -eq "$_major_version"; then if test "$_guile_minor_version" -gt "$_minor_version"; then true elif test "$_guile_minor_version" -eq "$_minor_version"; then if test -n "$_micro_version"; then if test "$_guile_micro_version" -lt "$_micro_version"; then AC_MSG_ERROR([Guile $_guile_required_version required, but $_guile_prog_version found]) fi fi elif test "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION" = "$_major_version.$_minor_version" -a -z "$_micro_version"; then # Allow prereleases that have the right effective version. true else as_fn_error $? "Guile $_guile_required_version required, but $_guile_prog_version found" "$LINENO" 5 fi elif test "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION" = "$_major_version.$_minor_version" -a -z "$_micro_version"; then # Allow prereleases that have the right effective version. true else AC_MSG_ERROR([Guile $_guile_required_version required, but $_guile_prog_version found]) fi AC_MSG_RESULT([$_guile_prog_version]) AC_PATH_PROG(GUILD,[guild$_guile_suffix]) AC_SUBST(GUILD) AC_PATH_PROG(GUILE_CONFIG,[guile-config$_guile_suffix]) AC_SUBST(GUILE_CONFIG) if test -n "$GUILD"; then GUILE_TOOLS=$GUILD else AC_PATH_PROG(GUILE_TOOLS,[guile-tools$_guile_suffix]) fi AC_SUBST(GUILE_TOOLS) ]) # GUILE_CHECK -- evaluate Guile Scheme code and capture the return value # # Usage: GUILE_CHECK_RETVAL(var,check) # # @var{var} is a shell variable name to be set to the return value. # @var{check} is a Guile Scheme expression, evaluated with "$GUILE -c", and # returning either 0 or non-#f to indicate the check passed. # Non-0 number or #f indicates failure. # Avoid using the character "#" since that confuses autoconf. # AC_DEFUN([GUILE_CHECK], [AC_REQUIRE([GUILE_PROGS]) $GUILE -c "$2" > /dev/null 2>&1 $1=$? ]) # GUILE_MODULE_CHECK -- check feature of a Guile Scheme module # # Usage: GUILE_MODULE_CHECK(var,module,featuretest,description) # # @var{var} is a shell variable name to be set to "yes" or "no". # @var{module} is a list of symbols, like: (ice-9 common-list). # @var{featuretest} is an expression acceptable to GUILE_CHECK, q.v. # @var{description} is a present-tense verb phrase (passed to AC_MSG_CHECKING). # AC_DEFUN([GUILE_MODULE_CHECK], [AC_MSG_CHECKING([if $2 $4]) GUILE_CHECK($1,(use-modules $2) (exit ((lambda () $3)))) if test "$$1" = "0" ; then $1=yes ; else $1=no ; fi AC_MSG_RESULT($$1) ]) # GUILE_MODULE_AVAILABLE -- check availability of a Guile Scheme module # # Usage: GUILE_MODULE_AVAILABLE(var,module) # # @var{var} is a shell variable name to be set to "yes" or "no". # @var{module} is a list of symbols, like: (ice-9 common-list). # AC_DEFUN([GUILE_MODULE_AVAILABLE], [GUILE_MODULE_CHECK($1,$2,0,is available) ]) # GUILE_MODULE_REQUIRED -- fail if a Guile Scheme module is unavailable # # Usage: GUILE_MODULE_REQUIRED(symlist) # # @var{symlist} is a list of symbols, WITHOUT surrounding parens, # like: ice-9 common-list. # AC_DEFUN([GUILE_MODULE_REQUIRED], [GUILE_MODULE_AVAILABLE(ac_guile_module_required, ($1)) if test "$ac_guile_module_required" = "no" ; then AC_MSG_ERROR([required guile module not found: ($1)]) fi ]) # GUILE_MODULE_EXPORTS -- check if a module exports a variable # # Usage: GUILE_MODULE_EXPORTS(var,module,modvar) # # @var{var} is a shell variable to be set to "yes" or "no". # @var{module} is a list of symbols, like: (ice-9 common-list). # @var{modvar} is the Guile Scheme variable to check. # AC_DEFUN([GUILE_MODULE_EXPORTS], [GUILE_MODULE_CHECK($1,$2,$3,exports `$3') ]) # GUILE_MODULE_REQUIRED_EXPORT -- fail if a module doesn't export a variable # # Usage: GUILE_MODULE_REQUIRED_EXPORT(module,modvar) # # @var{module} is a list of symbols, like: (ice-9 common-list). # @var{modvar} is the Guile Scheme variable to check. # AC_DEFUN([GUILE_MODULE_REQUIRED_EXPORT], [GUILE_MODULE_EXPORTS(guile_module_required_export,$1,$2) if test "$guile_module_required_export" = "no" ; then AC_MSG_ERROR([module $1 does not export $2; required]) fi ]) ## guile.m4 ends here guile-git-0.3.0/git.scm0000644000175000017500000000360713604243600011614 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche Boubekki ;;; Copyright © 2016, 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git) #:use-module (git bindings)) (eval-when (eval load compile) (begin (define %public-modules '((git auth) (git bindings) (git blob) (git branch) (git clone) (git commit) (git describe) (git errors) (git fetch) (git object) (git oid) (git reference) (git repository) (git reset) (git remote) (git rev-parse) (git settings) (git signature) (git status) (git structs) (git submodule) (git tag) (git tree))) (let* ((current-module (current-module)) (current-module-interface (resolve-interface (module-name current-module)))) (for-each (lambda (git-submodule) (let ((git-submodule-interface (resolve-interface git-submodule))) (module-use! current-module git-submodule-interface) (module-use! current-module-interface git-submodule-interface))) %public-modules)))) (libgit2-init!) guile-git-0.3.0/configure.ac0000644000175000017500000000406613604243600012613 00000000000000dnl Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 dnl Copyright © 2016-2018 Erik Edrosa dnl Copyright © 2017, 2019 Ludovic Courtès dnl Copyright © 2019 Mathieu Othacehe dnl dnl This file is part of Guile-Git. dnl dnl Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it dnl under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by dnl the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or dnl (at your option) any later version. dnl dnl Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but dnl WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of dnl MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU dnl General Public License for more details. dnl dnl You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License dnl along with Guile-Git. If not, see . AC_INIT([Guile-Git], [0.3.0], [], [], [https://gitlab.com/guile-git/guile-git/]) AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR(git) AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([build-aux]) AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([m4]) AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([-Wall -Werror foreign color-tests]) dnl Enable silent rules by default. AM_SILENT_RULES([yes]) GUILE_PKG([3.0 2.2 2.0]) GUILE_PROGS dnl (srfi srfi-64) appeared in Guile 2.0.11. GUILE_MODULE_REQUIRED([srfi srfi-64]) GUILE_MODULE_REQUIRED([bytestructures guile]) PKG_CHECK_MODULES([LIBGIT2], [libgit2]) PKG_CHECK_VAR([LIBGIT2_LIBDIR], [libgit2], [libdir]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([libgit2 library path]) AS_IF([test "x$LIBGIT2_LIBDIR" = "x"], [ AC_MSG_FAILURE([Unable to identify libgit2 lib path.]) ]) AC_SUBST([LIBGIT2_LIBDIR]) dnl Those binaries are required for ssh authentication tests. AC_PATH_PROG([SSHD], [sshd]) AC_PATH_PROG([SSH_AGENT], [ssh-agent]) AC_PATH_PROG([SSH_ADD], [ssh-add]) AC_PATH_PROG([GIT_UPLOAD_PACK], [git-upload-pack]) AC_SUBST([SSHD]) AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile git/config.scm tests/ssh.scm]) AC_CONFIG_FILES([pre-inst-env], [chmod +x pre-inst-env]) if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then GUILE_TARGET="--target=$host_alias" AC_SUBST([GUILE_TARGET]) fi AC_OUTPUT guile-git-0.3.0/Makefile.in0000644000175000017500000015045113607221163012375 00000000000000# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.16.1 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ # Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 # Copyright © 2016-2018 Erik Edrosa # Copyright © 2016, 2017 Amirouche Boubekki # Copyright © 2017, 2018, 2019 Ludovic Courtès # Copyright © 2017 Mathieu Othacehe # # This file is part of Guile-Git. # # Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with Guile-Git. If not, see . # Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 # Copyright © 2016 Erik Edrosa # # This file is part of Guile-Git. # # Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with Guile-Git. If not, see . VPATH = @srcdir@ am__is_gnu_make = { \ if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \ false; \ elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \ true; \ elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \ true; \ else \ false; \ fi; \ } am__make_running_with_option = \ case $${target_option-} in \ ?) ;; \ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ has_opt=no; \ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \ else \ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \ *\\[\ \ ]*) \ bs=\\; \ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \ esac; \ fi; \ skip_next=no; \ strip_trailopt () \ { \ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \ }; \ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \ case $$flg in \ *=*|--*) continue;; \ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \ esac; \ case $$flg in \ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \ esac; \ done; \ test $$has_opt = yes am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option)) am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option)) pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : subdir = . ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/guile.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure \ $(am__configure_deps) $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi \ $(srcdir)/doc/stamp-vti $(am__DIST_COMMON) am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \ configure.lineno config.status.lineno mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = git/config.scm tests/ssh.scm pre-inst-env CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@) am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_P_0 = false am__v_P_1 = : AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@) am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@; am__v_GEN_1 = AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@) am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_at_0 = @ am__v_at_1 = DIST_SOURCES = AM_V_DVIPS = $(am__v_DVIPS_@AM_V@) am__v_DVIPS_ = $(am__v_DVIPS_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_DVIPS_0 = @echo " DVIPS " $@; am__v_DVIPS_1 = AM_V_MAKEINFO = $(am__v_MAKEINFO_@AM_V@) am__v_MAKEINFO_ = $(am__v_MAKEINFO_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_MAKEINFO_0 = @echo " MAKEINFO" $@; am__v_MAKEINFO_1 = AM_V_INFOHTML = $(am__v_INFOHTML_@AM_V@) am__v_INFOHTML_ = $(am__v_INFOHTML_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_INFOHTML_0 = @echo " INFOHTML" $@; am__v_INFOHTML_1 = AM_V_TEXI2DVI = $(am__v_TEXI2DVI_@AM_V@) am__v_TEXI2DVI_ = $(am__v_TEXI2DVI_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_TEXI2DVI_0 = @echo " TEXI2DVI" $@; am__v_TEXI2DVI_1 = AM_V_TEXI2PDF = $(am__v_TEXI2PDF_@AM_V@) am__v_TEXI2PDF_ = $(am__v_TEXI2PDF_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_TEXI2PDF_0 = @echo " TEXI2PDF" $@; am__v_TEXI2PDF_1 = AM_V_texinfo = $(am__v_texinfo_@AM_V@) am__v_texinfo_ = $(am__v_texinfo_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_texinfo_0 = -q am__v_texinfo_1 = AM_V_texidevnull = $(am__v_texidevnull_@AM_V@) am__v_texidevnull_ = $(am__v_texidevnull_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_texidevnull_0 = > /dev/null am__v_texidevnull_1 = am__dirstamp = $(am__leading_dot)dirstamp INFO_DEPS = $(srcdir)/doc/guile-git.info TEXINFO_TEX = $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/texinfo.tex am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR = $(top_srcdir)/build-aux DVIS = doc/guile-git.dvi PDFS = doc/guile-git.pdf PSS = doc/guile-git.ps HTMLS = doc/guile-git.html TEXINFOS = doc/guile-git.texi TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi TEXI2PDF = $(TEXI2DVI) --pdf --batch MAKEINFOHTML = $(MAKEINFO) --html AM_MAKEINFOHTMLFLAGS = $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) DVIPS = dvips am__can_run_installinfo = \ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \ n|no|NO) false;; \ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \ esac am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(godir)" \ "$(DESTDIR)$(moddir)" am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \ $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ *) f=$$p;; \ esac; am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; am__install_max = 40 am__nobase_strip_setup = \ srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'` am__nobase_strip = \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||" am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \ $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \ if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \ { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \ END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }' am__base_list = \ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \ test -z "$$files" \ || { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \ || { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ $(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \ } DATA = $(nobase_go_DATA) $(nobase_mod_DATA) am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) # Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input, # and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is # *not* preserved. am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\ BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \ { items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \ ' # Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because, # e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables # for different programs/libraries. am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | $(am__uniquify_input)` ETAGS = etags CTAGS = ctags CSCOPE = cscope AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = cscope check recheck am__tty_colors_dummy = \ mgn= red= grn= lgn= blu= brg= std=; \ am__color_tests=no am__tty_colors = { \ $(am__tty_colors_dummy); \ if test "X$(AM_COLOR_TESTS)" = Xno; then \ am__color_tests=no; \ elif test "X$(AM_COLOR_TESTS)" = Xalways; then \ am__color_tests=yes; \ elif test "X$$TERM" != Xdumb && { test -t 1; } 2>/dev/null; then \ am__color_tests=yes; \ fi; \ if test $$am__color_tests = yes; then \ red=''; \ grn=''; \ lgn=''; \ blu=''; \ mgn=''; \ brg=''; \ std=''; \ fi; \ } am__recheck_rx = ^[ ]*:recheck:[ ]* am__global_test_result_rx = ^[ ]*:global-test-result:[ ]* am__copy_in_global_log_rx = ^[ ]*:copy-in-global-log:[ ]* # A command that, given a newline-separated list of test names on the # standard input, print the name of the tests that are to be re-run # upon "make recheck". am__list_recheck_tests = $(AWK) '{ \ recheck = 1; \ while ((rc = (getline line < ($$0 ".trs"))) != 0) \ { \ if (rc < 0) \ { \ if ((getline line2 < ($$0 ".log")) < 0) \ recheck = 0; \ break; \ } \ else if (line ~ /$(am__recheck_rx)[nN][Oo]/) \ { \ recheck = 0; \ break; \ } \ else if (line ~ /$(am__recheck_rx)[yY][eE][sS]/) \ { \ break; \ } \ }; \ if (recheck) \ print $$0; \ close ($$0 ".trs"); \ close ($$0 ".log"); \ }' # A command that, given a newline-separated list of test names on the # standard input, create the global log from their .trs and .log files. am__create_global_log = $(AWK) ' \ function fatal(msg) \ { \ print "fatal: making $@: " msg | "cat >&2"; \ exit 1; \ } \ function rst_section(header) \ { \ print header; \ len = length(header); \ for (i = 1; i <= len; i = i + 1) \ printf "="; \ printf "\n\n"; \ } \ { \ copy_in_global_log = 1; \ global_test_result = "RUN"; \ while ((rc = (getline line < ($$0 ".trs"))) != 0) \ { \ if (rc < 0) \ fatal("failed to read from " $$0 ".trs"); \ if (line ~ /$(am__global_test_result_rx)/) \ { \ sub("$(am__global_test_result_rx)", "", line); \ sub("[ ]*$$", "", line); \ global_test_result = line; \ } \ else if (line ~ /$(am__copy_in_global_log_rx)[nN][oO]/) \ copy_in_global_log = 0; \ }; \ if (copy_in_global_log) \ { \ rst_section(global_test_result ": " $$0); \ while ((rc = (getline line < ($$0 ".log"))) != 0) \ { \ if (rc < 0) \ fatal("failed to read from " $$0 ".log"); \ print line; \ }; \ printf "\n"; \ }; \ close ($$0 ".trs"); \ close ($$0 ".log"); \ }' # Restructured Text title. am__rst_title = { sed 's/.*/ & /;h;s/./=/g;p;x;s/ *$$//;p;g' && echo; } # Solaris 10 'make', and several other traditional 'make' implementations, # pass "-e" to $(SHELL), and POSIX 2008 even requires this. Work around it # by disabling -e (using the XSI extension "set +e") if it's set. am__sh_e_setup = case $$- in *e*) set +e;; esac # Default flags passed to test drivers. am__common_driver_flags = \ --color-tests "$$am__color_tests" \ --enable-hard-errors "$$am__enable_hard_errors" \ --expect-failure "$$am__expect_failure" # To be inserted before the command running the test. Creates the # directory for the log if needed. Stores in $dir the directory # containing $f, in $tst the test, in $log the log. Executes the # developer- defined test setup AM_TESTS_ENVIRONMENT (if any), and # passes TESTS_ENVIRONMENT. Set up options for the wrapper that # will run the test scripts (or their associated LOG_COMPILER, if # thy have one). am__check_pre = \ $(am__sh_e_setup); \ $(am__vpath_adj_setup) $(am__vpath_adj) \ $(am__tty_colors); \ srcdir=$(srcdir); export srcdir; \ case "$@" in \ */*) am__odir=`echo "./$@" | sed 's|/[^/]*$$||'`;; \ *) am__odir=.;; \ esac; \ test "x$$am__odir" = x"." || test -d "$$am__odir" \ || $(MKDIR_P) "$$am__odir" || exit $$?; \ if test -f "./$$f"; then dir=./; \ elif test -f "$$f"; then dir=; \ else dir="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ tst=$$dir$$f; log='$@'; \ if test -n '$(DISABLE_HARD_ERRORS)'; then \ am__enable_hard_errors=no; \ else \ am__enable_hard_errors=yes; \ fi; \ case " $(XFAIL_TESTS) " in \ *[\ \ ]$$f[\ \ ]* | *[\ \ ]$$dir$$f[\ \ ]*) \ am__expect_failure=yes;; \ *) \ am__expect_failure=no;; \ esac; \ $(AM_TESTS_ENVIRONMENT) $(TESTS_ENVIRONMENT) # A shell command to get the names of the tests scripts with any registered # extension removed (i.e., equivalently, the names of the test logs, with # the '.log' extension removed). The result is saved in the shell variable # '$bases'. This honors runtime overriding of TESTS and TEST_LOGS. Sadly, # we cannot use something simpler, involving e.g., "$(TEST_LOGS:.log=)", # since that might cause problem with VPATH rewrites for suffix-less tests. # See also 'test-harness-vpath-rewrite.sh' and 'test-trs-basic.sh'. am__set_TESTS_bases = \ bases='$(TEST_LOGS)'; \ bases=`for i in $$bases; do echo $$i; done | sed 's/\.log$$//'`; \ bases=`echo $$bases` RECHECK_LOGS = $(TEST_LOGS) TEST_SUITE_LOG = test-suite.log am__test_logs1 = $(TESTS:=.log) TEST_LOGS = $(am__test_logs1:.scm.log=.log) SCM_LOG_COMPILE = $(SCM_LOG_COMPILER) $(AM_SCM_LOG_FLAGS) \ $(SCM_LOG_FLAGS) am__set_b = \ case '$@' in \ */*) \ case '$*' in \ */*) b='$*';; \ *) b=`echo '$@' | sed 's/\.log$$//'`; \ esac;; \ *) \ b='$*';; \ esac am__DIST_COMMON = $(doc_guile_git_TEXINFOS) $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \ $(srcdir)/guile.am $(srcdir)/pre-inst-env.in \ $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/install-sh \ $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/mdate-sh \ $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/missing \ $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/texinfo.tex $(top_srcdir)/doc/local.mk \ $(top_srcdir)/git/config.scm.in $(top_srcdir)/tests/ssh.scm.in \ COPYING COPYING.LESSER NEWS build-aux/install-sh \ build-aux/mdate-sh build-aux/missing build-aux/texinfo.tex DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION) top_distdir = $(distdir) am__remove_distdir = \ if test -d "$(distdir)"; then \ find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \ && rm -rf "$(distdir)" \ || { sleep 5 && rm -rf "$(distdir)"; }; \ else :; fi am__post_remove_distdir = $(am__remove_distdir) DIST_ARCHIVES = $(distdir).tar.gz GZIP_ENV = --best DIST_TARGETS = dist-gzip distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print am__distuninstallcheck_listfiles = $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) \ | sed 's|^\./|$(prefix)/|' | grep -v '$(infodir)/dir$$' distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ GIT_UPLOAD_PACK = @GIT_UPLOAD_PACK@ GUILD = @GUILD@ GUILE = @GUILE@ GUILE_CONFIG = @GUILE_CONFIG@ GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION = @GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION@ GUILE_TARGET = @GUILE_TARGET@ GUILE_TOOLS = @GUILE_TOOLS@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ LIBGIT2_CFLAGS = @LIBGIT2_CFLAGS@ LIBGIT2_LIBDIR = @LIBGIT2_LIBDIR@ LIBGIT2_LIBS = @LIBGIT2_LIBS@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@ PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ SSHD = @SSHD@ SSH_ADD = @SSH_ADD@ SSH_AGENT = @SSH_AGENT@ STRIP = @STRIP@ VERSION = @VERSION@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build_alias = @build_alias@ builddir = @builddir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ host_alias = @host_alias@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ runstatedir = @runstatedir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ GOBJECTS = $(SOURCES:%.scm=%.go) $(NODIST_SOURCES:%.scm=%.go) nobase_mod_DATA = $(SOURCES) $(NOCOMP_SOURCES) $(NODIST_SOURCES) nobase_go_DATA = $(GOBJECTS) guile_install_go_files = install-nobase_goDATA CLEANFILES = $(GOBJECTS) EXTRA_DIST = $(SOURCES) $(NOCOMP_SOURCES) README.md pre-inst-env.in \ build-aux/test-driver.scm static/bg.png static/main.css \ static/README $(TESTS) $(TESTS_UTILS) GUILE_WARNINGS = -Wunbound-variable -Warity-mismatch -Wformat SUFFIXES = .scm .go moddir = $(prefix)/share/guile/site/$(GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION) godir = $(libdir)/guile/$(GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION)/site-ccache SOURCES = \ git.scm \ git/annotated.scm \ git/attr.scm \ git/auth.scm \ git/bindings.scm \ git/blame.scm \ git/blob.scm \ git/branch.scm \ git/checkout.scm \ git/cherrypick.scm \ git/clone.scm \ git/commit.scm \ git/cred.scm \ git/describe.scm \ git/errors.scm \ git/fetch.scm \ git/oid.scm \ git/object.scm \ git/reference.scm \ git/repository.scm \ git/reset.scm \ git/remote.scm \ git/rev-parse.scm \ git/settings.scm \ git/signature.scm \ git/status.scm \ git/structs.scm \ git/submodule.scm \ git/tag.scm \ git/tree.scm \ git/types.scm \ git/web.scm \ git/web/html.scm \ git/web/mime-types.scm \ git/web/querystring.scm \ git/web/http.scm \ git/web/template.scm \ git/web/config.scm \ git/web/repository.scm NODIST_SOURCES = \ git/config.scm TESTS_UTILS = \ tests/helpers.scm \ tests/data/simple-bare.tgz \ tests/data/simple.tgz \ tests/data/README TESTS = \ tests/blob.scm \ tests/branch.scm \ tests/clone.scm \ tests/commit.scm \ tests/describe.scm \ tests/oid.scm \ tests/reference.scm \ tests/repository.scm \ tests/reset.scm \ tests/remote.scm \ tests/rev-parse.scm \ tests/status.scm \ tests/submodule.scm \ tests/tag.scm \ tests/tree.scm TEST_EXTENSIONS = .scm SCM_LOG_DRIVER = \ $(top_builddir)/pre-inst-env \ $(GUILE) --no-auto-compile -e main \ $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/test-driver.scm # Tell 'build-aux/test-driver.scm' to display only source file names, # not indivdual test names. AM_SCM_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS = --brief=yes AM_SCM_LOG_FLAGS = --no-auto-compile -L "$(top_srcdir)" info_TEXINFOS = doc/guile-git.texi doc_guile_git_TEXINFOS = doc/fdl.texi all: all-am .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .scm .go .dvi .log .ps .trs am--refresh: Makefile @: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/guile.am $(top_srcdir)/doc/local.mk $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ echo ' cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign'; \ $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign \ && exit 0; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ echo ' $(SHELL) ./config.status'; \ $(SHELL) ./config.status;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles);; \ esac; $(srcdir)/guile.am $(top_srcdir)/doc/local.mk $(am__empty): $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck $(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps) $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF) $(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS) $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): git/config.scm: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(top_srcdir)/git/config.scm.in cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ tests/ssh.scm: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(top_srcdir)/tests/ssh.scm.in cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ pre-inst-env: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/pre-inst-env.in cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ doc/$(am__dirstamp): @$(MKDIR_P) doc @: > doc/$(am__dirstamp) $(srcdir)/doc/guile-git.info: doc/guile-git.texi $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi $(doc_guile_git_TEXINFOS) $(AM_V_MAKEINFO)restore=: && backupdir="$(am__leading_dot)am$$$$" && \ am__cwd=`pwd` && $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && \ rm -rf $$backupdir && mkdir $$backupdir && \ if ($(MAKEINFO) --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ for f in $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9] $(@:.info=).i[0-9] $(@:.info=).i[0-9][0-9]; do \ if test -f $$f; then mv $$f $$backupdir; restore=mv; else :; fi; \ done; \ else :; fi && \ cd "$$am__cwd"; \ if $(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I doc -I $(srcdir)/doc \ -o $@ $(srcdir)/doc/guile-git.texi; \ then \ rc=0; \ $(am__cd) $(srcdir); \ else \ rc=$$?; \ $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && \ $$restore $$backupdir/* `echo "./$@" | sed 's|[^/]*$$||'`; \ fi; \ rm -rf $$backupdir; exit $$rc doc/guile-git.dvi: doc/guile-git.texi $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi $(doc_guile_git_TEXINFOS) doc/$(am__dirstamp) $(AM_V_TEXI2DVI)TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \ MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I doc -I $(srcdir)/doc' \ $(TEXI2DVI) $(AM_V_texinfo) --build-dir=$(@:.dvi=.t2d) -o $@ $(AM_V_texidevnull) \ `test -f 'doc/guile-git.texi' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`doc/guile-git.texi doc/guile-git.pdf: doc/guile-git.texi $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi $(doc_guile_git_TEXINFOS) doc/$(am__dirstamp) $(AM_V_TEXI2PDF)TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \ MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I doc -I $(srcdir)/doc' \ $(TEXI2PDF) $(AM_V_texinfo) --build-dir=$(@:.pdf=.t2p) -o $@ $(AM_V_texidevnull) \ `test -f 'doc/guile-git.texi' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`doc/guile-git.texi doc/guile-git.html: doc/guile-git.texi $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi $(doc_guile_git_TEXINFOS) doc/$(am__dirstamp) $(AM_V_MAKEINFO)rm -rf $(@:.html=.htp) $(AM_V_at)if $(MAKEINFOHTML) $(AM_MAKEINFOHTMLFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I doc -I $(srcdir)/doc \ -o $(@:.html=.htp) `test -f 'doc/guile-git.texi' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`doc/guile-git.texi; \ then \ rm -rf $@ && mv $(@:.html=.htp) $@; \ else \ rm -rf $(@:.html=.htp); exit 1; \ fi $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi: $(srcdir)/doc/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/doc/stamp-vti: doc/guile-git.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure @test -f doc/$(am__dirstamp) || $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) doc/$(am__dirstamp) @(dir=.; test -f ./doc/guile-git.texi || dir=$(srcdir); \ set `$(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/mdate-sh $$dir/doc/guile-git.texi`; \ echo "@set UPDATED $$1 $$2 $$3"; \ echo "@set UPDATED-MONTH $$2 $$3"; \ echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)"; \ echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)") > vti.tmp$$$$ && \ (cmp -s vti.tmp$$$$ $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi \ || (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi" && \ cp vti.tmp$$$$ $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi.tmp$$$$ && \ mv $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi.tmp$$$$ $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi)) && \ rm -f vti.tmp$$$$ $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi.$$$$ @cp $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi $@ mostlyclean-vti: -rm -f vti.tmp* $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi.tmp* maintainer-clean-vti: -rm -f $(srcdir)/doc/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi .dvi.ps: $(AM_V_DVIPS)TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \ $(DVIPS) $(AM_V_texinfo) -o $@ $< uninstall-dvi-am: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(DVIS)'; test -n "$(dvidir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ $(am__strip_dir) \ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)/$$f'"; \ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)/$$f"; \ done uninstall-html-am: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(HTMLS)'; test -n "$(htmldir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ $(am__strip_dir) \ echo " rm -rf '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \ rm -rf "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f"; \ done uninstall-info-am: @$(PRE_UNINSTALL) @if test -d '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' && $(am__can_run_installinfo); then \ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ for file in $$list; do \ relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \ echo " install-info --info-dir='$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' --remove '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile'"; \ if install-info --info-dir="$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" --remove "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile"; \ then :; else test ! -f "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile" || exit 1; fi; \ done; \ else :; fi @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ for file in $$list; do \ relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \ relfile_i=`echo "$$relfile" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \ (if test -d "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" && cd "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)"; then \ echo " cd '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' && rm -f $$relfile $$relfile-[0-9] $$relfile-[0-9][0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9][0-9]"; \ rm -f $$relfile $$relfile-[0-9] $$relfile-[0-9][0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9][0-9]; \ else :; fi); \ done uninstall-pdf-am: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(PDFS)'; test -n "$(pdfdir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ $(am__strip_dir) \ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)/$$f'"; \ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)/$$f"; \ done uninstall-ps-am: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(PSS)'; test -n "$(psdir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ $(am__strip_dir) \ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)/$$f'"; \ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)/$$f"; \ done dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ for base in $$list; do \ case $$base in \ $(srcdir)/*) base=`echo "$$base" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ esac; \ if test -f $$base; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ base_i=`echo "$$base" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \ for file in $$d/$$base $$d/$$base-[0-9] $$d/$$base-[0-9][0-9] $$d/$$base_i[0-9] $$d/$$base_i[0-9][0-9]; do \ if test -f $$file; then \ relfile=`expr "$$file" : "$$d/\(.*\)"`; \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$relfile" || \ cp -p $$file "$(distdir)/$$relfile"; \ else :; fi; \ done; \ done mostlyclean-aminfo: -rm -rf doc/guile-git.t2d doc/guile-git.t2p clean-aminfo: -test -z "doc/guile-git.dvi doc/guile-git.pdf doc/guile-git.ps \ doc/guile-git.html" \ || rm -rf doc/guile-git.dvi doc/guile-git.pdf doc/guile-git.ps \ doc/guile-git.html maintainer-clean-aminfo: @list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; for i in $$list; do \ i_i=`echo "$$i" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \ echo " rm -f $$i $$i-[0-9] $$i-[0-9][0-9] $$i_i[0-9] $$i_i[0-9][0-9]"; \ rm -f $$i $$i-[0-9] $$i-[0-9][0-9] $$i_i[0-9] $$i_i[0-9][0-9]; \ done install-nobase_goDATA: $(nobase_go_DATA) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) @list='$(nobase_go_DATA)'; test -n "$(godir)" || list=; \ if test -n "$$list"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(godir)'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(godir)" || exit 1; \ fi; \ $(am__nobase_list) | while read dir files; do \ xfiles=; for file in $$files; do \ if test -f "$$file"; then xfiles="$$xfiles $$file"; \ else xfiles="$$xfiles $(srcdir)/$$file"; fi; done; \ test -z "$$xfiles" || { \ test "x$$dir" = x. || { \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(godir)/$$dir'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(godir)/$$dir"; }; \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$xfiles '$(DESTDIR)$(godir)/$$dir'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$xfiles "$(DESTDIR)$(godir)/$$dir" || exit $$?; }; \ done uninstall-nobase_goDATA: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(nobase_go_DATA)'; test -n "$(godir)" || list=; \ $(am__nobase_strip_setup); files=`$(am__nobase_strip)`; \ dir='$(DESTDIR)$(godir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir) install-nobase_modDATA: $(nobase_mod_DATA) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) @list='$(nobase_mod_DATA)'; test -n "$(moddir)" || list=; \ if test -n "$$list"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(moddir)'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(moddir)" || exit 1; \ fi; \ $(am__nobase_list) | while read dir files; do \ xfiles=; for file in $$files; do \ if test -f "$$file"; then xfiles="$$xfiles $$file"; \ else xfiles="$$xfiles $(srcdir)/$$file"; fi; done; \ test -z "$$xfiles" || { \ test "x$$dir" = x. || { \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(moddir)/$$dir'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(moddir)/$$dir"; }; \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$xfiles '$(DESTDIR)$(moddir)/$$dir'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$xfiles "$(DESTDIR)$(moddir)/$$dir" || exit $$?; }; \ done uninstall-nobase_modDATA: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(nobase_mod_DATA)'; test -n "$(moddir)" || list=; \ $(am__nobase_strip_setup); files=`$(am__nobase_strip)`; \ dir='$(DESTDIR)$(moddir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir) ID: $(am__tagged_files) $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique tags: tags-am TAGS: tags tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files) set x; \ here=`pwd`; \ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \ shift; \ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ if test $$# -gt 0; then \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ "$$@" $$unique; \ else \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique; \ fi; \ fi ctags: ctags-am CTAGS: ctags ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files) $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique GTAGS: here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" cscope: cscope.files test ! -s cscope.files \ || $(CSCOPE) -b -q $(AM_CSCOPEFLAGS) $(CSCOPEFLAGS) -i cscope.files $(CSCOPE_ARGS) clean-cscope: -rm -f cscope.files cscope.files: clean-cscope cscopelist cscopelist: cscopelist-am cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files) list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \ case "$(srcdir)" in \ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \ *) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \ esac; \ for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then \ echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \ else \ echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \ fi; \ done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags -rm -f cscope.out cscope.in.out cscope.po.out cscope.files # Recover from deleted '.trs' file; this should ensure that # "rm -f foo.log; make foo.trs" re-run 'foo.test', and re-create # both 'foo.log' and 'foo.trs'. Break the recipe in two subshells # to avoid problems with "make -n". .log.trs: rm -f $< $@ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $< # Leading 'am--fnord' is there to ensure the list of targets does not # expand to empty, as could happen e.g. with make check TESTS=''. am--fnord $(TEST_LOGS) $(TEST_LOGS:.log=.trs): $(am__force_recheck) am--force-recheck: @: $(TEST_SUITE_LOG): $(TEST_LOGS) @$(am__set_TESTS_bases); \ am__f_ok () { test -f "$$1" && test -r "$$1"; }; \ redo_bases=`for i in $$bases; do \ am__f_ok $$i.trs && am__f_ok $$i.log || echo $$i; \ done`; \ if test -n "$$redo_bases"; then \ redo_logs=`for i in $$redo_bases; do echo $$i.log; done`; \ redo_results=`for i in $$redo_bases; do echo $$i.trs; done`; \ if $(am__make_dryrun); then :; else \ rm -f $$redo_logs && rm -f $$redo_results || exit 1; \ fi; \ fi; \ if test -n "$$am__remaking_logs"; then \ echo "fatal: making $(TEST_SUITE_LOG): possible infinite" \ "recursion detected" >&2; \ elif test -n "$$redo_logs"; then \ am__remaking_logs=yes $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$redo_logs; \ fi; \ if $(am__make_dryrun); then :; else \ st=0; \ errmsg="fatal: making $(TEST_SUITE_LOG): failed to create"; \ for i in $$redo_bases; do \ test -f $$i.trs && test -r $$i.trs \ || { echo "$$errmsg $$i.trs" >&2; st=1; }; \ test -f $$i.log && test -r $$i.log \ || { echo "$$errmsg $$i.log" >&2; st=1; }; \ done; \ test $$st -eq 0 || exit 1; \ fi @$(am__sh_e_setup); $(am__tty_colors); $(am__set_TESTS_bases); \ ws='[ ]'; \ results=`for b in $$bases; do echo $$b.trs; done`; \ test -n "$$results" || results=/dev/null; \ all=` grep "^$$ws*:test-result:" $$results | wc -l`; \ pass=` grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*PASS" $$results | wc -l`; \ fail=` grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*FAIL" $$results | wc -l`; \ skip=` grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*SKIP" $$results | wc -l`; \ xfail=`grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*XFAIL" $$results | wc -l`; \ xpass=`grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*XPASS" $$results | wc -l`; \ error=`grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*ERROR" $$results | wc -l`; \ if test `expr $$fail + $$xpass + $$error` -eq 0; then \ success=true; \ else \ success=false; \ fi; \ br='==================='; br=$$br$$br$$br$$br; \ result_count () \ { \ if test x"$$1" = x"--maybe-color"; then \ maybe_colorize=yes; \ elif test x"$$1" = x"--no-color"; then \ maybe_colorize=no; \ else \ echo "$@: invalid 'result_count' usage" >&2; exit 4; \ fi; \ shift; \ desc=$$1 count=$$2; \ if test $$maybe_colorize = yes && test $$count -gt 0; then \ color_start=$$3 color_end=$$std; \ else \ color_start= color_end=; \ fi; \ echo "$${color_start}# $$desc $$count$${color_end}"; \ }; \ create_testsuite_report () \ { \ result_count $$1 "TOTAL:" $$all "$$brg"; \ result_count $$1 "PASS: " $$pass "$$grn"; \ result_count $$1 "SKIP: " $$skip "$$blu"; \ result_count $$1 "XFAIL:" $$xfail "$$lgn"; \ result_count $$1 "FAIL: " $$fail "$$red"; \ result_count $$1 "XPASS:" $$xpass "$$red"; \ result_count $$1 "ERROR:" $$error "$$mgn"; \ }; \ { \ echo "$(PACKAGE_STRING): $(subdir)/$(TEST_SUITE_LOG)" | \ $(am__rst_title); \ create_testsuite_report --no-color; \ echo; \ echo ".. contents:: :depth: 2"; \ echo; \ for b in $$bases; do echo $$b; done \ | $(am__create_global_log); \ } >$(TEST_SUITE_LOG).tmp || exit 1; \ mv $(TEST_SUITE_LOG).tmp $(TEST_SUITE_LOG); \ if $$success; then \ col="$$grn"; \ else \ col="$$red"; \ test x"$$VERBOSE" = x || cat $(TEST_SUITE_LOG); \ fi; \ echo "$${col}$$br$${std}"; \ echo "$${col}Testsuite summary for $(PACKAGE_STRING)$${std}"; \ echo "$${col}$$br$${std}"; \ create_testsuite_report --maybe-color; \ echo "$$col$$br$$std"; \ if $$success; then :; else \ echo "$${col}See $(subdir)/$(TEST_SUITE_LOG)$${std}"; \ if test -n "$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)"; then \ echo "$${col}Please report to $(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)$${std}"; \ fi; \ echo "$$col$$br$$std"; \ fi; \ $$success || exit 1 check-TESTS: @list='$(RECHECK_LOGS)'; test -z "$$list" || rm -f $$list @list='$(RECHECK_LOGS:.log=.trs)'; test -z "$$list" || rm -f $$list @test -z "$(TEST_SUITE_LOG)" || rm -f $(TEST_SUITE_LOG) @set +e; $(am__set_TESTS_bases); \ log_list=`for i in $$bases; do echo $$i.log; done`; \ trs_list=`for i in $$bases; do echo $$i.trs; done`; \ log_list=`echo $$log_list`; trs_list=`echo $$trs_list`; \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $(TEST_SUITE_LOG) TEST_LOGS="$$log_list"; \ exit $$?; recheck: all @test -z "$(TEST_SUITE_LOG)" || rm -f $(TEST_SUITE_LOG) @set +e; $(am__set_TESTS_bases); \ bases=`for i in $$bases; do echo $$i; done \ | $(am__list_recheck_tests)` || exit 1; \ log_list=`for i in $$bases; do echo $$i.log; done`; \ log_list=`echo $$log_list`; \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $(TEST_SUITE_LOG) \ am__force_recheck=am--force-recheck \ TEST_LOGS="$$log_list"; \ exit $$? .scm.log: @p='$<'; \ $(am__set_b); \ $(am__check_pre) $(SCM_LOG_DRIVER) --test-name "$$f" \ --log-file $$b.log --trs-file $$b.trs \ $(am__common_driver_flags) $(AM_SCM_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) $(SCM_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) -- $(SCM_LOG_COMPILE) \ "$$tst" $(AM_TESTS_FD_REDIRECT) distdir: $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distdir-am distdir-am: $(DISTFILES) $(am__remove_distdir) test -d "$(distdir)" || mkdir "$(distdir)" @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" \ dist-info -test -n "$(am__skip_mode_fix)" \ || find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -755 \ -exec chmod u+rwx,go+rx {} \; -o \ ! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \ ! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \ ! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \ || chmod -R a+r "$(distdir)" dist-gzip: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | eval GZIP= gzip $(GZIP_ENV) -c >$(distdir).tar.gz $(am__post_remove_distdir) dist-bzip2: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | BZIP2=$${BZIP2--9} bzip2 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2 $(am__post_remove_distdir) dist-lzip: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | lzip -c $${LZIP_OPT--9} >$(distdir).tar.lz $(am__post_remove_distdir) dist-xz: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | XZ_OPT=$${XZ_OPT--e} xz -c >$(distdir).tar.xz $(am__post_remove_distdir) dist-tarZ: distdir @echo WARNING: "Support for distribution archives compressed with" \ "legacy program 'compress' is deprecated." >&2 @echo WARNING: "It will be removed altogether in Automake 2.0" >&2 tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | compress -c >$(distdir).tar.Z $(am__post_remove_distdir) dist-shar: distdir @echo WARNING: "Support for shar distribution archives is" \ "deprecated." >&2 @echo WARNING: "It will be removed altogether in Automake 2.0" >&2 shar $(distdir) | eval GZIP= gzip $(GZIP_ENV) -c >$(distdir).shar.gz $(am__post_remove_distdir) dist-zip: distdir -rm -f $(distdir).zip zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir) $(am__post_remove_distdir) dist dist-all: $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $(DIST_TARGETS) am__post_remove_distdir='@:' $(am__post_remove_distdir) # This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then # it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another # tarfile. distcheck: dist case '$(DIST_ARCHIVES)' in \ *.tar.gz*) \ eval GZIP= gzip $(GZIP_ENV) -dc $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.bz2*) \ bzip2 -dc $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.lz*) \ lzip -dc $(distdir).tar.lz | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.xz*) \ xz -dc $(distdir).tar.xz | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.Z*) \ uncompress -c $(distdir).tar.Z | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.shar.gz*) \ eval GZIP= gzip $(GZIP_ENV) -dc $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\ *.zip*) \ unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\ esac chmod -R a-w $(distdir) chmod u+w $(distdir) mkdir $(distdir)/_build $(distdir)/_build/sub $(distdir)/_inst chmod a-w $(distdir) test -d $(distdir)/_build || exit 0; \ dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/_inst && pwd | sed -e 's,^[^:\\/]:[\\/],/,'` \ && dc_destdir="$${TMPDIR-/tmp}/am-dc-$$$$/" \ && am__cwd=`pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(distdir)/_build/sub \ && ../../configure \ $(AM_DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \ $(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \ --srcdir=../.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_install_base" \ distuninstallcheck \ && chmod -R a-w "$$dc_install_base" \ && ({ \ (cd ../.. && umask 077 && mkdir "$$dc_destdir") \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" install \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" uninstall \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" \ distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_destdir" distuninstallcheck; \ } || { rm -rf "$$dc_destdir"; exit 1; }) \ && rm -rf "$$dc_destdir" \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \ && rm -rf $(DIST_ARCHIVES) \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck \ && cd "$$am__cwd" \ || exit 1 $(am__post_remove_distdir) @(echo "$(distdir) archives ready for distribution: "; \ list='$(DIST_ARCHIVES)'; for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done) | \ sed -e 1h -e 1s/./=/g -e 1p -e 1x -e '$$p' -e '$$x' distuninstallcheck: @test -n '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' || { \ echo 'ERROR: trying to run $@ with an empty' \ '$$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' >&2; \ exit 1; \ }; \ $(am__cd) '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' || { \ echo 'ERROR: cannot chdir into $(distuninstallcheck_dir)' >&2; \ exit 1; \ }; \ test `$(am__distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \ || { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \ if test -n "$(DESTDIR)"; then \ echo " (check DESTDIR support)"; \ fi ; \ $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) ; \ exit 1; } >&2 distcleancheck: distclean @if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \ echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \ exit 1 ; \ fi @test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \ || { echo "ERROR: files left in build directory after distclean:" ; \ $(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \ exit 1; } >&2 check-am: all-am $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check-TESTS check: check-am all-am: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS) $(DATA) installdirs: for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(godir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(moddir)"; do \ test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ done install: install-am install-exec: install-exec-am install-data: install-data-am uninstall: uninstall-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ install; \ else \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ fi mostlyclean-generic: -test -z "$(TEST_LOGS)" || rm -f $(TEST_LOGS) -test -z "$(TEST_LOGS:.log=.trs)" || rm -f $(TEST_LOGS:.log=.trs) -test -z "$(TEST_SUITE_LOG)" || rm -f $(TEST_SUITE_LOG) clean-generic: -test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES) distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) -rm -f doc/$(am__dirstamp) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-am clean-am: clean-aminfo clean-generic mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-am -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES) -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags dvi: dvi-am dvi-am: $(DVIS) html: html-am html-am: $(HTMLS) info: info-am info-am: $(INFO_DEPS) install-data-am: install-info-am install-nobase_goDATA \ install-nobase_modDATA install-dvi: install-dvi-am install-dvi-am: $(DVIS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) @list='$(DVIS)'; test -n "$(dvidir)" || list=; \ if test -n "$$list"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)" || exit 1; \ fi; \ for p in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ echo "$$d$$p"; \ done | $(am__base_list) | \ while read files; do \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)" || exit $$?; \ done install-exec-am: install-html: install-html-am install-html-am: $(HTMLS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) @list='$(HTMLS)'; list2=; test -n "$(htmldir)" || list=; \ if test -n "$$list"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)" || exit 1; \ fi; \ for p in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$p" || test -d "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ $(am__strip_dir) \ d2=$$d$$p; \ if test -d "$$d2"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f" || exit 1; \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$d2'/* '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$d2"/* "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f" || exit $$?; \ else \ list2="$$list2 $$d2"; \ fi; \ done; \ test -z "$$list2" || { echo "$$list2" | $(am__base_list) | \ while read files; do \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)" || exit $$?; \ done; } install-info: install-info-am install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; test -n "$(infodir)" || list=; \ if test -n "$$list"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" || exit 1; \ fi; \ for file in $$list; do \ case $$file in \ $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ esac; \ if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ file_i=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \ for ifile in $$d/$$file $$d/$$file-[0-9] $$d/$$file-[0-9][0-9] \ $$d/$$file_i[0-9] $$d/$$file_i[0-9][0-9] ; do \ if test -f $$ifile; then \ echo "$$ifile"; \ else : ; fi; \ done; \ done | $(am__base_list) | \ while read files; do \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" || exit $$?; done @$(POST_INSTALL) @if $(am__can_run_installinfo); then \ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; test -n "$(infodir)" || list=; \ for file in $$list; do \ relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \ echo " install-info --info-dir='$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile'";\ install-info --info-dir="$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile" || :;\ done; \ else : ; fi install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-am install-pdf-am: $(PDFS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) @list='$(PDFS)'; test -n "$(pdfdir)" || list=; \ if test -n "$$list"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)" || exit 1; \ fi; \ for p in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ echo "$$d$$p"; \ done | $(am__base_list) | \ while read files; do \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)" || exit $$?; done install-ps: install-ps-am install-ps-am: $(PSS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) @list='$(PSS)'; test -n "$(psdir)" || list=; \ if test -n "$$list"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)" || exit 1; \ fi; \ for p in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ echo "$$d$$p"; \ done | $(am__base_list) | \ while read files; do \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)" || exit $$?; done installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES) -rm -rf $(top_srcdir)/autom4te.cache -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-aminfo \ maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-vti mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-vti pdf: pdf-am pdf-am: $(PDFS) ps: ps-am ps-am: $(PSS) uninstall-am: uninstall-dvi-am uninstall-html-am uninstall-info-am \ uninstall-nobase_goDATA uninstall-nobase_modDATA \ uninstall-pdf-am uninstall-ps-am .MAKE: check-am install-am install-strip .PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am am--refresh check check-TESTS \ check-am clean clean-aminfo clean-cscope clean-generic cscope \ cscopelist-am ctags ctags-am dist dist-all dist-bzip2 \ dist-gzip dist-info dist-lzip dist-shar dist-tarZ dist-xz \ dist-zip distcheck distclean distclean-generic distclean-tags \ distcleancheck distdir distuninstallcheck dvi dvi-am html \ html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \ install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \ install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \ install-info-am install-man install-nobase_goDATA \ install-nobase_modDATA install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps \ install-ps-am install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \ installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-aminfo \ maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-vti mostlyclean \ mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-vti pdf \ pdf-am ps ps-am recheck tags tags-am uninstall uninstall-am \ uninstall-dvi-am uninstall-html-am uninstall-info-am \ uninstall-nobase_goDATA uninstall-nobase_modDATA \ uninstall-pdf-am uninstall-ps-am .PRECIOUS: Makefile $(guile_install_go_files): install-nobase_modDATA .scm.go: $(AM_V_GEN)$(top_builddir)/pre-inst-env $(GUILE_TOOLS) compile $(GUILE_TARGET) $(GUILE_WARNINGS) -o "$@" "$<" # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: guile-git-0.3.0/tests/0000755000175000017500000000000013607222434011546 500000000000000guile-git-0.3.0/tests/commit.scm0000664000175000017500000001663413447543345013507 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche Boubekki ;;; Copyright © 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; Copyright © 2017 Ludovic Courtès ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (tests commit) #:use-module (srfi srfi-64) #:use-module (ice-9 match)) (use-modules (ice-9 receive)) (use-modules (tests helpers)) (use-modules (git)) (test-begin "commit") (libgit2-init!) (with-repository "simple" directory (test-equal "commit-author signature-name" "Amirouche" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository)))) (signature-name (commit-author (commit-lookup repository oid))))) (test-equal "commit-author signature-email" "amirouche@hypermove.net" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository)))) (signature-email (commit-author (commit-lookup repository oid))))) (test-equal "commit-author signature-when" '(1477978598 60) (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository))) (when* (signature-when (commit-author (commit-lookup repository oid))))) (list (time-time when*) (time-offset when*)))) (test-equal "commit-body" "" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository)))) (commit-body (commit-lookup repository oid)))) (test-equal "commit-id" "3f848a1a52416ac99a5c5bf2e6bd55eb7b99d55b" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository)))) (oid->string (commit-id (commit-lookup repository oid))))) (test-assert "commit & eq?" ;; Make sure identical commits yield commit objects that are 'eq?'. (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository))) (head (commit-lookup repository oid)) (parent (commit-parent head))) (and (eq? head (commit-lookup repository oid) (commit-lookup repository oid)) (eq? parent (commit-parent head) (let ((oid (commit-id parent))) (commit-lookup repository oid)))))) (test-equal "commit-message" "Add directory/message\n" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository)))) (commit-message (commit-lookup repository oid)))) (test-equal "commit-message-encoding" #f (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository)))) (commit-message-encoding (commit-lookup repository oid)))) (test-equal "commit-owner" #t (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository)))) (eq? (commit-owner (commit-lookup repository oid)) repository))) (test-equal "commit-raw-header" "tree d40674e05d114e5eb0df0f358ebeec47b8782ced\nparent b70d89182da3b2019c3fd6755c794ee65921b4a8\nauthor Amirouche 1477978598 +0100\ncommitter Amirouche 1477978598 +0100\ngpgsig -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----\n Version: GnuPG v1\n \n iQEcBAABAgAGBQJYGCn5AAoJEK2P8jNAoMGZMnIH/0F4+8POTeNNNmyWq3ZdHSY5\n wS0IXvUAEkhpS1CvqEpungfeO7JccjX5hJ5FypLKV/3Qhyrkylhdij2rCaTOL2kq\n YE3GefB87ER5tSgqCeezeg8XfB4JeJOsnMzG/t7mrqpGPpQ5f0BL3P6Ti3bsM9Dy\n wiIDtwUJ2Eof2itS+dDEgIN6n/fhNb7eOf+yANZNnetVUc3OLrWqNwKecuypa3Gr\n e38LDuDqF/e5ZXdMuFv34IErS7VOryC+aJ/YoQbbXRKj8jhQALdiTWQ985ay1hNt\n rGFM5ZsuC/zdNk8jnkl7w8g1PsaZdBFu9478z4EoRAT6oHR7OdV9edmEhm/ysz8=\n =zXYT\n -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----\n" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository)))) (commit-raw-header (commit-lookup repository oid)))) (test-equal "commit-summary" "Add directory/message" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository)))) (commit-summary (commit-lookup repository oid)))) (test-equal "commit-time-offset" 60 (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository)))) (commit-time-offset (commit-lookup repository oid)))) (test-equal "commit-tree-id" "d40674e05d114e5eb0df0f358ebeec47b8782ced" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository)))) (oid->string (commit-tree-id (commit-lookup repository oid))))) (test-equal "commit-parent" "b70d89182da3b2019c3fd6755c794ee65921b4a8" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository)))) (oid->string (commit-id (commit-parent (commit-lookup repository oid)))))) (test-equal "commit-parent-id" "b70d89182da3b2019c3fd6755c794ee65921b4a8" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository)))) (oid->string (commit-parent-id (commit-lookup repository oid))))) (test-equal "commit-parentcount" 1 (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository)))) (commit-parentcount (commit-lookup repository oid)))) (test-equal "commit-parents" "354bcdf85d661533f28dae0e78ce0be99a9dfb9d" ;root commit (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository)))) (let loop ((commit (commit-lookup repository oid))) (match (commit-parents commit) (() (oid->string (commit-id commit))) ((parent) ;; There are no merge commits in this repo, so each commit but the ;; root commit has exactly one parent. (loop parent)))))) (test-assert "fold-commits" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository))) (head (commit-lookup repository oid))) (equal? (fold-commits cons '() repository) (let* ((head^ (commit-parent head)) (root (commit-parent head^))) (list root head^ head))))) (test-assert "fold-commits with #:end" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository))) (head (commit-lookup repository oid)) (head^ (commit-parent head))) (equal? (fold-commits cons '() repository #:end (commit-id head^)) (list head^ head))))) (libgit2-shutdown!) (test-end) guile-git-0.3.0/tests/rev-parse.scm0000664000175000017500000000244613447543345014117 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2017 Mathieu Othacehe ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (tests rev-parse) #:use-module (srfi srfi-64)) (use-modules (tests helpers)) (use-modules (git) (git object)) (test-begin "rev-parse") (libgit2-init!) (with-repository "simple" directory (test-equal "revparse-single" #t (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (master (reference-target (repository-head repository))) (other (object-id (revparse-single repository "master")))) (oid=? master other)))) (libgit2-shutdown!) (test-end) guile-git-0.3.0/tests/blob.scm0000644000175000017500000000342113604243600013103 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2019 Ludovic Courtès ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (tests blob) #:use-module (git) #:use-module (tests helpers) #:use-module (srfi srfi-64) #:use-module (rnrs bytevectors) #:use-module (rnrs io ports) #:use-module (ice-9 match)) (test-begin "blob") (with-repository "simple" directory (test-assert "blob-lookup, blob-content" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (head (repository-head repository)) (commit (commit-lookup repository (reference-target head))) (tree (commit-tree commit)) (entry (tree-entry-bypath tree "README")) (oid (tree-entry-id entry)) (blob (blob-lookup repository oid))) (and (blob? blob) (oid=? (blob-id blob) oid) (bytevector=? (call-with-input-file (string-append directory "/README") get-bytevector-all) (blob-content blob)))))) (test-end "blob") guile-git-0.3.0/tests/reference.scm0000664000175000017500000000355013447543345014146 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche Boubekki ;;; Copyright © 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; Copyright © 2017 Ludovic Courtès ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (tests reference) #:use-module (srfi srfi-64)) (use-modules (tests helpers)) (use-modules (git)) (test-begin "reference") (libgit2-init!) (with-repository "simple" directory (test-equal "reference-name" "refs/heads/master" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory))) (reference-name (repository-head repository)))) (test-equal "reference-target" "3f848a1a52416ac99a5c5bf2e6bd55eb7b99d55b" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory))) (oid->string (reference-target (repository-head repository))))) (test-equal "reference-name->oid" "3f848a1a52416ac99a5c5bf2e6bd55eb7b99d55b" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory))) (oid->string (reference-name->oid repository "refs/heads/master")))) (test-equal "reference-shorthand" "master" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory))) (reference-shorthand (repository-head repository)))) ) (libgit2-shutdown!) (test-end) guile-git-0.3.0/tests/reset.scm0000664000175000017500000000461313447543345013333 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2017 Mathieu Othacehe ;;; Copyright © 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (tests reset) #:use-module (srfi srfi-64)) (use-modules (tests helpers)) (use-modules (git) (git object)) (test-begin "reset") (libgit2-init!) (with-repository "simple" directory (test-equal "reset hard" #t (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (commit "b70d89182da3b2019c3fd6755c794ee65921b4a8") (commit-oid (string->oid commit)) (commit-object (object-lookup repository commit-oid)) (ret (reset repository commit-object RESET_HARD)) (head-oid (reference-target (repository-head repository)))) (and (oid=? commit-oid head-oid) ;; had HEAD moved ? ;; directory/message is introduced by commit 3f848a ;; and should be removed by reseting hard to b70d89. (not (path-exists? "directory/message")))))) (with-repository "simple" directory (test-equal "reset soft" #t (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (commit "b70d89182da3b2019c3fd6755c794ee65921b4a8") (commit-oid (string->oid commit)) (commit-object (object-lookup repository commit-oid)) (ret (reset repository commit-object RESET_SOFT)) (head-oid (reference-target (repository-head repository)))) (and (oid=? commit-oid head-oid) ;; has HEAD moved ? ;; directory/message is introduced by commit 3f848a ;; and should be kept by reseting soft to b70d89. (path-exists? (string-append directory "/directory/message")))))) (libgit2-shutdown!) (test-end) guile-git-0.3.0/tests/data/0000755000175000017500000000000013607222434012457 500000000000000guile-git-0.3.0/tests/data/simple.tgz0000664000175000017500000000644013447543345014435 00000000000000;[ |USX- T.QV_)Z'P-ʂxӎM2%@[Oqk.`=mro1 =˕~0H˝L+ ڣd[.93w@aCvʊݧ6ǫ3`٠uU}IE ZMѨ ]3|o^'?B a8`zh-WsN>֠aP{t`h9'gUgV%ZA+[P[?~<= ;`8c5wrw?K!п" S k@п" #i4))3s>,h^" Ë4 yX<ݝTJGo59%:dO BДV5J *JqfjT{PY$bU~FٮÙ9~`@N5Zsv(B lStw%jU& 0QqYECm E @#TZٜSUed *.07(@S˽Kc.]05cLEGO,F?1S5?j?|Y ( 6)>0,7:7(0! -!MYd,,R҆.0uU'pbQruO3B7 tqSXKO!ԡ?Kf%$Q x3KsG,Y %ziO1U'0F4ta)>dwY܈eڣwX}iRR"Em@?q]5:'EM0Q4k7 his^XZX/mj =30ēw$FE'% 0MT|hФo/$?n_h|Y!.u8+hCC3M9R0c$04Kfb4h Ÿ́67'0V(U`y>39ܮk{~=ytya(Gt7QzН\H6I:e)tПQF $)fdxhpQ-,YU14rI ݂l?d;{q_v9qU.4l/-% wo<R4Cɇ?[0g|W%`gs?dVN̽trsY<=0uS>l13_H3:-8icI$m<fLgr!͞Բsv'ڍ JE) vhU6Mc! Bcق #y-)&Z(B<řQ_D_{s'V$\KM EQmJJANDY}='d|Uױ h*gG7±_fn40:~sg_fR»g /|eeS>r #w/lb)S]d!cbɸ:_pϹſM>G/o_pʔb^KڜM:-#֦"X+7?} A|M/Z:ҒGIa1&QYǭ9޾s^Z|x^+PSW/}sxjѮZ}~(Ŷ#!^n)creWK6eڔFi$ȟ~L^I̳l>4?>;fݾ_牭=bY۵1?fM}]˷Px$O-뎬߇[&.d-XnmjӭUK'z[\큛^Q N/* ۳@KǓl >}27f?5ښVM⛟bܻ0cS]G37|lቩ}gC[[uFC?Q5V #KZaP9Y A@`gEN_d+.$ j4H*vjGXcJ}yl|뫄h'Tўj(@'po k8󰪯*6Vj Y0%߰~n ĄFȹk [r""C>QH}+^;oU|+a$i5Ï@?% dtOþaS&h;t8Ų,ia3tS]bCQ^YX7tfRi功 ڠ z]2 k-y=JV{7 kϲ(kE?h/CZ?C߆{G @ @ @] guile-git-0.3.0/tests/data/simple-bare.tgz0000664000175000017500000000506313447543345015344 00000000000000;[ \Qx+& jV J+!:ذ`4[oٚhƘh4 U#15 j̚}ov{a6GX%",x$8HUBP8(IМc넼uхaಥv6r*p#IS"[QG,M׮?Uӟd8ڂq2j$#R#[@$_neKmӯmAT&pf0@m 67 aap=)95jKu?dCeUs9Dx`xHaM`׈D͕NeDzuw"bĽN,$xUXmagqo5oTP3$3MyQd&e ,ZRyHW%hhaL?D?8C$$,)d3| >b (Ч0_A-sイ*B$.#"Cr,C,'ЊmpMB9@oA1 '-$.3<|ws ,@%)xfPP*.  ٹʤDNcu?Ky?[sMAq5;y{ˇ}y-`K+}?RSlߨ?3 /R2s2C"Ͳ ,dIXpT47qy 0/g{3;glΟnz#}@rBo 5O1!͠iIVTX,PJp2% ?T 2o_<*hg{~N_kiᤥ߽,`Z_9ry fw:9{1?ǻs-4i|~YzVEٶ왳69&g:5npք~:t~~K_‘@-,GQ pEULs {fPg ?nYA-(}!\1dzVO,.vAK9kK@lZGj=4Z^ xR) ATȜ@2IHF]OMnz;^M\D20ڶ о6,msgZ&6UZa'lͣ8},C[e_~hX45gşɓ7zFP{r̔Oݳ/d̬˯7rbwVMq_,5bGP@UUSC1GJ(E^2>QIjFe |6>na5LjC;5ƿxG9Ԣocu?W>a(p/ [ҿ1sVv٣ŀ⠯/}m7;fRܥDu\'՘otGxקlT.Ϗ(yȁ]x5u[[6aS  Z[W<ou8'YWkzӧ(zQT[]C+s;w%k0woَq]{栨M> AޕjMߨ Q.Jf tY|W٨˓Z5i<[\wCӋbOylg<:cђk续@TaB٘3olܳbc鴽(;J1h˩>Xq'ˢϏu!~ qʛe ϕţm]sm^s-V]vMЗ?7-1d̯r' 7PZz6TW"؛p=M]v#iťg nה"J^yń K[[zOűc|\eޖ&˲"_gw׵n4ҁkVqG@ @ @ ? >,xguile-git-0.3.0/tests/data/README0000664000175000017500000000114713447543345013275 00000000000000These files contain git repositories to be used by Guile-Git's tests. simple.tgz Copyright © 2016 Amirouche Boubekki Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright notice and this notice are preserved. This file is offered as-is, without any warranty. simple-bare.tgz Copyright © 2017 Erik Edrosa Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright notice and this notice are preserved. This file is offered as-is, without any warranty.guile-git-0.3.0/tests/tag.scm0000664000175000017500000000634213447544771012771 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2019 Marius Bakke ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (tests describe) #:use-module (srfi srfi-64)) (use-modules (tests helpers)) (use-modules (git)) (test-begin "tag") (libgit2-init!) (with-repository "simple" directory (test-assert "lightweight tag" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (name "root") (target (revparse-single repository "HEAD~2"))) (tag-create-lightweight repository name target))) (test-assert "tag is identical to root commit" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-name->oid repository "refs/tags/root")) (root (string->oid "354bcdf85d661533f28dae0e78ce0be99a9dfb9d"))) (oid=? oid root))) (test-equal "create lightweight tag, invalid specification" (list GIT_EINVALIDSPEC GITERR_REFERENCE) (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (name "root/") (target (revparse-single repository "HEAD"))) (catch 'git-error (lambda () (clear-git-error!) (tag-create-lightweight repository name target)) (lambda (key err) (list (git-error-code err) (git-error-class err)))))) (test-equal "create lightweight tag, name already exists" (list GIT_EEXISTS GITERR_TAG) (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (name "root") (target (revparse-single repository "HEAD"))) (catch 'git-error (lambda () (clear-git-error!) (tag-create-lightweight repository name target)) (lambda (key err) (list (git-error-code err) (git-error-class err)))))) (test-equal "overwrite lightweight tag" "3f848a1a52416ac99a5c5bf2e6bd55eb7b99d55b" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (name "root") (target (revparse-single repository "HEAD"))) (oid->string (tag-create-lightweight! repository name target)))) (test-assert "create annotated tag" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (name "1.0") (target (revparse-single repository "HEAD")) (tagger (signature-new "Test Tag" "test@localhost" 0 0)) (message "This tag is annotated!")) (tag-create repository name target tagger message))) (test-equal "tag-message" "This tag is annotated!" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-name->oid repository "refs/tags/1.0"))) (tag-message (tag-lookup repository oid)))) ) (libgit2-shutdown!) (test-end) guile-git-0.3.0/tests/branch.scm0000664000175000017500000000335213447543345013445 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche Boubekki ;;; Copyright © 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; Copyright © 2017 Ludovic Courtès ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (tests branch) #:use-module (srfi srfi-64)) (use-modules (tests helpers)) (use-modules (git)) (test-begin "branch") (libgit2-init!) (with-repository "simple" directory (test-equal "branch-list" (list "master") (let* ((repository (repository-open directory))) (map branch-name (branch-list repository)))) (test-equal "branch-lookup" #t (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (master (reference-target (repository-head repository))) (other (reference-target (branch-lookup repository "master")))) (apply equal? (map oid->string (list master other))))) (test-equal "branch-name" "master" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (master (repository-head repository))) (branch-name master))) ) (libgit2-shutdown!) (test-end) guile-git-0.3.0/tests/clone.scm0000644000175000017500000000511613600264463013276 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2019 Mathieu Othacehe ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (tests clone) #:use-module (git) #:use-module (tests helpers) #:use-module (tests ssh) #:use-module (srfi srfi-64)) (test-begin "clone") (libgit2-init!) (define (make-ssh-url dir port) (format #f "ssh://localhost:~a/~a" port dir)) (define ssh-server-port 8899) (define (clone-test directory auth-method) (let* ((repo-dir (in-vicinity (getcwd) directory)) (clone-dir (in-vicinity repo-dir "out"))) (clone (make-ssh-url repo-dir ssh-server-port) clone-dir (make-clone-options #:fetch-options (make-fetch-options auth-method))) (let* ((repository (repository-open clone-dir)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository)))) (oid->string (commit-id (commit-lookup repository oid)))))) (if (not (sshd-available?)) (test-skip) (with-sshd-server ssh-server-port (with-repository "simple-bare" directory (test-equal "clone-auth-ssh-credentials" "3f848a1a52416ac99a5c5bf2e6bd55eb7b99d55b" (clone-test directory (make-client-ssh-auth)))) (with-repository "simple-bare" directory (test-equal "clone-auth-ssh-agent" "3f848a1a52416ac99a5c5bf2e6bd55eb7b99d55b" (with-ssh-agent (clone-test directory (%make-auth-ssh-agent))))) (with-repository "simple-bare" directory (test-assert "clone-and-fetch-auth-ssh-credentials" (let* ((auth (make-client-ssh-auth)) (do-clone (clone-test directory auth)) (clone-dir (in-vicinity directory "out")) (repository (repository-open clone-dir)) (remote (remote-lookup repository "origin"))) (remote-fetch remote #:fetch-options (make-fetch-options auth)) #t))))) (libgit2-shutdown!) (test-end) guile-git-0.3.0/tests/describe.scm0000664000175000017500000001306713476323206013766 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2019 Marius Bakke ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (tests describe) #:use-module (srfi srfi-64)) (use-modules (tests helpers)) (use-modules (git)) (test-begin "describe") (libgit2-init!) (with-repository "simple" directory ;; Create an annotated tag for the second commit. (test-assert "create annotated tag" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (name "0.1") (target (revparse-single repository "HEAD^")) (tagger (signature-now "Test Describe" "test@localhost")) (message "This tag is annotated!")) (oid->string (tag-create repository name target tagger message)))) (test-equal "describe HEAD with default options" "0.1-1-g3f848a1" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository))) (commit (commit-lookup repository oid))) (describe-format (describe-commit commit)))) (test-equal "describe workdir with default options" "0.1-1-g3f848a1" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory))) (describe-format (describe-workdir repository)))) ;; Create an un-annotated tag for the last commit. (test-equal "create lightweight tag" "3f848a1a52416ac99a5c5bf2e6bd55eb7b99d55b" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (name "0.2-rc1") (target (revparse-single repository "HEAD"))) (oid->string (tag-create-lightweight repository name target)))) (test-equal "describe HEAD, strategy tags" "0.2-rc1" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository))) (commit (commit-lookup repository oid)) (options (make-describe-options #:strategy 'tags))) (describe-format (describe-commit commit options)))) (test-equal "describe workdir, strategy and pattern" "0.1-1-g3f848a1" (let ((repository (repository-open directory)) (options (make-describe-options #:strategy 'all #:pattern "0.1"))) (describe-format (describe-workdir repository options)))) (test-equal "describe workdir, invalid strategy" #f (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository))) (commit (commit-lookup repository oid)) (options (make-describe-options #:strategy 'foo))) (describe-format (describe-commit commit options)))) (test-equal "describe HEAD^, default options" "0.1" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository))) (head (commit-lookup repository oid)) (head^ (commit-parent head))) (describe-format (describe-commit head^)))) (test-equal "describe HEAD^, long format" "0.1-0-gb70d891" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository))) (head (commit-lookup repository oid)) (head^ (commit-parent head)) (format-options (make-describe-format-options #:always-use-long-format? #t))) (describe-format (describe-commit head^) format-options))) (test-equal "describe HEAD, max-candidates" (list GIT_ENOTFOUND GITERR_DESCRIBE) (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository))) (commit (commit-lookup repository oid)) (options (make-describe-options #:max-candidates 0))) (catch 'git-error (lambda () (clear-git-error!) (describe-format (describe-commit commit options))) (lambda (key err) (list (git-error-code err) (git-error-class err)))))) (test-equal "describe the root commit, fallback and size" "354bc" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository))) (head (commit-lookup repository oid)) (head^ (commit-parent head)) (root (commit-parent head^)) (options (make-describe-options #:fallback-to-oid? #t)) (format-options (make-describe-format-options #:abbreviated-size 5))) (describe-format (describe-commit root options) format-options))) ;; ;; Modify a tracked file. (call-with-output-file (string-append directory "/" "README") (lambda (port) (format port "Hello, World?\n"))) (test-equal "describe workdir, dirty suffix" "0.1-1-g3f848a1-dirty" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (format-options (make-describe-format-options #:dirty-suffix "-dirty"))) (describe-format (describe-workdir repository) format-options)))) (libgit2-shutdown!) (test-end) guile-git-0.3.0/tests/status.scm0000664000175000017500000000752713476323206013535 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2017 Mathieu Othacehe ;;; Copyright © 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (tests status) #:use-module (srfi srfi-64) #:use-module (ice-9 match)) (use-modules (tests helpers)) (use-modules (git)) (test-begin "status") (libgit2-init!) (with-repository "simple" directory (test-equal "empty status list" 0 (let ((repository (repository-open directory)) (opts (make-status-options))) (status-list-entry-count (status-list-new repository opts)))) ;; Create a new, untracked, file test.txt in simple directory. (call-with-output-file (string-append directory "/" "test.txt") (lambda (port) (display "Hello !\n"))) (test-equal "untracked file count" 1 (begin (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (opts (make-status-options))) (status-list-entry-count (status-list-new repository opts))))) (test-equal "untracked file name" "test.txt" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (opts (make-status-options)) (status-entry (status-byindex (status-list-new repository opts) 0))) (diff-file-path (diff-delta-new-file (status-entry-index-to-workdir status-entry))))) (test-equal "status-entries length" 1 (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (opts (make-status-options)) (status-list (status-list-new repository opts))) (length (status-list->status-entries status-list)))) (test-equal "status-entries type" #t (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (opts (make-status-options)) (status-list (status-list-new repository opts))) (match (status-list->status-entries status-list) ((e) (status-entry? e)) (_ #f)))) (test-equal "untracked file status" '(wt-new) (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (opts (make-status-options)) (status-entry (status-byindex (status-list-new repository opts) 0))) (status-entry-status status-entry))) ;; Remove untracked file. (delete-file (string-append directory "/" "test.txt")) (test-equal "empty status list" 0 (let ((repository (repository-open directory)) (opts (make-status-options))) (status-list-entry-count (status-list-new repository opts)))) ;; Modify a tracked file. (call-with-output-file (string-append directory "/" "README") (lambda (port) (display "Hello World?"))) (test-equal "status-entries length" 1 (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (opts (make-status-options)) (status-list (status-list-new repository opts))) (length (status-list->status-entries status-list)))) (test-equal "unstaged file status" '(wt-modified) (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (opts (make-status-options)) (status-entry (status-byindex (status-list-new repository opts) 0))) (status-entry-status status-entry)))) (libgit2-shutdown!) (test-end) guile-git-0.3.0/tests/repository.scm0000664000175000017500000001024213522154450014410 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche Boubekki ;;; Copyright © 2016, 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; Copyright © 2017, 2018 Ludovic Courtès ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (tests repository) #:use-module (git) #:use-module (tests helpers) #:use-module ((ice-9 ftw) #:select (scandir)) #:use-module (srfi srfi-64)) (define %top-srcdir (canonicalize-path (dirname (search-path %load-path "git.scm")))) (define %top-git-directory (string-append %top-srcdir "/.git")) (test-begin "repository") (libgit2-init!) (with-directory "tmp" (test-equal "repository-init" #t (let ((repository (repository-init "tmp")) (out (path-exists? "tmp/.git"))) out))) (with-directory "tmp" (test-equal "repository-init bare" #t (let* ((repository (repository-init "tmp" #t)) (out (repository-bare? repository))) out))) (with-repository "simple" directory (test-equal "repository-empty?" #f (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (empty? (repository-empty? repository))) empty?)) (test-equal "repository-open, non-existent file" (list GIT_ENOTFOUND GITERR_OS) (catch 'git-error (lambda () (clear-git-error!) (repository-open "/does/not/exist")) (lambda (key err) (list (git-error-code err) (git-error-class err))))) (test-equal "repository-bare?" #f (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (bare? (repository-bare? repository))) bare?)) (test-equal "repository-shallow?" #f (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (shallow? (repository-shallow? repository))) shallow?)) (test-equal "repository-directory" (canonicalize-path (string-append directory "/.git")) (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (out (repository-directory repository))) (string-trim-right out #\/))) (test-equal "repository-discover" (canonicalize-path (string-append directory "/.git")) (let ((path (repository-discover (string-append directory "/directory")))) (string-trim-right path #\/))) (unless (and (string-suffix? "-linux-gnu" %host-type) (file-exists? %top-git-directory)) (test-skip 1)) (test-assert "repository-close!" ;; Make sure 'repository-close!' closes file descriptors associated with ;; the repo. For this test, we need a big enough repo, where libgit2 ;; typically keeps open file descriptors for the 'pack' files. (let* ((fd-before (length (scandir "/proc/self/fd"))) (repository (repository-open %top-srcdir)) (commits (fold-commits (lambda (commit count) (+ 1 count)) 0 repository)) (fd-after (length (scandir "/proc/self/fd")))) (pk 'file-descriptors fd-before fd-after) (repository-close! repository) (<= (pk 'after-close (length (scandir "/proc/self/fd"))) fd-before))) (test-equal "openable-repository?, does not exist" #f (openable-repository? "/does/not/exist")) (test-assert "openable-repository?" (openable-repository? directory))) (with-repository "simple-bare" directory (test-equal "repository-is-bare?" #t (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (bare? (repository-bare? repository))) bare?))) (libgit2-shutdown!) (test-end) guile-git-0.3.0/tests/oid.scm0000664000175000017500000000356413447543345012770 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2017, 2018 Ludovic Courtès ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (tests oid) #:use-module (srfi srfi-64) #:use-module (tests helpers) #:use-module (git) #:use-module (git object)) (test-begin "oid") (libgit2-init!) (with-repository "simple" directory (test-assert "oid=?" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository))) (head (commit-lookup repository oid)) (head^ (commit-parent head))) (and (oid=? oid oid) (oid=? oid (reference-target (repository-head repository))) (not (oid=? (commit-id head^) oid))))) (test-assert "object-lookup" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository))) (short (string->oid (string-take (oid->string oid) 7))) (obj1 (object-lookup repository oid)) (obj2 (object-lookup-prefix repository short 7))) (and obj1 (eq? obj1 obj2) (eqv? OBJ-COMMIT (object-type obj1)) (oid=? oid (object-id obj1)))))) (test-end) guile-git-0.3.0/tests/tree.scm0000664000175000017500000000512213447543345013144 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche Boubekki ;;; Copyright © 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; Copyright © 2017 Ludovic Courtès ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (tests tree) #:use-module (srfi srfi-64)) (use-modules (tests helpers)) (use-modules (git)) (test-begin "tree") (libgit2-init!) (with-repository "simple" directory (test-equal "commit-tree tree-id" "d40674e05d114e5eb0df0f358ebeec47b8782ced" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository))) (commit (commit-lookup repository oid)) (tree (commit-tree commit))) (oid->string (tree-id tree)))) (test-equal "tree-walk list files" (list "message" "directory" "README") (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository))) (commit (commit-lookup repository oid)) (tree (commit-tree commit))) (let ((files '())) (tree-walk tree TREEWALK-PRE (lambda (root entry) (set! files (cons (tree-entry-name entry) files)) 0)) files))) (test-equal "tree-list" (list "directory/message" "directory" "README") (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository))) (commit (commit-lookup repository oid)) (tree (commit-tree commit))) (tree-list tree))) (test-equal "tree-entry-bypath" "message" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (oid (reference-target (repository-head repository))) (commit (commit-lookup repository oid)) (tree (commit-tree commit))) (tree-entry-name (tree-entry-bypath tree "directory/message")))) ) (libgit2-shutdown!) (test-end) guile-git-0.3.0/tests/submodule.scm0000664000175000017500000000663513447543345014216 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2018 Ludovic Courtès ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (tests submodule) #:use-module (tests helpers) #:use-module (git) #:use-module (srfi srfi-64)) (test-begin "submodule") (libgit2-init!) (with-repository "simple" directory (test-equal "repository-submodules, empty" '() (repository-submodules (repository-open directory))) (test-equal "lookup-submodule, not found" #f (submodule-lookup (repository-open directory) "does-not-exist")) (test-equal "submodule-add" '("submod") ;; Add a submodule, which includes making a checkout of it, and make sure ;; it is visible. (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (head (reference-target (repository-head repository))) (submodule-file (string-append directory "/.gitmodules"))) (and (not (file-exists? submodule-file)) (not (file-exists? (string-append directory "/submod"))) (let* ((url (string-append "file://" (canonicalize-path directory))) (submodule (submodule-add-setup repository url "submod")) (subrepo (repository-open (string-append directory "/submod")))) (remote-fetch (remote-lookup subrepo "origin")) (reset subrepo (object-lookup subrepo head) RESET_HARD) (submodule-add-finalize submodule) (and (file-exists? submodule-file) (repository-submodules (repository-open directory))))))) (test-equal "lookup-submodule" '("submod" "submod") (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (submodule (submodule-lookup repository "submod"))) (and (eq? repository (submodule-owner submodule)) (list (submodule-name submodule) (submodule-path submodule))))) (test-assert "submodule-update" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (head (reference-target (repository-head repository))) (head^ (commit-id (commit-parent (commit-lookup repository head)))) (submodule (submodule-lookup repository "submod")) (child (repository-open (string-append directory "/submod")))) ;; Force the sub-repo to HEAD^. (reset child (object-lookup child head^) RESET_HARD) (and (oid=? head^ (reference-target (repository-head child))) (begin ;; Now update the submodule. (submodule-update submodule) (oid=? head (reference-target (repository-head child)))))))) (libgit2-shutdown!) (test-end) guile-git-0.3.0/tests/remote.scm0000664000175000017500000000325113447543345013501 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2017 Mathieu Othacehe ;;; Copyright © 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; Copyright © 2017 Ludovic Courtès ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (tests remote) #:use-module (srfi srfi-64)) (use-modules (tests helpers)) (use-modules (git) (git object)) (test-begin "remote") (libgit2-init!) (with-repository "simple-bare" directory (test-equal "remote lookup & name" "origin" (let* ((repository (repository-open directory)) (remote (remote-lookup repository "origin"))) (remote-name remote))) (test-equal "remote lookup, not found" (list GIT_ENOTFOUND GITERR_CONFIG) (catch 'git-error (lambda () (let ((repository (repository-open directory))) (clear-git-error!) (remote-lookup repository "does-not-exist"))) (lambda (key err) (list (git-error-code err) (git-error-class err)))))) (libgit2-shutdown!) (test-end) guile-git-0.3.0/tests/helpers.scm0000664000175000017500000000731613447543345013656 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche Boubekki ;;; Copyright © 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; Copyright © 2017 Ludovic Courtès ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (tests helpers)) (use-modules (ice-9 optargs)) (define %src-dir (or (getenv "srcdir") "")) (define-public (path-exists? path) "Return #true if path is a file or directory. #false if it doesn't exists" (access? path F_OK)) (define-public (path-join . rest) "Return the absolute path made of REST. If the first item of REST is not absolute the current working directory will be prepended" (let ((path (string-join rest "/"))) (if (string-prefix? "/" path) path (string-append (getcwd) "/" path)))) (define-public (path-split path) (let ((parts (string-split path #\/))) (if (equal? (car parts) "") (cons (string-append "/" (cadr parts)) (cddr parts)) parts))) (define*-public (path-mkdir dirpath #:optional (parents #false)) "Create DIRPATH directory and its parents if PARENTS is true" (if parents (let* ((parts (path-split dirpath)) (paths (let loop ((dirs (cdr parts)) (out (list (car parts)))) (if (null? dirs) (reverse out) (loop (cdr dirs) (cons (apply path-join (list (car out) (car dirs))) out)))))) (and (map (lambda (p) (if (not (path-exists? p)) (mkdir p))) paths) #true)) (if (not (path-exists? dirpath)) (and (mkdir dirpath) #true)))) (define-public (path-walk dirpath proc) (define dir (opendir dirpath)) (let loop () (let ((entry (readdir dir))) (cond ((eof-object? entry)) ((or (equal? entry ".") (equal? entry "..")) (loop)) (else (let ((path (path-join dirpath entry))) (if (equal? (stat:type (stat path)) 'directory) (begin (path-walk path proc) (loop)) (begin (proc path) (loop)))))))) (closedir dir) (proc (path-join dirpath))) (define-public (rmtree path) (path-walk path (lambda (path) (if (equal? (stat:type (stat path)) 'directory) (rmdir path) (delete-file path))))) (define-syntax-rule (with-directory path body ...) (begin (when (access? path F_OK) (rmtree path)) (path-mkdir path #true) body ... (rmtree path))) (export with-directory) (define-syntax-rule (with-repository name directory body ...) "Extract the repository NAME, evaluate BODY, and remove the extracted repository. Bind DIRECTORY to the directory where the repository is extracted." (let ((directory (string-append "tmp-" name "-" (number->string (getpid))))) (with-directory directory (let ((path (string-append %src-dir "/tests/data/" name ".tgz"))) (system* "tar" "xvf" path "-C" directory)) (let ((directory (string-append directory "/" name))) body ...)))) (export with-repository) guile-git-0.3.0/tests/ssh.scm.in0000644000175000017500000001026113600264463013375 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2019 Mathieu Othacehe ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (tests ssh) #:use-module (git auth) #:use-module (tests helpers) #:use-module (ice-9 popen) #:use-module (ice-9 rdelim) #:use-module (ice-9 regex) #:export (sshd-available? with-sshd-server with-ssh-agent make-client-ssh-auth)) (define sshd "@SSHD@") (define %ssh-dir (path-join (getenv "srcdir") "/tests/.ssh")) (define (in-ssh-directory . args) (apply path-join %ssh-dir args)) (define (sshd-available?) ;; Return #t if sshd is available (it does not support ;; ‘--version’ or anything similar though). (= 256 (system* sshd "--something-not-supported"))) (define (start-sshd port) (define (write-authorized-keys file) (call-with-output-file file (lambda (port) ;; We need to pass PATH so that git binary (git-upload-pack) can be ;; found from sshd. (format port "environment=\"PATH=~a\" ~a" (getenv "PATH") (call-with-input-file (in-ssh-directory "id_rsa_client.pub") read-string))))) (define (write-sshd-conf conf authorized-keys) (call-with-output-file conf (lambda (port) (format port "AuthorizedKeysFile ~a PidFile ~a PermitUserEnvironment yes~%" authorized-keys (in-ssh-directory "sshd_pid"))))) (let ((sshd-conf (in-ssh-directory "sshd.conf")) (sshd-key (in-ssh-directory "id_rsa_server")) (authorized-keys (in-ssh-directory "authorized_keys"))) (unsetenv "SSH_AUTH_SOCK") (chmod sshd-key #o600) (write-authorized-keys authorized-keys) (write-sshd-conf sshd-conf authorized-keys) (system* sshd "-p" (number->string port) "-f" sshd-conf "-h" sshd-key))) (define (stop-sshd) (define (read-pid port) (string-trim-right (read-string port) #\newline)) (let ((pid (call-with-input-file (in-ssh-directory "sshd_pid") read-pid))) (system* "kill" pid))) (define-syntax-rule (with-sshd-server port body ...) (dynamic-wind (lambda () (start-sshd port)) (lambda () body ...) (lambda () (stop-sshd)))) (define %ssh-auth-sock-regexp (make-regexp "SSH_AUTH_SOCK=(.*); export SSH_AUTH_SOCK;")) (define %ssh-agent-pid-regexp (make-regexp "SSH_AGENT_PID=(.*); export SSH_AGENT_PID;")) (define (start-ssh-agent) (let* ((p (open-input-pipe "ssh-agent -s")) (ssh-auth-sock-data (read-line p)) (ssh-agent-pid-data (read-line p)) (sock (let ((match (regexp-exec %ssh-auth-sock-regexp ssh-auth-sock-data))) (match:substring match 1))) (pid (let ((match (regexp-exec %ssh-agent-pid-regexp ssh-agent-pid-data))) (match:substring match 1)))) (setenv "SSH_AUTH_SOCK" sock) pid)) (define (ssh-agent-add-client-key) (system* "ssh-add" (in-ssh-directory "id_rsa_client"))) (define-syntax-rule (with-ssh-agent body ...) (let ((pid (start-ssh-agent))) (dynamic-wind (const #f) (lambda () (ssh-agent-add-client-key) body ...) (lambda () (system* "kill" pid) (unsetenv "SSH_AUTH_SOCK"))))) (define (make-client-ssh-auth) (let ((pub-key (in-ssh-directory "id_rsa_client.pub")) (pri-key (in-ssh-directory "id_rsa_client"))) (chmod pri-key #o600) (chmod pub-key #o644) (%make-auth-ssh-credentials pub-key pri-key))) guile-git-0.3.0/aclocal.m40000644000175000017500000011133013607221163012161 00000000000000# generated automatically by aclocal 1.16.1 -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. m4_ifndef([AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [m4_defun([_AM_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [])m4_defun([AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [_AM_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS($@)])]) m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl m4_if(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.69],, [m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.69. You have another version of autoconf. It may work, but is not guaranteed to. If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely. To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically 'autoreconf'.])]) dnl pkg.m4 - Macros to locate and utilise pkg-config. -*- Autoconf -*- dnl serial 11 (pkg-config-0.29.1) dnl dnl Copyright © 2004 Scott James Remnant . dnl Copyright © 2012-2015 Dan Nicholson dnl dnl This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify dnl it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by dnl the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or dnl (at your option) any later version. dnl dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but dnl WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of dnl MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU dnl General Public License for more details. dnl dnl You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License dnl along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software dnl Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA dnl 02111-1307, USA. dnl dnl As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you dnl distribute this file as part of a program that contains a dnl configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under dnl the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that dnl program. dnl PKG_PREREQ(MIN-VERSION) dnl ----------------------- dnl Since: 0.29 dnl dnl Verify that the version of the pkg-config macros are at least dnl MIN-VERSION. Unlike PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG, which checks the user's dnl installed version of pkg-config, this checks the developer's version dnl of pkg.m4 when generating configure. dnl dnl To ensure that this macro is defined, also add: dnl m4_ifndef([PKG_PREREQ], dnl [m4_fatal([must install pkg-config 0.29 or later before running autoconf/autogen])]) dnl dnl See the "Since" comment for each macro you use to see what version dnl of the macros you require. m4_defun([PKG_PREREQ], [m4_define([PKG_MACROS_VERSION], [0.29.1]) m4_if(m4_version_compare(PKG_MACROS_VERSION, [$1]), -1, [m4_fatal([pkg.m4 version $1 or higher is required but ]PKG_MACROS_VERSION[ found])]) ])dnl PKG_PREREQ dnl PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG([MIN-VERSION]) dnl ---------------------------------- dnl Since: 0.16 dnl dnl Search for the pkg-config tool and set the PKG_CONFIG variable to dnl first found in the path. Checks that the version of pkg-config found dnl is at least MIN-VERSION. If MIN-VERSION is not specified, 0.9.0 is dnl used since that's the first version where most current features of dnl pkg-config existed. AC_DEFUN([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG], [m4_pattern_forbid([^_?PKG_[A-Z_]+$]) m4_pattern_allow([^PKG_CONFIG(_(PATH|LIBDIR|SYSROOT_DIR|ALLOW_SYSTEM_(CFLAGS|LIBS)))?$]) m4_pattern_allow([^PKG_CONFIG_(DISABLE_UNINSTALLED|TOP_BUILD_DIR|DEBUG_SPEW)$]) AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG], [path to pkg-config utility]) AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [directories to add to pkg-config's search path]) AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR], [path overriding pkg-config's built-in search path]) if test "x$ac_cv_env_PKG_CONFIG_set" != "xset"; then AC_PATH_TOOL([PKG_CONFIG], [pkg-config]) fi if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then _pkg_min_version=m4_default([$1], [0.9.0]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version]) if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $_pkg_min_version; then AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) else AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) PKG_CONFIG="" fi fi[]dnl ])dnl PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG dnl PKG_CHECK_EXISTS(MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]) dnl ------------------------------------------------------------------- dnl Since: 0.18 dnl dnl Check to see whether a particular set of modules exists. Similar to dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES(), but does not set variables or print errors. dnl dnl Please remember that m4 expands AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG]) dnl only at the first occurence in configure.ac, so if the first place dnl it's called might be skipped (such as if it is within an "if", you dnl have to call PKG_CHECK_EXISTS manually AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_EXISTS], [AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \ AC_RUN_LOG([$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "$1"]); then m4_default([$2], [:]) m4_ifvaln([$3], [else $3])dnl fi]) dnl _PKG_CONFIG([VARIABLE], [COMMAND], [MODULES]) dnl --------------------------------------------- dnl Internal wrapper calling pkg-config via PKG_CONFIG and setting dnl pkg_failed based on the result. m4_define([_PKG_CONFIG], [if test -n "$$1"; then pkg_cv_[]$1="$$1" elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([$3], [pkg_cv_[]$1=`$PKG_CONFIG --[]$2 "$3" 2>/dev/null` test "x$?" != "x0" && pkg_failed=yes ], [pkg_failed=yes]) else pkg_failed=untried fi[]dnl ])dnl _PKG_CONFIG dnl _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED dnl --------------------------- dnl Internal check to see if pkg-config supports short errors. AC_DEFUN([_PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED], [AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG]) if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version 0.20; then _pkg_short_errors_supported=yes else _pkg_short_errors_supported=no fi[]dnl ])dnl _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND], dnl [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]) dnl -------------------------------------------------------------- dnl Since: 0.4.0 dnl dnl Note that if there is a possibility the first call to dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES might not happen, you should be sure to include an dnl explicit call to PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG in your configure.ac AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_MODULES], [AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_CFLAGS], [C compiler flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_LIBS], [linker flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl pkg_failed=no AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1]) _PKG_CONFIG([$1][_CFLAGS], [cflags], [$2]) _PKG_CONFIG([$1][_LIBS], [libs], [$2]) m4_define([_PKG_TEXT], [Alternatively, you may set the environment variables $1[]_CFLAGS and $1[]_LIBS to avoid the need to call pkg-config. See the pkg-config man page for more details.]) if test $pkg_failed = yes; then AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED if test $_pkg_short_errors_supported = yes; then $1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --short-errors --print-errors --cflags --libs "$2" 2>&1` else $1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors --cflags --libs "$2" 2>&1` fi # Put the nasty error message in config.log where it belongs echo "$$1[]_PKG_ERRORS" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD m4_default([$4], [AC_MSG_ERROR( [Package requirements ($2) were not met: $$1_PKG_ERRORS Consider adjusting the PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable if you installed software in a non-standard prefix. _PKG_TEXT])[]dnl ]) elif test $pkg_failed = untried; then AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) m4_default([$4], [AC_MSG_FAILURE( [The pkg-config script could not be found or is too old. Make sure it is in your PATH or set the PKG_CONFIG environment variable to the full path to pkg-config. _PKG_TEXT To get pkg-config, see .])[]dnl ]) else $1[]_CFLAGS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_CFLAGS $1[]_LIBS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_LIBS AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) $3 fi[]dnl ])dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND], dnl [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]) dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------- dnl Since: 0.29 dnl dnl Checks for existence of MODULES and gathers its build flags with dnl static libraries enabled. Sets VARIABLE-PREFIX_CFLAGS from --cflags dnl and VARIABLE-PREFIX_LIBS from --libs. dnl dnl Note that if there is a possibility the first call to dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC might not happen, you should be sure to dnl include an explicit call to PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG in your dnl configure.ac. AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC], [AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl _save_PKG_CONFIG=$PKG_CONFIG PKG_CONFIG="$PKG_CONFIG --static" PKG_CHECK_MODULES($@) PKG_CONFIG=$_save_PKG_CONFIG[]dnl ])dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC dnl PKG_INSTALLDIR([DIRECTORY]) dnl ------------------------- dnl Since: 0.27 dnl dnl Substitutes the variable pkgconfigdir as the location where a module dnl should install pkg-config .pc files. By default the directory is dnl $libdir/pkgconfig, but the default can be changed by passing dnl DIRECTORY. The user can override through the --with-pkgconfigdir dnl parameter. AC_DEFUN([PKG_INSTALLDIR], [m4_pushdef([pkg_default], [m4_default([$1], ['${libdir}/pkgconfig'])]) m4_pushdef([pkg_description], [pkg-config installation directory @<:@]pkg_default[@:>@]) AC_ARG_WITH([pkgconfigdir], [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-pkgconfigdir], pkg_description)],, [with_pkgconfigdir=]pkg_default) AC_SUBST([pkgconfigdir], [$with_pkgconfigdir]) m4_popdef([pkg_default]) m4_popdef([pkg_description]) ])dnl PKG_INSTALLDIR dnl PKG_NOARCH_INSTALLDIR([DIRECTORY]) dnl -------------------------------- dnl Since: 0.27 dnl dnl Substitutes the variable noarch_pkgconfigdir as the location where a dnl module should install arch-independent pkg-config .pc files. By dnl default the directory is $datadir/pkgconfig, but the default can be dnl changed by passing DIRECTORY. The user can override through the dnl --with-noarch-pkgconfigdir parameter. AC_DEFUN([PKG_NOARCH_INSTALLDIR], [m4_pushdef([pkg_default], [m4_default([$1], ['${datadir}/pkgconfig'])]) m4_pushdef([pkg_description], [pkg-config arch-independent installation directory @<:@]pkg_default[@:>@]) AC_ARG_WITH([noarch-pkgconfigdir], [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-noarch-pkgconfigdir], pkg_description)],, [with_noarch_pkgconfigdir=]pkg_default) AC_SUBST([noarch_pkgconfigdir], [$with_noarch_pkgconfigdir]) m4_popdef([pkg_default]) m4_popdef([pkg_description]) ])dnl PKG_NOARCH_INSTALLDIR dnl PKG_CHECK_VAR(VARIABLE, MODULE, CONFIG-VARIABLE, dnl [ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]) dnl ------------------------------------------- dnl Since: 0.28 dnl dnl Retrieves the value of the pkg-config variable for the given module. AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_VAR], [AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl AC_ARG_VAR([$1], [value of $3 for $2, overriding pkg-config])dnl _PKG_CONFIG([$1], [variable="][$3]["], [$2]) AS_VAR_COPY([$1], [pkg_cv_][$1]) AS_VAR_IF([$1], [""], [$5], [$4])dnl ])dnl PKG_CHECK_VAR # Copyright (C) 2002-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION) # ---------------------------- # Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been # generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y. # (This private macro should not be called outside this file.) AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], [am__api_version='1.16' dnl Some users find AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and mistake it for a way to dnl require some minimum version. Point them to the right macro. m4_if([$1], [1.16.1], [], [AC_FATAL([Do not call $0, use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([$1]).])])dnl ]) # _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(VERSION) # ----------------------------- # aclocal traces this macro to find the Autoconf version. # This is a private macro too. Using m4_define simplifies # the logic in aclocal, which can simply ignore this definition. m4_define([_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION], []) # AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION # ------------------------------- # Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so they can be traced. # This function is AC_REQUIREd by AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], [AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.16.1])dnl m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]))]) # AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets # $ac_aux_dir to '$srcdir/foo'. In other projects, it is set to # '$srcdir', '$srcdir/..', or '$srcdir/../..'. # # Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a # tool from the auxiliary directory. The problem is that $srcdir (and # therefore $ac_aux_dir as well) can be either absolute or relative, # depending on how configure is run. This is pretty annoying, since # it makes $ac_aux_dir quite unusable in subdirectories: in the top # source directory, any form will work fine, but in subdirectories a # relative path needs to be adjusted first. # # $ac_aux_dir/missing # fails when called from a subdirectory if $ac_aux_dir is relative # $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing # fails if $ac_aux_dir is absolute, # fails when called from a subdirectory in a VPATH build with # a relative $ac_aux_dir # # The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir # are both prefixed by $srcdir. In an in-source build this is usually # harmless because $srcdir is '.', but things will broke when you # start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir. # # So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing, # iff we strip the leading $srcdir from $ac_aux_dir. That would be: # am_aux_dir='\$(top_srcdir)/'`expr "$ac_aux_dir" : "$srcdir//*\(.*\)"` # and then we would define $MISSING as # MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" # This will work as long as MISSING is not called from configure, because # unfortunately $(top_srcdir) has no meaning in configure. # However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in # configure, and could therefore not use this "fixed" $ac_aux_dir. # # Another solution, used here, is to always expand $ac_aux_dir to an # absolute PATH. The drawback is that using absolute paths prevent a # configured tree to be moved without reconfiguration. AC_DEFUN([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT])dnl # Expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path. am_aux_dir=`cd "$ac_aux_dir" && pwd` ]) # Do all the work for Automake. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This macro actually does too much. Some checks are only needed if # your package does certain things. But this isn't really a big deal. dnl Redefine AC_PROG_CC to automatically invoke _AM_PROG_CC_C_O. m4_define([AC_PROG_CC], m4_defn([AC_PROG_CC]) [_AM_PROG_CC_C_O ]) # AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE, VERSION, [NO-DEFINE]) # AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([OPTIONS]) # ----------------------------------------------- # The call with PACKAGE and VERSION arguments is the old style # call (pre autoconf-2.50), which is being phased out. PACKAGE # and VERSION should now be passed to AC_INIT and removed from # the call to AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. # We support both call styles for the transition. After # the next Automake release, Autoconf can make the AC_INIT # arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf # release and drop the old call support. AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE], [AC_PREREQ([2.65])dnl dnl Autoconf wants to disallow AM_ names. We explicitly allow dnl the ones we care about. m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output # is not polluted with repeated "-I." AC_SUBST([am__isrc], [' -I$(srcdir)'])_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__isrc])dnl # test to see if srcdir already configured if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first]) fi fi # test whether we have cygpath if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' else CYGPATH_W=echo fi fi AC_SUBST([CYGPATH_W]) # Define the identity of the package. dnl Distinguish between old-style and new-style calls. m4_ifval([$2], [AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], [$0: two- and three-arguments forms are deprecated.]) m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])], [_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl dnl Diagnose old-style AC_INIT with new-style AM_AUTOMAKE_INIT. m4_if( m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], [ok]):m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], [ok]), [ok:ok],, [m4_fatal([AC_INIT should be called with package and version arguments])])dnl AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl _AM_IF_OPTION([no-define],, [AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PACKAGE], ["$PACKAGE"], [Name of package]) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([VERSION], ["$VERSION"], [Version number of package])])dnl # Some tools Automake needs. AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl AM_MISSING_PROG([ACLOCAL], [aclocal-${am__api_version}]) AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOCONF], [autoconf]) AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOMAKE], [automake-${am__api_version}]) AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOHEADER], [autoheader]) AM_MISSING_PROG([MAKEINFO], [makeinfo]) AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl # For better backward compatibility. To be removed once Automake 1.9.x # dies out for good. For more background, see: # # AC_SUBST([mkdir_p], ['$(MKDIR_P)']) # We need awk for the "check" target (and possibly the TAP driver). The # system "awk" is bad on some platforms. AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl _AM_IF_OPTION([tar-ustar], [_AM_PROG_TAR([ustar])], [_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-pax], [_AM_PROG_TAR([pax])], [_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])]) _AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],, [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC], [_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CC])], [m4_define([AC_PROG_CC], m4_defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CC])])])dnl AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX], [_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CXX])], [m4_define([AC_PROG_CXX], m4_defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CXX])])])dnl AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJC], [_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJC])], [m4_define([AC_PROG_OBJC], m4_defn([AC_PROG_OBJC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJC])])])dnl AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJCXX], [_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJCXX])], [m4_define([AC_PROG_OBJCXX], m4_defn([AC_PROG_OBJCXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJCXX])])])dnl ]) AC_REQUIRE([AM_SILENT_RULES])dnl dnl The testsuite driver may need to know about EXEEXT, so add the dnl 'am__EXEEXT' conditional if _AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT was seen. This dnl macro is hooked onto _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT early, see below. AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(dnl [m4_provide_if([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT], [AM_CONDITIONAL([am__EXEEXT], [test -n "$EXEEXT"])])])dnl # POSIX will say in a future version that running "rm -f" with no argument # is OK; and we want to be able to make that assumption in our Makefile # recipes. So use an aggressive probe to check that the usage we want is # actually supported "in the wild" to an acceptable degree. # See automake bug#10828. # To make any issue more visible, cause the running configure to be aborted # by default if the 'rm' program in use doesn't match our expectations; the # user can still override this though. if rm -f && rm -fr && rm -rf; then : OK; else cat >&2 <<'END' Oops! Your 'rm' program seems unable to run without file operands specified on the command line, even when the '-f' option is present. This is contrary to the behaviour of most rm programs out there, and not conforming with the upcoming POSIX standard: Please tell bug-automake@gnu.org about your system, including the value of your $PATH and any error possibly output before this message. This can help us improve future automake versions. END if test x"$ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM" = x"yes"; then echo 'Configuration will proceed anyway, since you have set the' >&2 echo 'ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM variable to "yes"' >&2 echo >&2 else cat >&2 <<'END' Aborting the configuration process, to ensure you take notice of the issue. You can download and install GNU coreutils to get an 'rm' implementation that behaves properly: . If you want to complete the configuration process using your problematic 'rm' anyway, export the environment variable ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM to "yes", and re-run configure. END AC_MSG_ERROR([Your 'rm' program is bad, sorry.]) fi fi dnl The trailing newline in this macro's definition is deliberate, for dnl backward compatibility and to allow trailing 'dnl'-style comments dnl after the AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE invocation. See automake bug#16841. ]) dnl Hook into '_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT' early to learn its expansion. Do not dnl add the conditional right here, as _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT may be further dnl mangled by Autoconf and run in a shell conditional statement. m4_define([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT], m4_defn([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT])[m4_provide([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT])]) # When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file. # This file resides in the same directory as the config header # that is generated. The stamp files are numbered to have different names. # Autoconf calls _AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK (when defined) in the # loop where config.status creates the headers, so we can generate # our stamp files there. AC_DEFUN([_AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK], [# Compute $1's index in $config_headers. _am_arg=$1 _am_stamp_count=1 for _am_header in $config_headers :; do case $_am_header in $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* ) break ;; * ) _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;; esac done echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`AS_DIRNAME(["$_am_arg"])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count]) # Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH # ------------------ # Define $install_sh. AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl if test x"${install_sh+set}" != xset; then case $am_aux_dir in *\ * | *\ *) install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;; *) install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh" esac fi AC_SUBST([install_sh])]) # Copyright (C) 2003-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # Check whether the underlying file-system supports filenames # with a leading dot. For instance MS-DOS doesn't. AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT], [rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null if test -d .tst; then am__leading_dot=. else am__leading_dot=_ fi rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])]) # Fake the existence of programs that GNU maintainers use. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM) # ------------------------------ AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN]) $1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"} AC_SUBST($1)]) # AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN # ------------------ # Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it is modern enough. # If it is, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing. AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([missing])dnl if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then case $am_aux_dir in *\ * | *\ *) MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;; *) MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;; esac fi # Use eval to expand $SHELL if eval "$MISSING --is-lightweight"; then am_missing_run="$MISSING " else am_missing_run= AC_MSG_WARN(['missing' script is too old or missing]) fi ]) # Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME) # ----------------------- AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION], [[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])]) # _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME) # -------------------- # Set option NAME. Presently that only means defining a flag for this option. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION], [m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [1])]) # _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS) # ------------------------ # OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS], [m4_foreach_w([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])]) # _AM_IF_OPTION(OPTION, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET]) # ------------------------------------------- # Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise. AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION], [m4_ifset(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [$2], [$3])]) # Check to make sure that the build environment is sane. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_SANITY_CHECK # --------------- AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK], [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane]) # Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory # name. Accept space and tab only in the latter. am_lf=' ' case `pwd` in *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]]*) AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe absolute working directory name]);; esac case $srcdir in *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]]*) AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe srcdir value: '$srcdir']);; esac # Do 'set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's # arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a # symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks # (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing # directory). if ( am_has_slept=no for am_try in 1 2; do echo "timestamp, slept: $am_has_slept" > conftest.file set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null` if test "$[*]" = "X"; then # -L didn't work. set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file` fi if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ && test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken alias in your environment]) fi if test "$[2]" = conftest.file || test $am_try -eq 2; then break fi # Just in case. sleep 1 am_has_slept=yes done test "$[2]" = conftest.file ) then # Ok. : else AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files! Check your system clock]) fi AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) # If we didn't sleep, we still need to ensure time stamps of config.status and # generated files are strictly newer. am_sleep_pid= if grep 'slept: no' conftest.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then ( sleep 1 ) & am_sleep_pid=$! fi AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE( [AC_MSG_CHECKING([that generated files are newer than configure]) if test -n "$am_sleep_pid"; then # Hide warnings about reused PIDs. wait $am_sleep_pid 2>/dev/null fi AC_MSG_RESULT([done])]) rm -f conftest.file ]) # Copyright (C) 2009-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_SILENT_RULES([DEFAULT]) # -------------------------- # Enable less verbose build rules; with the default set to DEFAULT # ("yes" being less verbose, "no" or empty being verbose). AC_DEFUN([AM_SILENT_RULES], [AC_ARG_ENABLE([silent-rules], [dnl AS_HELP_STRING( [--enable-silent-rules], [less verbose build output (undo: "make V=1")]) AS_HELP_STRING( [--disable-silent-rules], [verbose build output (undo: "make V=0")])dnl ]) case $enable_silent_rules in @%:@ ((( yes) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;; no) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;; *) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=m4_if([$1], [yes], [0], [1]);; esac dnl dnl A few 'make' implementations (e.g., NonStop OS and NextStep) dnl do not support nested variable expansions. dnl See automake bug#9928 and bug#10237. am_make=${MAKE-make} AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether $am_make supports nested variables], [am_cv_make_support_nested_variables], [if AS_ECHO([['TRUE=$(BAR$(V)) BAR0=false BAR1=true V=1 am__doit: @$(TRUE) .PHONY: am__doit']]) | $am_make -f - >/dev/null 2>&1; then am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=yes else am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=no fi]) if test $am_cv_make_support_nested_variables = yes; then dnl Using '$V' instead of '$(V)' breaks IRIX make. AM_V='$(V)' AM_DEFAULT_V='$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)' else AM_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY AM_DEFAULT_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY fi AC_SUBST([AM_V])dnl AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AM_V])dnl AC_SUBST([AM_DEFAULT_V])dnl AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AM_DEFAULT_V])dnl AC_SUBST([AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY])dnl AM_BACKSLASH='\' AC_SUBST([AM_BACKSLASH])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AM_BACKSLASH])dnl ]) # Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP # --------------------- # One issue with vendor 'install' (even GNU) is that you can't # specify the program used to strip binaries. This is especially # annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip # is unlikely to handle the host's binaries. # Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we # always use install-sh in "make install-strip", and initialize # STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user). AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl # Installed binaries are usually stripped using 'strip' when the user # run "make install-strip". However 'strip' might not be the right # tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake # will honor the 'STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be 'maybe'. if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :) fi INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s" AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])]) # Copyright (C) 2006-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) # --------------------------- # Prevent Automake from outputting VARIABLE = @VARIABLE@ in Makefile.in. # This macro is traced by Automake. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE]) # AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) # -------------------------- # Public sister of _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE. AC_DEFUN([AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE($@)]) # Check how to create a tarball. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2004-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # _AM_PROG_TAR(FORMAT) # -------------------- # Check how to create a tarball in format FORMAT. # FORMAT should be one of 'v7', 'ustar', or 'pax'. # # Substitute a variable $(am__tar) that is a command # writing to stdout a FORMAT-tarball containing the directory # $tardir. # tardir=directory && $(am__tar) > result.tar # # Substitute a variable $(am__untar) that extract such # a tarball read from stdin. # $(am__untar) < result.tar # AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR], [# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. Yes, it's still used # in the wild :-( We should find a proper way to deprecate it ... AC_SUBST([AMTAR], ['$${TAR-tar}']) # We'll loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works. _am_tools='gnutar m4_if([$1], [ustar], [plaintar]) pax cpio none' m4_if([$1], [v7], [am__tar='$${TAR-tar} chof - "$$tardir"' am__untar='$${TAR-tar} xf -'], [m4_case([$1], [ustar], [# The POSIX 1988 'ustar' format is defined with fixed-size fields. # There is notably a 21 bits limit for the UID and the GID. In fact, # the 'pax' utility can hang on bigger UID/GID (see automake bug#8343 # and bug#13588). am_max_uid=2097151 # 2^21 - 1 am_max_gid=$am_max_uid # The $UID and $GID variables are not portable, so we need to resort # to the POSIX-mandated id(1) utility. Errors in the 'id' calls # below are definitely unexpected, so allow the users to see them # (that is, avoid stderr redirection). am_uid=`id -u || echo unknown` am_gid=`id -g || echo unknown` AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether UID '$am_uid' is supported by ustar format]) if test $am_uid -le $am_max_uid; then AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) else AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) _am_tools=none fi AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether GID '$am_gid' is supported by ustar format]) if test $am_gid -le $am_max_gid; then AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) else AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) _am_tools=none fi], [pax], [], [m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive]) # Go ahead even if we have the value already cached. We do so because we # need to set the values for the 'am__tar' and 'am__untar' variables. _am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_$1-$_am_tools} for _am_tool in $_am_tools; do case $_am_tool in gnutar) for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar; do AM_RUN_LOG([$_am_tar --version]) && break done am__tar="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$$tardir"' am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$tardir"' am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -" ;; plaintar) # Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create # ustar tarball either. (tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"' am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"' am__untar='tar xf -' ;; pax) am__tar='pax -L -x $1 -w "$$tardir"' am__tar_='pax -L -x $1 -w "$tardir"' am__untar='pax -r' ;; cpio) am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L' am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L' am__untar='cpio -i -H $1 -d' ;; none) am__tar=false am__tar_=false am__untar=false ;; esac # If the value was cached, stop now. We just wanted to have am__tar # and am__untar set. test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_$1}" && break # tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works. rm -rf conftest.dir mkdir conftest.dir echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file AM_RUN_LOG([tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar]) rm -rf conftest.dir if test -s conftest.tar; then AM_RUN_LOG([$am__untar /dev/null 2>&1 && break fi done rm -rf conftest.dir AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_prog_tar_$1], [am_cv_prog_tar_$1=$_am_tool]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$am_cv_prog_tar_$1])]) AC_SUBST([am__tar]) AC_SUBST([am__untar]) ]) # _AM_PROG_TAR m4_include([m4/guile.m4]) guile-git-0.3.0/git/0000755000175000017500000000000013607222434011167 500000000000000guile-git-0.3.0/git/commit.scm0000664000175000017500000002347313552712766013131 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche Boubekki ;;; Copyright © 2016, 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; Copyright © 2017 Ludovic Courtès ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git commit) #:use-module (srfi srfi-1) #:use-module (srfi srfi-9 gnu) #:use-module (srfi srfi-26) #:use-module (rnrs bytevectors) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (ice-9 vlist) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git structs) #:use-module (git oid) #:use-module (git tree) #:use-module (git types) #:use-module (git object) #:use-module (git reference) #:use-module (git repository) #:export (object->commit commit-amend commit-author commit-body commit-committer commit-extract-signature commit-header-field commit-id commit-lookup commit-lookup-prefix commit-message commit-message-encoding commit-message-raw commit-owner commit-parent commit-parent-id commit-parentcount commit-parents commit-raw-header commit-summary commit-time commit-time-offset commit-tree commit-tree-id fold-commits)) ;; commit https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/commit (define (print-commit commit port) ;; Don't print the address of COMMIT since identical commits are 'eq?'. (format port "#" (oid->string (commit-id commit)))) (set-record-type-printer! (@@ (git types) ) print-commit) (define (object->commit object) (and (= (object-type object) OBJ-COMMIT) (pointer->commit (object->pointer object)))) (define commit-amend (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_commit_amend" '(* * * * * * * *)))) (lambda (id commit update-ref author commiter message-encoding message tree) (proc (oid->pointer id) (commit->pointer commit) (string->pointer update-ref) (signature->pointer author) (signature->pointer commiter) (string->pointer message-encoding) (string->pointer message) (tree->pointer tree))))) (define commit-author (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_commit_author" '(*)))) (lambda (commit) (pointer->signature (proc (commit->pointer commit)))))) (define commit-body (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_commit_body" '(*)))) (lambda (commit) (let ((out (proc (commit->pointer commit)))) (if (eq? out %null-pointer) "" (pointer->string out)))))) (define commit-committer (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_commit_committer" '(*)))) (lambda (commit) (pointer->signature (proc (commit->pointer commit)))))) ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/commit/git_commit_create ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/commit/git_commit_create_buffer ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/commit/git_commit_create_from_callback ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/commit/git_commit_create_v ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/commit/git_commit_create_with_signature ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/commit/git_commit_dup (define commit-extract-signature (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_commit_extract_signature" '(* * * * *)))) (lambda* (repository oid #:optional (field "gpgsig")) (let ((signature (make-buffer)) (data (make-buffer))) (proc signature data (repository->pointer repository) (oid->pointer oid) (string->pointer field)) (let ((signature* (buffer-content/string signature)) (data* (buffer-content/string data))) (free-buffer signature) (free-buffer data) (values signature* data*)))))) (define %commit-free (libgit2->pointer "git_commit_free")) (define (pointer->commit! pointer) (set-pointer-finalizer! pointer %commit-free) (pointer->commit pointer)) (define commit-header-field (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_commit_header_field" '(* * *)))) (lambda (commit field) (let ((out (make-buffer))) (proc out (commit->pointer commit) (string->pointer field)) (let ((out* (buffer-content/string out))) (free-buffer out) out*))))) (define commit-id (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_commit_id" '(*)))) (lambda (commit) (pointer->oid (proc (commit->pointer commit)))))) (define commit-lookup (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_commit_lookup" `(* * *)))) (lambda (repository oid) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) (oid->pointer oid)) (pointer->commit! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define commit-lookup-prefix (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_commit_lookup_prefix" `(* * * ,size_t)))) (lambda (repository id len) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) (oid->pointer id) len) (pointer->commit! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define commit-message (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_commit_message" '(*)))) (lambda (commit) (pointer->string (proc (commit->pointer commit)))))) (define commit-message-encoding (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_commit_message_encoding" '(*)))) (lambda (commit) (let ((out (proc (commit->pointer commit)))) (if (eq? out %null-pointer) #f (pointer->string out)))))) (define commit-message-raw (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_commit_message_raw" '(*)))) (lambda (commit) (pointer->string (proc (commit->pointer commit)))))) ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/commit/git_commit_nth_gen_ancestor (define commit-owner (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_commit_owner" '(*)))) (lambda (commit) (pointer->repository (proc (commit->pointer commit)))))) (define commit-parent (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_commit_parent" `(* * ,unsigned-int)))) (lambda* (commit #:optional (n 0)) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (commit->pointer commit) n) (pointer->commit! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define commit-parent-id (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_commit_parent_id" `(* ,unsigned-int)))) (lambda* (commit #:optional (n 0)) (pointer->oid (proc (commit->pointer commit) n))))) (define commit-parentcount (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure unsigned-int "git_commit_parentcount" '(*)))) (lambda (commit) (proc (commit->pointer commit))))) (define (commit-parents commit) "Return the list of all the parent commits of COMMIT." (unfold (cute >= <> (commit-parentcount commit)) (cut commit-parent commit <>) 1+ 0)) (define* (fold-commits proc seed repo #:key (start (reference-target (repository-head repo))) end) "Call PROC once on each commit of REPO, starting at START (an OID) and until END (an OID) included; if END is omitted, stop at the root commit. This procedure performs a breadth-first traversal of the commit graph." ;; Note: We rely on the fact that identical commits yield commit objects ;; that are 'eq?'. (let loop ((commits (list (commit-lookup repo start))) (result seed) (visited vlist-null)) (match commits ((commit . rest) (cond ((vhash-assq commit visited) (loop rest result visited)) ((and end (oid=? (commit-id commit) end)) (loop rest (proc commit result) (vhash-consq commit #t visited))) (else (loop (append (commit-parents commit) rest) (proc commit result) (vhash-consq commit #t visited))))) (() result)))) (define commit-raw-header (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_commit_raw_header" '(*)))) (lambda (commit) (pointer->string (proc (commit->pointer commit)))))) (define commit-summary (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_commit_summary" '(*)))) (lambda (commit) (pointer->string (proc (commit->pointer commit)))))) (define commit-time (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int64 "git_commit_time" '(*)))) (lambda (commit) (proc (commit->pointer commit))))) (define commit-time-offset (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_commit_time_offset" '(*)))) (lambda (commit) (proc (commit->pointer commit))))) (define commit-tree (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_commit_tree" '(* *)))) (lambda (commit) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (commit->pointer commit)) (pointer->tree! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define commit-tree-id (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_commit_tree_id" '(*)))) (lambda (commit) (pointer->oid (proc (commit->pointer commit)))))) guile-git-0.3.0/git/rev-parse.scm0000664000175000017500000000260713552712766013541 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2017 Mathieu Othacehe ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git rev-parse) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git types) #:export (revparse-single)) ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/revparse/git_revparse ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/revparse/git_revparse_ext (define revparse-single (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_revparse_single" '(* * *)))) (lambda (repository spec) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) (string->pointer spec)) (pointer->object! (dereference-pointer out)))))) guile-git-0.3.0/git/web/0000755000175000017500000000000013607222434011744 500000000000000guile-git-0.3.0/git/web/querystring.scm0000664000175000017500000000450113006250130014751 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git web querystring) #:use-module (srfi srfi-1) #:use-module (srfi srfi-26) #:use-module (rnrs bytevectors) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:export (querystring)) (define (string-replace string char value) (string-map (lambda (<>) (if (eq? <> char) value <>)) string)) (define (spacy string) (string-replace string #\+ #\space)) (define (hex->char a b) (integer->char (string->number (list->string (list a b)) 16))) (define (unhex string) (if (not (string-index string #\%)) string (let loop ((chars (string->list string)) (out '())) (match chars ((#\% a b . rest) (loop rest (cons (hex->char a b) out))) ((a . rest) (loop rest (cons a out))) (() (list->string (reverse out))))))) (define decode (compose unhex spacy)) (define (acons-list k v alist) (let ((value (assoc-ref alist k))) (if value (let ((alist (alist-delete k alist))) (acons k (cons v value) alist)) (acons k (list v) alist)))) (define (list->alist lst) (let next ((lst lst) (out '())) (if (null? lst) out (next (cdr lst) (acons-list (caar lst) (cdar lst) out))))) (define (querystring bv) ;; semi-colon and amp can be used as pair separator (let* ((string (utf8->string bv)) (pairs (map (cut string-split <> #\=) (append-map (cut string-split <> #\;) (string-split string #\&))))) (list->alist (map (match-lambda ((key value) (cons (decode key) (decode value)))) pairs)))) guile-git-0.3.0/git/web/template.scm0000664000175000017500000000255413447543345014224 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche ;;; Copyright © 2016 Erik Edrosa ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git web template) #:export (main-template)) ;;; ;;; template ;;; (define* (main-template title body #:optional (body-class "index") (sub-title "Projects")) `((doctype "html") (html (head (meta (@ (charset "utf-8"))) (title ,title) (link (@ (rel "stylesheet") (href "/static/main.css")))) (body (@ (class ,body-class)) (div (h1 ,title)) (div (h2 ,sub-title)) (div (@ (id "container")) ,body) (div (span "Powered by GNU Guile")))))) guile-git-0.3.0/git/web/mime-types.scm0000664000175000017500000004705513006250130014461 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Simple MIME type guesser. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (git web mime-types) #:use-module (ice-9 hash-table) #:use-module (ice-9 regex) #:export (mime-type)) (define %mime-types (alist->hash-table '(("ez" . application/andrew-inset) ("anx" . application/annodex) ("atom" . application/atom+xml) ("atomcat" . application/atomcat+xml) ("atomsrv" . application/atomserv+xml) ("lin" . application/bbolin) ("cap" . application/cap) ("pcap" . application/cap) ("cu" . application/cu-seeme) ("davmount" . application/davmount+xml) ("tsp" . application/dsptype) ("es" . application/ecmascript) ("spl" . application/futuresplash) ("hta" . application/hta) ("jar" . application/java-archive) ("ser" . application/java-serialized-object) ("class" . application/java-vm) ("js" . application/javascript) ("m3g" . application/m3g) ("hqx" . application/mac-binhex40) ("cpt" . application/mac-compactpro) ("nb" . application/mathematica) ("nbp" . application/mathematica) ("mdb" . application/msaccess) ("doc" . application/msword) ("dot" . application/msword) ("mxf" . application/mxf) ("bin" . application/octet-stream) ("oda" . application/oda) ("ogx" . application/ogg) ("pdf" . application/pdf) ("key" . application/pgp-keys) ("pgp" . application/pgp-signature) ("prf" . application/pics-rules) ("ps" . application/postscript) ("ai" . application/postscript) ("eps" . application/postscript) ("epsi" . application/postscript) ("epsf" . application/postscript) ("eps2" . application/postscript) ("eps3" . application/postscript) ("rar" . application/rar) ("rdf" . application/rdf+xml) ("rss" . application/rss+xml) ("rtf" . application/rtf) ("smi" . application/smil) ("smil" . application/smil) ("xhtml" . application/xhtml+xml) ("xht" . application/xhtml+xml) ("xml" . application/xml) ("xsl" . application/xml) ("xsd" . application/xml) ("xspf" . application/xspf+xml) ("zip" . application/zip) ("apk" . application/vnd.android.package-archive) ("cdy" . application/vnd.cinderella) ("kml" . application/vnd.google-earth.kml+xml) ("kmz" . application/vnd.google-earth.kmz) ("xul" . application/vnd.mozilla.xul+xml) ("xls" . application/vnd.ms-excel) ("xlb" . application/vnd.ms-excel) ("xlt" . application/vnd.ms-excel) ("cat" . application/vnd.ms-pki.seccat) ("stl" . application/vnd.ms-pki.stl) ("ppt" . application/vnd.ms-powerpoint) ("pps" . application/vnd.ms-powerpoint) ("odc" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.chart) ("odb" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.database) ("odf" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.formula) ("odg" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.graphics) ("otg" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.graphics-template) ("odi" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.image) ("odp" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.presentation) ("otp" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.presentation-template) ("ods" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet) ("ots" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet-template) ("odt" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.text) ("odm" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.text-master) ("ott" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.text-template) ("oth" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.text-web) ("xlsx" . application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet) ("xltx" . application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.template) ("pptx" . application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation) ("ppsx" . application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.slideshow) ("potx" . application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.template) ("docx" . application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document) ("dotx" . application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.template) ("cod" . application/vnd.rim.cod) ("mmf" . application/vnd.smaf) ("sdc" . application/vnd.stardivision.calc) ("sds" . application/vnd.stardivision.chart) ("sda" . application/vnd.stardivision.draw) ("sdd" . application/vnd.stardivision.impress) ("sdf" . application/vnd.stardivision.math) ("sdw" . application/vnd.stardivision.writer) ("sgl" . application/vnd.stardivision.writer-global) ("sxc" . application/vnd.sun.xml.calc) ("stc" . application/vnd.sun.xml.calc.template) ("sxd" . application/vnd.sun.xml.draw) ("std" . application/vnd.sun.xml.draw.template) ("sxi" . application/vnd.sun.xml.impress) ("sti" . application/vnd.sun.xml.impress.template) ("sxm" . application/vnd.sun.xml.math) ("sxw" . application/vnd.sun.xml.writer) ("sxg" . application/vnd.sun.xml.writer.global) ("stw" . application/vnd.sun.xml.writer.template) ("sis" . application/vnd.symbian.install) ("vsd" . application/vnd.visio) ("wbxml" . application/vnd.wap.wbxml) ("wmlc" . application/vnd.wap.wmlc) ("wmlsc" . application/vnd.wap.wmlscriptc) ("wpd" . application/vnd.wordperfect) ("wp5" . application/vnd.wordperfect5.1) ("wk" . application/x-123) ("7z" . application/x-7z-compressed) ("bz2" . application/x-bzip2) ("gz" . application/x-gzip) ("abw" . application/x-abiword) ("dmg" . application/x-apple-diskimage) ("bcpio" . application/x-bcpio) ("torrent" . application/x-bittorrent) ("cab" . application/x-cab) ("cbr" . application/x-cbr) ("cbz" . application/x-cbz) ("cdf" . application/x-cdf) ("cda" . application/x-cdf) ("vcd" . application/x-cdlink) ("pgn" . application/x-chess-pgn) ("cpio" . application/x-cpio) ("csh" . application/x-csh) ("deb" . application/x-debian-package) ("udeb" . application/x-debian-package) ("dcr" . application/x-director) ("dir" . application/x-director) ("dxr" . application/x-director) ("dms" . application/x-dms) ("wad" . application/x-doom) ("dvi" . application/x-dvi) ("rhtml" . application/x-httpd-eruby) ("pfa" . application/x-font) ("pfb" . application/x-font) ("gsf" . application/x-font) ("pcf" . application/x-font) ("pcf.Z" . application/x-font) ("mm" . application/x-freemind) ("spl" . application/x-futuresplash) ("gnumeric" . application/x-gnumeric) ("sgf" . application/x-go-sgf) ("gcf" . application/x-graphing-calculator) ("gtar" . application/x-gtar) ("tgz" . application/x-gtar) ("taz" . application/x-gtar) ("tar.gz" . application/x-gtar) ("tar.bz2" . application/x-gtar) ("tbz2" . application/x-gtar) ("hdf" . application/x-hdf) ("phtml" . application/x-httpd-php) ("pht" . application/x-httpd-php) ("php" . application/x-httpd-php) ("phps" . application/x-httpd-php-source) ("php3" . application/x-httpd-php3) ("php3p" . application/x-httpd-php3-preprocessed) ("php4" . application/x-httpd-php4) ("php5" . application/x-httpd-php5) ("ica" . application/x-ica) ("info" . application/x-info) ("ins" . application/x-internet-signup) ("isp" . application/x-internet-signup) ("iii" . application/x-iphone) ("iso" . application/x-iso9660-image) ("jam" . application/x-jam) ("jnlp" . application/x-java-jnlp-file) ("jmz" . application/x-jmol) ("chrt" . application/x-kchart) ("kil" . application/x-killustrator) ("skp" . application/x-koan) ("skd" . application/x-koan) ("skt" . application/x-koan) ("skm" . application/x-koan) ("kpr" . application/x-kpresenter) ("kpt" . application/x-kpresenter) ("ksp" . application/x-kspread) ("kwd" . application/x-kword) ("kwt" . application/x-kword) ("latex" . application/x-latex) ("lha" . application/x-lha) ("lyx" . application/x-lyx) ("lzh" . application/x-lzh) ("lzx" . application/x-lzx) ("frm" . application/x-maker) ("maker" . application/x-maker) ("frame" . application/x-maker) ("fm" . application/x-maker) ("fb" . application/x-maker) ("book" . application/x-maker) ("fbdoc" . application/x-maker) ("mif" . application/x-mif) ("wmd" . application/x-ms-wmd) ("wmz" . application/x-ms-wmz) ("com" . application/x-msdos-program) ("exe" . application/x-msdos-program) ("bat" . application/x-msdos-program) ("dll" . application/x-msdos-program) ("msi" . application/x-msi) ("nc" . application/x-netcdf) ("pac" . application/x-ns-proxy-autoconfig) ("dat" . application/x-ns-proxy-autoconfig) ("nwc" . application/x-nwc) ("o" . application/x-object) ("oza" . application/x-oz-application) ("p7r" . application/x-pkcs7-certreqresp) ("crl" . application/x-pkcs7-crl) ("pyc" . application/x-python-code) ("pyo" . application/x-python-code) ("qgs" . application/x-qgis) ("shp" . application/x-qgis) ("shx" . application/x-qgis) ("qtl" . application/x-quicktimeplayer) ("rpm" . application/x-redhat-package-manager) ("rb" . application/x-ruby) ("sh" . application/x-sh) ("shar" . application/x-shar) ("swf" . application/x-shockwave-flash) ("swfl" . application/x-shockwave-flash) ("scr" . application/x-silverlight) ("sit" . application/x-stuffit) ("sitx" . application/x-stuffit) ("sv4cpio" . application/x-sv4cpio) ("sv4crc" . application/x-sv4crc) ("tar" . application/x-tar) ("tcl" . application/x-tcl) ("gf" . application/x-tex-gf) ("pk" . application/x-tex-pk) ("texinfo" . application/x-texinfo) ("texi" . application/x-texinfo) ("~" . application/x-trash) ("%" . application/x-trash) ("bak" . application/x-trash) ("old" . application/x-trash) ("sik" . application/x-trash) ("t" . application/x-troff) ("tr" . application/x-troff) ("roff" . application/x-troff) ("man" . application/x-troff-man) ("me" . application/x-troff-me) ("ms" . application/x-troff-ms) ("ustar" . application/x-ustar) ("src" . application/x-wais-source) ("wz" . application/x-wingz) ("crt" . application/x-x509-ca-cert) ("xcf" . application/x-xcf) ("fig" . application/x-xfig) ("xpi" . application/x-xpinstall) ("amr" . audio/amr) ("awb" . audio/amr-wb) ("amr" . audio/amr) ("awb" . audio/amr-wb) ("axa" . audio/annodex) ("au" . audio/basic) ("snd" . audio/basic) ("flac" . audio/flac) ("mid" . audio/midi) ("midi" . audio/midi) ("kar" . audio/midi) ("mpga" . audio/mpeg) ("mpega" . audio/mpeg) ("mp2" . audio/mpeg) ("mp3" . audio/mpeg) ("m4a" . audio/mpeg) ("m3u" . audio/mpegurl) ("oga" . audio/ogg) ("ogg" . audio/ogg) ("spx" . audio/ogg) ("sid" . audio/prs.sid) ("aif" . audio/x-aiff) ("aiff" . audio/x-aiff) ("aifc" . audio/x-aiff) ("gsm" . audio/x-gsm) ("m3u" . audio/x-mpegurl) ("wma" . audio/x-ms-wma) ("wax" . audio/x-ms-wax) ("ra" . audio/x-pn-realaudio) ("rm" . audio/x-pn-realaudio) ("ram" . audio/x-pn-realaudio) ("ra" . audio/x-realaudio) ("pls" . audio/x-scpls) ("sd2" . audio/x-sd2) ("wav" . audio/x-wav) ("alc" . chemical/x-alchemy) ("cac" . chemical/x-cache) ("cache" . chemical/x-cache) ("csf" . chemical/x-cache-csf) ("cbin" . chemical/x-cactvs-binary) ("cascii" . chemical/x-cactvs-binary) ("ctab" . chemical/x-cactvs-binary) ("cdx" . chemical/x-cdx) ("cer" . chemical/x-cerius) ("c3d" . chemical/x-chem3d) ("chm" . chemical/x-chemdraw) ("cif" . chemical/x-cif) ("cmdf" . chemical/x-cmdf) ("cml" . chemical/x-cml) ("cpa" . chemical/x-compass) ("bsd" . chemical/x-crossfire) ("csml" . chemical/x-csml) ("csm" . chemical/x-csml) ("ctx" . chemical/x-ctx) ("cxf" . chemical/x-cxf) ("cef" . chemical/x-cxf) ("emb" . chemical/x-embl-dl-nucleotide) ("embl" . chemical/x-embl-dl-nucleotide) ("spc" . chemical/x-galactic-spc) ("inp" . chemical/x-gamess-input) ("gam" . chemical/x-gamess-input) ("gamin" . chemical/x-gamess-input) ("fch" . chemical/x-gaussian-checkpoint) ("fchk" . chemical/x-gaussian-checkpoint) ("cub" . chemical/x-gaussian-cube) ("gau" . chemical/x-gaussian-input) ("gjc" . chemical/x-gaussian-input) ("gjf" . chemical/x-gaussian-input) ("gal" . chemical/x-gaussian-log) ("gcg" . chemical/x-gcg8-sequence) ("gen" . chemical/x-genbank) ("hin" . chemical/x-hin) ("istr" . chemical/x-isostar) ("ist" . chemical/x-isostar) ("jdx" . chemical/x-jcamp-dx) ("dx" . chemical/x-jcamp-dx) ("kin" . chemical/x-kinemage) ("mcm" . chemical/x-macmolecule) ("mmd" . chemical/x-macromodel-input) ("mmod" . chemical/x-macromodel-input) ("mol" . chemical/x-mdl-molfile) ("rd" . chemical/x-mdl-rdfile) ("rxn" . chemical/x-mdl-rxnfile) ("sd" . chemical/x-mdl-sdfile) ("sdf" . chemical/x-mdl-sdfile) ("tgf" . chemical/x-mdl-tgf) ("mcif" . chemical/x-mmcif) ("mol2" . chemical/x-mol2) ("b" . chemical/x-molconn-Z) ("gpt" . chemical/x-mopac-graph) ("mop" . chemical/x-mopac-input) ("mopcrt" . chemical/x-mopac-input) ("mpc" . chemical/x-mopac-input) ("zmt" . chemical/x-mopac-input) ("moo" . chemical/x-mopac-out) ("mvb" . chemical/x-mopac-vib) ("asn" . chemical/x-ncbi-asn1) ("prt" . chemical/x-ncbi-asn1-ascii) ("ent" . chemical/x-ncbi-asn1-ascii) ("val" . chemical/x-ncbi-asn1-binary) ("aso" . chemical/x-ncbi-asn1-binary) ("asn" . chemical/x-ncbi-asn1-spec) ("pdb" . chemical/x-pdb) ("ent" . chemical/x-pdb) ("ros" . chemical/x-rosdal) ("sw" . chemical/x-swissprot) ("vms" . chemical/x-vamas-iso14976) ("vmd" . chemical/x-vmd) ("xtel" . chemical/x-xtel) ("xyz" . chemical/x-xyz) ("gif" . image/gif) ("ief" . image/ief) ("jpeg" . image/jpeg) ("jpg" . image/jpeg) ("jpe" . image/jpeg) ("pcx" . image/pcx) ("png" . image/png) ("svg" . image/svg+xml) ("svgz" . image/svg+xml) ("tiff" . image/tiff) ("tif" . image/tiff) ("djvu" . image/vnd.djvu) ("djv" . image/vnd.djvu) ("wbmp" . image/vnd.wap.wbmp) ("cr2" . image/x-canon-cr2) ("crw" . image/x-canon-crw) ("ras" . image/x-cmu-raster) ("cdr" . image/x-coreldraw) ("pat" . image/x-coreldrawpattern) ("cdt" . image/x-coreldrawtemplate) ("cpt" . image/x-corelphotopaint) ("erf" . image/x-epson-erf) ("ico" . image/x-icon) ("art" . image/x-jg) ("jng" . image/x-jng) ("bmp" . image/x-ms-bmp) ("nef" . image/x-nikon-nef) ("orf" . image/x-olympus-orf) ("psd" . image/x-photoshop) ("pnm" . image/x-portable-anymap) ("pbm" . image/x-portable-bitmap) ("pgm" . image/x-portable-graymap) ("ppm" . image/x-portable-pixmap) ("rgb" . image/x-rgb) ("xbm" . image/x-xbitmap) ("xpm" . image/x-xpixmap) ("xwd" . image/x-xwindowdump) ("eml" . message/rfc822) ("igs" . model/iges) ("iges" . model/iges) ("msh" . model/mesh) ("mesh" . model/mesh) ("silo" . model/mesh) ("wrl" . model/vrml) ("vrml" . model/vrml) ("x3dv" . model/x3d+vrml) ("x3d" . model/x3d+xml) ("x3db" . model/x3d+binary) ("manifest" . text/cache-manifest) ("ics" . text/calendar) ("icz" . text/calendar) ("css" . text/css) ("csv" . text/csv) ("323" . text/h323) ("html" . text/html) ("htm" . text/html) ("shtml" . text/html) ("uls" . text/iuls) ("mml" . text/mathml) ("asc" . text/plain) ("txt" . text/plain) ("text" . text/plain) ("pot" . text/plain) ("brf" . text/plain) ("rtx" . text/richtext) ("sct" . text/scriptlet) ("wsc" . text/scriptlet) ("tm" . text/texmacs) ("ts" . text/texmacs) ("tsv" . text/tab-separated-values) ("jad" . text/vnd.sun.j2me.app-descriptor) ("wml" . text/vnd.wap.wml) ("wmls" . text/vnd.wap.wmlscript) ("bib" . text/x-bibtex) ("boo" . text/x-boo) ("h++" . text/x-c++hdr) ("hpp" . text/x-c++hdr) ("hxx" . text/x-c++hdr) ("hh" . text/x-c++hdr) ("c++" . text/x-c++src) ("cpp" . text/x-c++src) ("cxx" . text/x-c++src) ("cc" . text/x-c++src) ("h" . text/x-chdr) ("htc" . text/x-component) ("csh" . text/x-csh) ("c" . text/x-csrc) ("d" . text/x-dsrc) ("diff" . text/x-diff) ("patch" . text/x-diff) ("hs" . text/x-haskell) ("java" . text/x-java) ("lhs" . text/x-literate-haskell) ("moc" . text/x-moc) ("p" . text/x-pascal) ("pas" . text/x-pascal) ("gcd" . text/x-pcs-gcd) ("pl" . text/x-perl) ("pm" . text/x-perl) ("py" . text/x-python) ("scala" . text/x-scala) ("etx" . text/x-setext) ("sh" . text/x-sh) ("tcl" . text/x-tcl) ("tk" . text/x-tcl) ("tex" . text/x-tex) ("ltx" . text/x-tex) ("sty" . text/x-tex) ("cls" . text/x-tex) ("vcs" . text/x-vcalendar) ("vcf" . text/x-vcard) ("json" . text/javascript) ("3gp" . video/3gpp) ("axv" . video/annodex) ("dl" . video/dl) ("dif" . video/dv) ("dv" . video/dv) ("fli" . video/fli) ("gl" . video/gl) ("mpeg" . video/mpeg) ("mpg" . video/mpeg) ("mpe" . video/mpeg) ("mp4" . video/mp4) ("qt" . video/quicktime) ("mov" . video/quicktime) ("ogv" . video/ogg) ("mxu" . video/vnd.mpegurl) ("flv" . video/x-flv) ("lsf" . video/x-la-asf) ("lsx" . video/x-la-asf) ("mng" . video/x-mng) ("asf" . video/x-ms-asf) ("asx" . video/x-ms-asf) ("wm" . video/x-ms-wm) ("wmv" . video/x-ms-wmv) ("wmx" . video/x-ms-wmx) ("wvx" . video/x-ms-wvx) ("avi" . video/x-msvideo) ("movie" . video/x-sgi-movie) ("mpv" . video/x-matroska) ("mkv" . video/x-matroska) ("ice" . x-conference/x-cooltalk) ("sisx" . x-epoc/x-sisx-app) ("vrm" . x-world/x-vrml) ("vrml" . x-world/x-vrml) ("wrl" . x-world/x-vrml)))) (define %file-ext-regexp (make-regexp "(\\.(.*)|[~%])$")) (define (file-extension file-name) "Return the file extension for FILE-NAME, or #f if one is not found." (and=> (regexp-exec %file-ext-regexp file-name) (lambda (match) (or (match:substring match 2) (match:substring match 1))))) (define (mime-type file-name) "Guess the MIME type for FILE-NAME based upon its file extension." (or (hash-ref %mime-types (file-extension file-name)) 'text/plain)) guile-git-0.3.0/git/web/html.scm0000664000175000017500000000675213006250130013333 00000000000000;;; ;;; html module taken from culturia ;;; ;;; Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ;;; ;;; html.scm is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; html.scm is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with html.scm. If not, see . (define-module (git web html) #:use-module ((sxml xpath) #:renamer (symbol-prefix-proc 'sxml:)) #:use-module (ice-9 format) #:use-module (ice-9 hash-table) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (ice-9 rdelim) #:use-module (srfi srfi-1) #:use-module (srfi srfi-26) #:use-module (sxml simple) #:use-module (web uri) #:export (sxml->html)) ;;; ;;; sxml->html ;;; (define %void-elements '(area base br col command embed hr img input keygen link meta param source track wbr)) (define (void-element? tag) "Return #t if TAG is a void element." (pair? (memq tag %void-elements))) (define %escape-chars (alist->hash-table '((#\" . "quot") (#\& . "amp") (#\' . "apos") (#\< . "lt") (#\> . "gt")))) (define (string->escaped-html s port) "Write the HTML escaped form of S to PORT." (define (escape c) (let ((escaped (hash-ref %escape-chars c))) (if escaped (format port "&~a;" escaped) (display c port)))) (string-for-each escape s)) (define (object->escaped-html obj port) "Write the HTML escaped form of OBJ to PORT." (string->escaped-html (call-with-output-string (cut display obj <>)) port)) (define (attribute-value->html value port) "Write the HTML escaped form of VALUE to PORT." (if (string? value) (string->escaped-html value port) (object->escaped-html value port))) (define (attribute->html attr value port) "Write ATTR and VALUE to PORT." (format port "~a=\"" attr) (attribute-value->html value port) (display #\" port)) (define (element->html tag attrs body port) "Write the HTML TAG to PORT, where TAG has the attributes in the list ATTRS and the child nodes in BODY." (format port "<~a" tag) (for-each (match-lambda ((attr value) (display #\space port) (attribute->html attr value port))) attrs) (if (and (null? body) (void-element? tag)) (display " />" port) (begin (display #\> port) (for-each (cut sxml->html <> port) body) (format port "" tag)))) (define (doctype->html doctype port) (format port "" doctype)) (define* (sxml->html tree #:optional (port (current-output-port))) "Write the serialized HTML form of TREE to PORT." (match tree (() *unspecified*) (('doctype type) (doctype->html type port)) (((? symbol? tag) ('@ attrs ...) body ...) (element->html tag attrs body port)) (((? symbol? tag) body ...) (element->html tag '() body port)) ((nodes ...) (for-each (cut sxml->html <> port) nodes)) ((? string? text) (string->escaped-html text port)) ;; Render arbitrary Scheme objects, too. (obj (object->escaped-html obj port)))) guile-git-0.3.0/git/web/repository.scm0000664000175000017500000000470613034576134014623 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016, 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git web repository) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (srfi srfi-1) #:use-module (srfi srfi-26) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git repository) #:use-module (git branch) #:use-module (git web http) #:use-module (git web html) #:use-module (git web config) #:use-module (git web template) #:export (repo-handler)) (define (render-commits foo) foo) (define (render-summary repo-name branches) (define (render-branch branch) (let ((name (branch-name branch))) `(li (div (a (@ (href ,(string-append "/" repo-name "/" name))) ,name))))) `(div (@ (class "branches")) (h2 "Branches") (ul ,(map render-branch branches)))) (define (render-repo-index repo-name repository) (let ((branches (branch-list repository BRANCH-LOCAL))) (respond (render-summary repo-name branches) #:title repo-name #:template (cut main-template <> <> "summary" "Summary")))) (define (handle-repo repo-name repository path) (match path (() (render-repo-index repo-name repository)) (rest (respond (string-append " path:" (fold (lambda (str prev) (string-append prev "/" str)) "" path)) #:title repo-name #:template main-template)))) (define (get-repository repo) (false-if-exception (repository-open (string-append (repository-dir) "/" repo)))) (define (repo-handler repo path) (let ((repository (get-repository repo))) (if repository (handle-repo repo repository path) (respond "Repo not found" #:title repo #:status 404 #:template main-template)))) guile-git-0.3.0/git/web/config.scm0000664000175000017500000000204113007470514013632 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Erik Edrosa ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git web config) #:export (static-dir repository-dir)) (define static-dir (make-parameter (getcwd))) (define repository-dir (make-parameter (or (getenv "GITWEB_REPO_DIR") (getcwd)))) guile-git-0.3.0/git/web/http.scm0000664000175000017500000000304713006776560013364 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Erik Edrosa ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git web http) #:use-module (web response) #:use-module (git web html) #:export (respond)) (define* (respond #:optional body #:key (status 200) (title "Hello, World!") (content-type-params '((charset . "utf-8"))) (content-type 'text/html) (extra-headers '()) (template #f)) (values (build-response #:code status #:headers `((content-type . (,content-type ,@content-type-params)) ,@extra-headers)) (lambda (port) (cond ((and body template) (sxml->html (template title body) port)) (body (sxml->html body port)))))) guile-git-0.3.0/git/blob.scm0000644000175000017500000000553413604243600012533 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche Boubekki ;;; Copyright © 2016, 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; Copyright © 2019 Ludovic Courtès ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git blob) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git structs) #:use-module (git types) #:re-export (blob?) #:export (blob-id blob-size blob-content blob-lookup blob-lookup-prefix)) ;;; blob https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/blob (define blob-id (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_blob_id" '(*)))) (lambda (blob) (pointer->oid (proc (blob->pointer blob)))))) (define %blob-free (libgit2->pointer "git_blob_free")) (define (pointer->blob! pointer) (set-pointer-finalizer! pointer %blob-free) (pointer->blob pointer)) (define blob-lookup (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_blob_lookup" `(* * *)))) (lambda (repository oid) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) (oid->pointer oid)) (pointer->blob! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define blob-lookup-prefix (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_blob_lookup_prefix" `(* * * ,size_t)))) (lambda (repository id len) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) (oid->pointer id) len) (pointer->blob! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define blob-size (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure size_t "git_blob_rawsize" '(*)))) (lambda (blob) "Return the size in bytes of the contents of BLOB." (proc (blob->pointer blob))))) (define %blob-contents ;; Map a bytevector (blob content) to the blob it belongs to. (make-weak-value-hash-table)) (define blob-content (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_blob_rawcontent" '(*)))) (lambda (blob) "Return the content of BLOB as a bytevector." (let* ((ptr (proc (blob->pointer blob))) (bv (pointer->bytevector ptr (blob-size blob)))) ;; Since PTR belongs to BLOB, ensure BLOB is live as long as BV is. (hashq-set! %blob-contents bv blob) bv)))) guile-git-0.3.0/git/reference.scm0000664000175000017500000001332213552712766013567 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche Boubekki ;;; Copyright © 2016, 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git reference) #:use-module (rnrs bytevectors) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git types) #:use-module (git structs) #:export (reference-name reference-target reference-name->oid reference-shorthand reference-peel pointer->reference! reference-lookup reference-iterator-new reference-iterator-glob-new reference-next reference-fold reference-branch? reference-note? reference-remote? reference-tag? reference-eq?)) ;;; FIXME: reference https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/reference (define reference-name (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_reference_name" '(*)))) (lambda (reference) (pointer->string (proc (reference->pointer reference)))))) (define reference-target (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_reference_target" '(*)))) (lambda (reference) (pointer->oid (proc (reference->pointer reference)))))) (define reference-name->oid (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_reference_name_to_id" '(* * *)))) (lambda (repository name) (let ((out (make-oid-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) (string->pointer name)) (pointer->oid out))))) (define reference-shorthand (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_reference_shorthand" '(*)))) (lambda (reference) (pointer->string (proc (reference->pointer reference)))))) (define reference-peel (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_reference_peel" `(* * ,int)))) (lambda (reference obj-type) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (reference->pointer reference) obj-type) (pointer->object! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define %reference-free (libgit2->pointer "git_reference_free")) (define (pointer->reference! pointer) (set-pointer-finalizer! pointer %reference-free) (pointer->reference pointer)) (define reference-lookup (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_reference_lookup" '(* * *)))) (lambda (repository name) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) (string->pointer name)) (pointer->reference! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define %reference-iterator-free (libgit2->pointer "git_reference_iterator_free")) (define (pointer->reference-iterator! pointer) (set-pointer-finalizer! pointer %reference-iterator-free) (pointer->reference-iterator pointer)) (define reference-iterator-new (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_reference_iterator_new" '(* *)))) (lambda (repository) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository)) (pointer->reference-iterator! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define reference-iterator-glob-new (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_reference_iterator_glob_new" '(* * *)))) (lambda (repository glob) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) (string->pointer glob)) (pointer->reference-iterator! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define reference-next (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_reference_next" '(* *)))) (lambda (iterator) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (reference-iterator->pointer iterator)) (pointer->reference (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define* (reference-fold proc init repository #:key (glob #f)) (let ((iterator (if glob (reference-iterator-glob-new repository glob) (reference-iterator-new repository)))) (let loop ((acc init)) (let ((reference (false-if-exception (reference-next iterator)))) (if reference (loop (proc reference acc)) acc))))) (define reference-branch? (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_reference_is_branch" '(*)))) (lambda (reference) (case (proc (reference->pointer reference)) ((1) #t) (else #f))))) (define reference-note? (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_reference_is_note" '(*)))) (lambda (reference) (case (proc (reference->pointer reference)) ((1) #t) (else #f))))) (define reference-remote? (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_reference_is_remote" '(*)))) (lambda (reference) (case (proc (reference->pointer reference)) ((1) #t) (else #f))))) (define reference-tag? (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_reference_is_tag" '(*)))) (lambda (reference) (case (proc (reference->pointer reference)) ((1) #t) (else #f))))) (define reference-eq? (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_reference_cmp" '(* *)))) (lambda (ref1 ref2) (case (proc (reference->pointer ref1) (reference->pointer ref2)) ((0) #t) (else #f))))) guile-git-0.3.0/git/reset.scm0000664000175000017500000000306713552712766012760 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2017 Mathieu Othacehe ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git reset) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git types) #:export (RESET_SOFT RESET_MIXED RESET_HARD reset)) (define RESET_SOFT 1) (define RESET_MIXED 2) (define RESET_HARD 3) (define reset (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_reset" `(* * ,unsigned-int *)))) (lambda (repository target type) (proc (repository->pointer repository) (object->pointer target) type ;; FIXME https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/type/git_checkout_options %null-pointer)))) ;; FIXME https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/reset/git_reset_default ;; FIXME https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/reset/git_reset_from_annotated guile-git-0.3.0/git/tag.scm0000664000175000017500000000751613552712766012414 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016, 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; Copyright © 2019 Mathieu Othacehe ;;; Copyright © 2019 Marius Bakke ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git tag) #:use-module (rnrs bytevectors) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git types) #:use-module (git structs) #:export (tag-lookup tag-lookup-prefix tag-id tag-target-id tag-message tag-name tag-create tag-create! tag-create-lightweight tag-create-lightweight!)) (define %tag-free (libgit2->pointer "git_tag_free")) (define (pointer->tag! pointer) (set-pointer-finalizer! pointer %tag-free) (pointer->tag pointer)) (define tag-lookup (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_tag_lookup" '(* * *)))) (lambda (repository oid) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) (oid->pointer oid)) (pointer->tag! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define tag-lookup-prefix (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_tag_lookup_prefix" `(* * * ,size_t)))) (lambda (repository oid length) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) (oid->pointer oid) length) (pointer->tag! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define tag-id (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_tag_id" '(*)))) (lambda (tag) (pointer->oid (proc (tag->pointer tag)))))) (define tag-target-id (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_tag_target_id" '(*)))) (lambda (tag) (pointer->oid (proc (tag->pointer tag)))))) (define tag-message (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_tag_message" '(*)))) (lambda (tag) (pointer->string (proc (tag->pointer tag)))))) (define tag-name (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_tag_name" '(*)))) (lambda (tag) (pointer->string (proc (tag->pointer tag)))))) (define tag-create (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_tag_create" `(* * * * * * ,int)))) (lambda* (repository name target tagger message #:optional (force? #f)) (let ((oid (make-oid-pointer))) (proc oid (repository->pointer repository) (string->pointer name) (object->pointer target) (signature->pointer tagger) (string->pointer message) (if force? 1 0)) (pointer->oid oid))))) (define tag-create! (lambda (repository name target tagger message) (tag-create repository name target tagger message #t))) (define tag-create-lightweight (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_tag_create_lightweight" `(* * * * ,int)))) (lambda* (repository name target #:optional (force? #f)) (let ((oid (make-oid-pointer))) (proc oid (repository->pointer repository) (string->pointer name) (object->pointer target) (if force? 1 0)) (pointer->oid oid))))) (define tag-create-lightweight! (lambda (repository name target) (tag-create-lightweight repository name target #t))) guile-git-0.3.0/git/branch.scm0000664000175000017500000001321513552712766013067 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche Boubekki ;;; Copyright © 2016, 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git branch) #:use-module (ice-9 receive) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git reference) #:use-module (git types) #:export (BRANCH-LOCAL BRANCH-REMOTE BRANCH-ALL branch-create branch-create-from-annotated branch-delete branch-is-head? branch-iterator-new branch-list branch-fold branch-lookup branch-move branch-name branch-next branch-set-upstream branch-upstream)) ;;; branch https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/branch (define BRANCH-LOCAL 1) (define BRANCH-REMOTE 2) (define BRANCH-ALL (logior BRANCH-LOCAL BRANCH-REMOTE)) (define branch-create (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_branch_create" `(* * * * ,int)))) (lambda (repository branch-name target force) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) (string->pointer branch-name) (commit->pointer target) (if force 1 0)) (pointer->reference! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define branch-create-from-annotated (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_branch_create_from_annotated" `(* * * * ,int)))) (lambda (repository branch-name commit force) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) (string->pointer branch-name) (annotated-commit->pointer commit) (if force 1 0)) (pointer->reference! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define branch-delete (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_branch_delete" '(*)))) (lambda (branch) (proc (reference->pointer branch))))) (define branch-is-head? (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_branch_is_head" '(*)))) (lambda (branch) (case (proc (reference->pointer branch)) ((0) #f) ((1) #t) (else => (lambda (code) (raise-git-error code))))))) (define %branch-iterator-free (libgit2->pointer "git_branch_iterator_free")) (define (pointer->branch-iterator! pointer) (set-pointer-finalizer! pointer %branch-iterator-free) (pointer->branch-iterator pointer)) (define branch-iterator-new (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_branch_iterator_new" `(* * ,int)))) (lambda (repository flags) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) flags) (pointer->branch-iterator (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define branch-lookup (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_branch_lookup" `(* * * ,int)))) (lambda* (repository branch-name #:optional (type BRANCH-ALL)) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) (string->pointer branch-name) type) (pointer->reference! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define branch-move (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_branch_move" `(* * * ,int)))) (lambda (reference new-branch-name force) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (reference->pointer reference) (string->pointer new-branch-name) (if force 1 0)) (pointer->reference! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define branch-name (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_branch_name" '(* *)))) (lambda (reference) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (reference->pointer reference)) (pointer->string (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define branch-next (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_branch_next" '(* * *)))) (lambda (iterator) (let ((out (make-double-pointer)) (out-type (make-double-pointer))) (proc out out-type (branch-iterator->pointer iterator)) (values (pointer->reference (dereference-pointer out)) (pointer-address (dereference-pointer out-type))))))) (define branch-set-upstream (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_branch_set_upstream" '(* *)))) (lambda (branch upstream-name) (proc (reference->pointer branch) (string->pointer upstream-name))))) (define branch-upstream (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_branch_upstream" '(* *)))) (lambda (branch) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (reference->pointer branch)) (pointer->reference (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define* (branch-fold proc init repository #:optional (flag BRANCH-ALL)) (let ((iterator (branch-iterator-new repository flag))) (let loop ((acc init)) (let ((branch (false-if-exception (branch-next iterator)))) (if branch (loop (proc branch acc)) acc))))) (define* (branch-list repository #:optional (flag BRANCH-ALL)) (branch-fold cons '() repository flag)) guile-git-0.3.0/git/checkout.scm0000664000175000017500000000337013552712766013440 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche Boubekki ;;; Copyright © 2016 Erik Edrosa ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git checkout) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git types)) ;;; checkout https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/checkout (define checkout-head (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_checkout_head" '(* *)))) (lambda (repository options) (proc (repository->pointer repository) %null-pointer)))) (define checkout-index (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_checkout_index" '(* * *)))) (lambda (repository index options) (proc (repository->pointer repository) (index->pointer index) %null-pointer)))) ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/checkout/git_checkout_init_options (define checkout-tree (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_checkout_tree" `(* * *)))) (lambda (repository treeish) (proc (repository->pointer repository) (object->pointer treeish) %null-pointer)))) guile-git-0.3.0/git/clone.scm0000644000175000017500000000467513600264462012727 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche Boubekki ;;; Copyright © 2016 Erik Edrosa ;;; Copyright © 2019 Marius Bakke ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git clone) #:use-module (rnrs bytevectors) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git fetch) #:use-module (git structs) #:use-module (git types) #:use-module (git repository) #:export (clone clone-init-options ;deprecated! make-clone-options)) ;;; clone https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/clone (define CLONE-OPTIONS-VERSION 1) (define clone (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_clone" '(* * * *)))) (lambda* (url directory #:optional (clone-options (make-clone-options))) "Clones a remote repository found at URL into DIRECTORY. An authentication method from (git auth) can be passed optionally if the repository is protected. Returns the repository on success or throws an error on failure." (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (string->pointer url) (string->pointer directory) (clone-options->pointer clone-options)) (pointer->repository! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define make-clone-options (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_clone_init_options" `(* ,unsigned-int))) (clone-options (make-clone-options-bytestructure))) (lambda* (#:key (fetch-options (make-fetch-options))) (proc (clone-options->pointer clone-options) CLONE-OPTIONS-VERSION) (set-clone-options-fetch-opts! clone-options fetch-options) clone-options))) (define clone-init-options ;; Deprecated alias for compatibility with 0.2. make-clone-options) guile-git-0.3.0/git/object.scm0000664000175000017500000000777113552712766013112 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche Boubekki ;;; Copyright © 2016, 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; Copyright © 2016, 2017, 2018 Ludovic Courtès ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git object) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (rnrs bytevectors) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git config) #:use-module (git types) #:use-module (git structs) #:export (OBJ-ANY OBJ-BAD OBJ-EXT1 OBJ-COMMIT OBJ-TREE OBJ-BLOB OBJ-TAG OBJ-EXT2 OBJ-OFS-DELTA OBJ-REF-DELTA object-id object-lookup object-lookup-prefix object-owner object-short-id object-type)) ;; Git Object types (define OBJ-ANY -2) (define OBJ-BAD -1) (define OBJ-EXT1 0) (define OBJ-COMMIT 1) (define OBJ-TREE 2) (define OBJ-BLOB 3) (define OBJ-TAG 4) (define OBJ-EXT2 5) (define OBJ-OFS-DELTA 6) (define OBJ-REF-DELTA 7) ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/object/git_object__size (define object-dup (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_object_dup" '(* *)))) (lambda (object) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (object->pointer object)) (pointer->object! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define object-id (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_object_id" '(*)))) (lambda (object) (pointer->oid (proc (object->pointer object)))))) (define object-lookup (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_object_lookup" `(* * * ,int)))) (lambda* (repository oid #:optional (type OBJ-ANY)) (let ((out (bytevector->pointer (make-bytevector (sizeof '*))))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) (oid->pointer oid) type) (pointer->object! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define object-lookup-prefix (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_object_lookup_prefix" `(* * * ,size_t ,int)))) (lambda* (repository oid length #:optional (type OBJ-ANY)) (let ((out (bytevector->pointer (make-bytevector (sizeof '*))))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) (oid->pointer oid) length type) (pointer->object! (dereference-pointer out)))))) ;; FIXME https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/object/git_object_lookup_bypath (define object-owner (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_object_owner" '(*)))) (lambda (object) (pointer->repository (proc (object->pointer object)))))) ;; FIXME https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/object/git_object_peel (define object-short-id (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_object_short_id" '(* *)))) (lambda (object) (let ((out (make-buffer))) (proc out (object->pointer object)) (let ((out* (buffer-content/string out))) (free-buffer out) out*))))) ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/object/git_object_string2type (define object-type (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_object_type" '(*)))) (lambda (object) (proc (object->pointer object))))) ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/object/git_object_type2string ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/object/git_object_typeisloose guile-git-0.3.0/git/describe.scm0000664000175000017500000001611013552712766013407 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2019 Marius Bakke ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git describe) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (git errors) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git types) #:use-module (git structs) #:export (DESCRIBE-MAX-CANDIDATES DESCRIBE-STRATEGY-DEFAULT DESCRIBE-STRATEGY-TAGS DESCRIBE-STRATEGY-ALL DESCRIBE-STRATEGY DESCRIBE-PATTERN DESCRIBE-ONLY-FOLLOW-FIRST-PARENT? DESCRIBE-FALLBACK-TO-OID? make-describe-options describe-commit describe-workdir DESCRIBE-FORMAT-ABBREVIATED-SIZE DESCRIBE-FORMAT-ALWAYS-USE-LONG-FORMAT? DESCRIBE-FORMAT-DIRTY-SUFFIX make-describe-format-options describe-format)) ;;; https://libgit2.org/libgit2/#HEAD/group/describe (define DESCRIBE-OPTIONS-VERSION 1) (define DESCRIBE-MAX-CANDIDATES 10) (define DESCRIBE-STRATEGY-DEFAULT 0) (define DESCRIBE-STRATEGY-TAGS 1) (define DESCRIBE-STRATEGY-ALL 2) (define DESCRIBE-STRATEGY 'default) (define DESCRIBE-PATTERN "") (define DESCRIBE-ONLY-FOLLOW-FIRST-PARENT? #f) (define DESCRIBE-FALLBACK-TO-OID? #f) (define (symbol->describe-strategy symbol) (case symbol ((default) DESCRIBE-STRATEGY-DEFAULT) ((tags) DESCRIBE-STRATEGY-TAGS) ((all) DESCRIBE-STRATEGY-ALL) (else (raise-git-error GIT_EINVALID)))) (define make-describe-options ;; Return a structure for use with DESCRIBE-COMMIT ;; or DESCRIBE-WORKDIR. MAX-CANDIDATES specifies how many tags will ;; be considered when finding the descriptive name; use 0 to not ;; consider any tags at all. STRATEGY can be either 'default to only ;; consider annotated tags, 'tags to consider all tags, or 'all to ;; also consider branch names. If PATTERN is a non-empty string, only ;; refs matching the given glob(7) pattern are considered. ;; ONLY-FOLLOW-FIRST-PARENT? will ignore tags that are not direct ;; ancestors of the commit. When FALLBACK-TO-OID? is true, the commit ;; ID will be returned if no matching tags were found. (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_describe_init_options" `(* ,unsigned-int)))) (lambda* (#:key (max-candidates DESCRIBE-MAX-CANDIDATES) (strategy DESCRIBE-STRATEGY) (pattern DESCRIBE-PATTERN) (only-follow-first-parent? DESCRIBE-ONLY-FOLLOW-FIRST-PARENT?) (fallback-to-oid? DESCRIBE-FALLBACK-TO-OID?)) (let ((describe-options (make-describe-options-bytestructure)) (strategy (symbol->describe-strategy strategy))) (proc (describe-options->pointer describe-options) DESCRIBE-OPTIONS-VERSION) (set-describe-options-max-candidates-tag! describe-options max-candidates) (when (> strategy 0) (set-describe-options-strategy! describe-options strategy)) (when (> (string-length pattern) 0) (set-describe-options-pattern! describe-options (string->pointer pattern))) (when only-follow-first-parent? (set-describe-options-only-follow-first-parent! describe-options 1)) (when fallback-to-oid? (set-describe-options-show-commit-oid-as-fallback! describe-options 1)) describe-options)))) (define %describe-result-free (libgit2->pointer "git_describe_result_free")) (define (pointer->describe-result! pointer) (set-pointer-finalizer! pointer %describe-result-free) (pointer->describe-result pointer)) (define* describe-commit (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_describe_commit" '(* * *)))) (lambda* (commit #:optional (options (make-describe-options))) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (commit->pointer commit) (describe-options->pointer options)) (pointer->describe-result! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define* describe-workdir (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_describe_workdir" '(* * *)))) (lambda* (repository #:optional (options (make-describe-options))) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) (describe-options->pointer options)) (pointer->describe-result! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define DESCRIBE-FORMAT-OPTIONS-VERSION 1) (define DESCRIBE-FORMAT-ABBREVIATED-SIZE 7) (define DESCRIBE-FORMAT-ALWAYS-USE-LONG-FORMAT? #f) (define DESCRIBE-FORMAT-DIRTY-SUFFIX "") ;; Return a structure for formatting the ;; output of DESCRIBE-FORMAT. ABBREVIATED-SIZE specifies how many ;; characters of the commit ID to use. When ALWAYS-USE-LONG-FORMAT? is ;; true, the returned string will be formatted with tag, number of ;; commits and abbreviated commit ID even when it exactly matches a tag. ;; DIRTY-SUFFIX is an optional string that will be appended to the output ;; when the worktree is considered 'dirty', i.e. modified. (define make-describe-format-options (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_describe_init_format_options" `(* ,unsigned-int)))) (lambda* (#:key (abbreviated-size DESCRIBE-FORMAT-ABBREVIATED-SIZE) (always-use-long-format? DESCRIBE-FORMAT-ALWAYS-USE-LONG-FORMAT?) (dirty-suffix DESCRIBE-FORMAT-DIRTY-SUFFIX)) (let ((describe-format-options (make-describe-format-options-bytestructure))) (proc (describe-format-options->pointer describe-format-options) DESCRIBE-FORMAT-OPTIONS-VERSION) (set-describe-format-options-abbreviated-size! describe-format-options abbreviated-size) (when always-use-long-format? (set-describe-format-options-always-use-long-format! describe-format-options 1)) (when (> (string-length dirty-suffix) 0) (set-describe-format-options-dirty-suffix! describe-format-options (string->pointer dirty-suffix))) describe-format-options)))) (define describe-format (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_describe_format" '(* * *)))) (lambda* (result #:optional (options (make-describe-format-options))) (let ((out (make-buffer))) (proc out (describe-result->pointer result) (describe-format-options->pointer options)) (let ((out* (buffer-content/string out))) (free-buffer out) out*))))) guile-git-0.3.0/git/status.scm0000664000175000017500000001220513552712766013153 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2017 Mathieu Othacehe ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git status) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git structs) #:use-module (git types) #:use-module (srfi srfi-26) #:export (STATUS-SHOW-INDEX-AND-WORKDIR STATUS-SHOW-INDEX-ONLY STATUS-SHOW-WORKDIR-ONLY STATUS-FLAG-INCLUDE-UNTRACKED STATUS-FLAG-INCLUDE-IGNORED STATUS-FLAG-INCLUDE-UNMODIFIED STATUS-FLAG-EXCLUDE-SUBMODULES STATUS-FLAG-RECURSE-UNTRACKED-DIRS STATUS-FLAG-DISABLE-PATHSPEC-MATCH STATUS-FLAG-RECURSE-IGNORED-DIRS STATUS-FLAG-RENAMES-HEAD-TO-INDEX STATUS-FLAG-RENAMES-INDEX-TO-WORKDIR STATUS-FLAG-SORT-CASE-SENSITIVELY STATUS-FLAG-SORT-CASE-INSENSITIVELY STATUS-FLAG-RENAMES-FROM-REWRITES STATUS-FLAG-NO-REFRESH STATUS-FLAG-UPDATE-INDEX STATUS-FLAG-INCLUDE-UNREADABLE STATUS-FLAG-INCLUDE-UNREADABLE-AS-UNTRACKED make-status-options status-init-options ;deprecated! status-list-new status-list-entry-count status-byindex status-list->status-entries)) (define STATUS-OPTIONS-VERSION 1) (define STATUS-SHOW-INDEX-AND-WORKDIR 0) (define STATUS-SHOW-INDEX-ONLY 1) (define STATUS-SHOW-WORKDIR-ONLY 2) (define STATUS-FLAG-INCLUDE-UNTRACKED 1) (define STATUS-FLAG-INCLUDE-IGNORED 2) (define STATUS-FLAG-INCLUDE-UNMODIFIED 4) (define STATUS-FLAG-EXCLUDE-SUBMODULES 8) (define STATUS-FLAG-RECURSE-UNTRACKED-DIRS 16) (define STATUS-FLAG-DISABLE-PATHSPEC-MATCH 32) (define STATUS-FLAG-RECURSE-IGNORED-DIRS 64) (define STATUS-FLAG-RENAMES-HEAD-TO-INDEX 128) (define STATUS-FLAG-RENAMES-INDEX-TO-WORKDIR 256) (define STATUS-FLAG-SORT-CASE-SENSITIVELY 512) (define STATUS-FLAG-SORT-CASE-INSENSITIVELY 1024) (define STATUS-FLAG-RENAMES-FROM-REWRITES 2048) (define STATUS-FLAG-NO-REFRESH 4096) (define STATUS-FLAG-UPDATE-INDEX 8192) (define STATUS-FLAG-INCLUDE-UNREADABLE 16384) (define STATUS-FLAG-INCLUDE-UNREADABLE-AS-UNTRACKED 32768) (define %status-list-free (libgit2->pointer "git_status_list_free")) (define (pointer->status-list! pointer) (set-pointer-finalizer! pointer %status-list-free) (pointer->status-list pointer)) (define make-status-options (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_status_init_options" `(* ,unsigned-int)))) (lambda* (#:optional (show STATUS-SHOW-INDEX-AND-WORKDIR) (flags STATUS-FLAG-INCLUDE-UNTRACKED)) (let ((status-options (make-status-options-bytestructure))) (proc (status-options->pointer status-options) STATUS-OPTIONS-VERSION) (set-status-options-show! status-options show) (set-status-options-flags! status-options flags) status-options)))) (define status-init-options ;; Deprecated alias for compatibility with 0.2. make-status-options) (define status-list-new (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_status_list_new" '(* * *)))) (lambda (repository status-options) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) (status-options->pointer status-options)) (pointer->status-list! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define status-list-entry-count (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure size_t "git_status_list_entrycount" '(*)))) (lambda (status-list) (proc (status-list->pointer status-list))))) (define status-byindex (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_status_byindex" `(* ,size_t)))) (lambda (status-list index) (pointer->status-entry (proc (status-list->pointer status-list) index))))) (define (status-list->status-entries status-list) (map (cut status-byindex status-list <>) (iota (status-list-entry-count status-list)))) ;;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/status/git_status_file ;;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/status/git_status_foreach ;;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/status/git_status_foreach_ext ;;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/status/git_status_list_get_perfdata ;;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/status/git_status_should_ignore guile-git-0.3.0/git/config.scm.in0000664000175000017500000000170613475067132013500 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche Boubekki ;;; Copyright © 2016 Erik Edrosa ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git config) #:export (%libgit2)) (define %libgit2 "@LIBGIT2_LIBDIR@/libgit2") guile-git-0.3.0/git/annotated.scm0000664000175000017500000000605013552712766013606 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche Boubekki ;;; Copyright © 2016, 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git annotated) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git types) #:use-module (git structs) #:export (annotated-commit-from-fetchhead annotated-commit-from-ref annotated-commit-from-revspec annotated-commit-id annotated-commit-lookup)) ;;; annotated (define %annotated-commit-free (libgit2->pointer "git_annotated_commit_free")) (define (pointer->annotated-commit! pointer) (set-pointer-finalizer! pointer %annotated-commit-free) (pointer->annotated-commit pointer)) (define annotated-commit-from-fetchhead (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_annotated_commit_from_fetchhead" '(* * * * *)))) (lambda (repository branch-name remote-url id) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) (string->pointer branch-name) (string->pointer remote-url) (oid->pointer id)) (pointer->annotated-commit! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define annotated-commit-from-ref (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_annotated_commit_from_ref" '(* * *)))) (lambda (repository reference) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) (reference->pointer reference)) (pointer->annotated-commit! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define annotated-commit-from-revspec (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_annotated_commit_from_revspec" '(* * *)))) (lambda (repository revspec) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) (string->pointer revspec)) (pointer->annotated-commit (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define annotated-commit-id (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_annotated_commit_id" '(*)))) (lambda (commit) (pointer->oid (proc (annotated-commit->pointer commit)))))) (define annotated-commit-lookup (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_annotated_commit_lookup" '(* * *)))) (lambda (repository id) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) (oid->pointer id)) (pointer->annotated-commit! (dereference-pointer out)))))) guile-git-0.3.0/git/blame.scm0000664000175000017500000000366013552712766012715 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche Boubekki ;;; Copyright © 2016, 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git blame) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git types) #:export (blame-file)) ;;; blame ;; https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/blame/git_blame_buffer (define blame-file (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_blame_file" '(* * * *)))) (lambda (repository path options) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) (string->pointer path) (blame-options->pointer options)) (pointer->blame! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define %blame-free (libgit2->pointer "git_blame_free")) (define (pointer->blame! pointer) (set-pointer-finalizer! pointer %blame-free) (pointer->blame pointer)) ;; https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/blame/git_blame_get_hunk_byindex ;; https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/blame/git_blame_get_hunk_byline ;; https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/blame/git_blame_get_hunk_count ;; https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/blame/git_blame_init_options guile-git-0.3.0/git/repository.scm0000664000175000017500000003276513552712766014064 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche Boubekki ;;; Copyright © 2016, 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; Copyright © 2018 Ludovic Courtès ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git repository) #:use-module (rnrs bytevectors) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git types) #:use-module (git reference) #:export (repository-config repository-config-snapshot repository-detach-head repository-discover repository-get-namespace repository-head repository-head-detached? repository-head-unborn? repository-ident repository-index repository-init repository-bare? repository-empty? repository-shallow? repository-open repository-open-ext openable-repository? repository-close! repository-directory repository-refdb repository-set-ident repository-state repository-working-directory pointer->repository!)) ;;; repository (define repository-config (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_repository_config" '(* *)))) (lambda (repository) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository)) (pointer->config (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define repository-config-snapshot (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_repository_config_snapshot" '(* *)))) (lambda (repository) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository)) (pointer->config (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define repository-detach-head (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_repository_detach_head" '(*)))) (lambda (repository) (proc (repository->pointer repository))))) (define repository-discover (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_repository_discover" `(* * ,int *)))) (lambda* (start-directory #:optional (across-fs #t) ceiling-path) (let ((out (make-buffer))) (proc out (string->pointer start-directory) (if across-fs 1 0) (if ceiling-path (string->pointer ceiling-path) %null-pointer)) (let ((out* (buffer-content/string out))) (free-buffer out) out*))))) ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/repository/git_repository_fetchhead_foreach (define %repository-free (libgit2->pointer "git_repository_free")) (define (pointer->repository! pointer) (set-pointer-finalizer! pointer %repository-free) (pointer->repository pointer)) (define repository-get-namespace (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_repository_get_namespace" '(*)))) (lambda (repository) (let ((res (proc (repository->pointer repository)))) (if (null-pointer? res) #f (pointer->string res)))))) ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/repository/git_repository_hashfile (define repository-head (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_repository_head" '(* *)))) (lambda (repository) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository)) (pointer->reference! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define repository-head-detached? (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_repository_head_detached" '(*)))) (lambda (repository) (case (proc (repository->pointer repository)) ((0) #f) ((1) #t) (else => (lambda (code) (raise-git-error code))))))) (define repository-head-unborn? (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_repository_head_unborn" '(*)))) (lambda (repository) (case (proc (repository->pointer repository)) ((0) #f) ((1) #t) (else => (lambda (code) (raise-git-error code))))))) (define repository-ident (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_repository_ident" '(* * *)))) (lambda (repository) (let* ((name (make-bytevector (sizeof '*))) (name* ((bytevector->pointer name))) (email (make-bytevector (sizeof '*))) (email* ((bytevector->pointer email)))) (proc name email (repository->pointer repository)) (values (pointer->string (make-pointer (u64vector-ref name 0))) (pointer->string (make-pointer (u64vector-ref email 0)))))))) (define repository-index (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_repository_index" '(* *)))) (lambda (repository) (let ((out ((make-double-pointer)))) (proc (repository->pointer repository)) (pointer->index (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define repository-init (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_repository_init" `(* * ,int)))) (lambda* (directory #:optional (is-bare #f)) "Creates a new repository at DIRECTORY. If IS-BARE is #t the repository will be created without a working directory, #f will create a .git directory and DIRECTORY will be the working directory. The default value is #f. Returns the repository on success or throws an error on failure." (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (string->pointer directory) (if is-bare 1 0)) (pointer->repository! (dereference-pointer out)))))) ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/repository/git_repository_init_ext ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/repository/git_repository_init_init_options (define repository-bare? (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_repository_is_bare" '(*)))) (lambda (repository) "Check if REPOSITORY is a bare repository. A bare repository is a repository without a working directory." (= (proc (repository->pointer repository)) 1)))) (define repository-empty? (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_repository_is_empty" '(*)))) (lambda (repository) "Check if REPOSITORY is an empty repository. A empty repository is a repository which was recently initialized." (= (proc (repository->pointer repository)) 1)))) (define repository-shallow? (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_repository_is_shallow" '(*)))) (lambda (repository) "Check if REPOSITORY is a shallow clone. A shallow clone is a repository with a truncated history." (= (proc (repository->pointer repository)) 1)))) ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/repository/git_repository_mergehead_foreach ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/repository/git_repository_message ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/repository/git_repository_message_remove ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/repository/git_repository_new ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/repository/git_repository_odb (define repository-open (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_repository_open" '(* *)))) (lambda (directory) "Open repository found at DIRECTORY. Returns a repository or throws an error if no repository could be found." (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (string->pointer directory)) (pointer->repository! (dereference-pointer out)))))) ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/repository/git_repository_open_bare (define REPOSITORY_OPEN_NO_SEARCH (ash #b1 0)) (define REPOSITORY_OPEN_CROSS_FS (ash #b1 1)) (define REPOSITORY_OPEN_BARE (ash #b1 2)) (define REPOSITORY_OPEN_NO_DOTGIT (ash #b1 3)) (define REPOSITORY_OPEN_FROM_ENV (ash #b1 4)) (define repository-open-ext (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_repository_open_ext" `(* * ,unsigned-int *)))) (lambda* (directory flags #:optional (ceiling-path '())) "Find and open a repository at DIRECTORY with extended controls. DIRECTORY may be a subdirectory of the repository and searches parent directories for the repository unless 'no-search flag is used. DIRECTORY may also be #f when using 'from-env flag. FLAGS is a list of the following symbols: * 'no-search - Do not search parent directories. * 'cross-fs - Search across filesystem boundaries. * 'bare - Open repository as a bare repo. * 'no-.git - Do not check by appending .git to directory. * 'from-env - Use git environment variables. CEILING-PATH is an optional list of directory names where the search should terminate. Returns the repository or throws an error if no repository could be found." (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (if directory (string->pointer directory) %null-pointer) (apply logior (map (match-lambda ('no-search REPOSITORY_OPEN_NO_SEARCH) ('cross-fs REPOSITORY_OPEN_CROSS_FS) ('bare REPOSITORY_OPEN_BARE) ('no-.git REPOSITORY_OPEN_NO_DOTGIT) ('from-env REPOSITORY_OPEN_FROM_ENV)) flags)) (make-path ceiling-path)) (pointer->repository! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define openable-repository? (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_repository_open_ext" `(* * ,unsigned-int *)))) (lambda (directory) (catch 'git-error (lambda () (proc %null-pointer (string->pointer directory) REPOSITORY_OPEN_NO_SEARCH %null-pointer) #t) (lambda _ #f))))) (define repository-close! (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure void "git_repository__cleanup" '(*)))) (lambda (repository) "Explicitly free resources associated with REPOSITORY---file descriptors, mmap'd memory, etc.---without freeing REPOSITORY itself. The return value is unspecified." (proc (repository->pointer repository))))) (define repository-directory (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_repository_path" '(*)))) (lambda (repository) (pointer->string (proc (repository->pointer repository)))))) (define repository-refdb (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_repository_refdb" `(* *)))) (lambda (repository) (let ((out ((make-double-pointer)))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository)) (pointer->refdb (dereference-pointer out)))))) ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/repository/git_repository_reinit_filesystem ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/repository/git_repository_set_bare ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/repository/git_repository_set_config ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/repository/git_repository_set_head ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/repository/git_repository_set_head_detached ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/repository/git_repository_set_head_detached_from_annotated (define repository-set-ident (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_repository_set_ident" '(* * *)))) (lambda (repository name email) ;;; FIXE: make name and email optional (proc (repository->pointer repository) (string->pointer name "UTF-8") (string->pointer email "UTF-8"))))) ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/repository/git_repository_set_index ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/repository/git_repository_set_namespace ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/repository/git_repository_set_odb ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/repository/git_repository_set_refdb ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/repository/git_repository_set_workdir (define (int->repository-state n) (case n ((0) 'repository-state/none) ((1) 'repository-state/merge) ((2) 'repository-state/revert) ((3) 'repository-state/revert-sequence) ((4) 'repository-state/cherrypick) ((5) 'repository-state/cherrypick-sequence) ((6) 'repository-state/bisect) ((7) 'repository-state/rebase) ((8) 'repository-state/rebase-interactive) ((9) 'repository-state/rebase-merge) ((10) 'repository-state/apply-mailbox) ((11) 'repository-state/apply-mailbox-or-rebase))) ;; Returns the state of REPOSITORY. The state is a symbol representing ;; an operation in progress like merge, revert, rebase, etc. (define repository-state (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_repository_state" '(*)))) (lambda (repository) (int->repository-state (proc (repository->pointer repository)))))) ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/repository/git_repository_state_cleanup (define repository-working-directory (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_repository_workdir" '(*)))) (lambda (repository) "Returns the working directory for REPOSITORY or #f if REPOSITORY is a bare repository." (let ((dir (proc (repository->pointer repository)))) (and (not (null-pointer? dir)) (pointer->string dir)))))) ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/repository/git_repository_wrap_odb guile-git-0.3.0/git/errors.scm0000664000175000017500000001262413552712766013151 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2017 Ludovic Courtès ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git errors) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git structs) #:export (;; Error codes. GIT_OK GIT_ERROR GIT_ENOTFOUND GIT_EEXISTS GIT_EAMBIGUOUS GIT_EBUFS GIT_EUSER GIT_EBAREREPO GIT_EUNBORNBRANCH GIT_EUNMERGED GIT_ENONFASTFORWARD GIT_EINVALIDSPEC GIT_ECONFLICT GIT_ELOCKED GIT_EMODIFIED GIT_EAUTH GIT_ECERTIFICATE GIT_EAPPLIED GIT_EPEEL GIT_EEOF GIT_EINVALID GIT_EUNCOMMITTED GIT_EDIRECTORY GIT_EMERGECONFLICT GIT_PASSTHROUGH GIT_ITEROVER ;; Error classes. GITERR_NONE GITERR_NOMEMORY GITERR_OS GITERR_INVALID GITERR_REFERENCE GITERR_ZLIB GITERR_REPOSITORY GITERR_CONFIG GITERR_REGEX GITERR_ODB GITERR_INDEX GITERR_OBJECT GITERR_NET GITERR_TAG GITERR_TREE GITERR_INDEXER GITERR_SSL GITERR_SUBMODULE GITERR_THREAD GITERR_STASH GITERR_CHECKOUT GITERR_FETCHHEAD GITERR_MERGE GITERR_SSH GITERR_FILTER GITERR_REVERT GITERR_CALLBACK GITERR_CHERRYPICK GITERR_DESCRIBE GITERR_REBASE GITERR_FILESYSTEM GITERR_PATCH clear-git-error!) #:re-export (raise-git-error)) ;; Error codes, classes, and functions defined in . (define GIT_OK 0) ;No error (define GIT_ERROR -1) ;Generic error (define GIT_ENOTFOUND -3) ;Requested object could not be found (define GIT_EEXISTS -4) ;Object exists preventing operation (define GIT_EAMBIGUOUS -5) ;More than one object matches (define GIT_EBUFS -6) ;Output buffer too short to hold data ;; GIT_EUSER is a special error that is never generated by libgit2 code. You ;; can return it from a callback (e.g to stop an iteration) to know that it ;; was generated by the callback and not by libgit2. (define GIT_EUSER -7) (define GIT_EBAREREPO -8) ;Operation not allowed on bare repository (define GIT_EUNBORNBRANCH -9) ;HEAD refers to branch with no commits (define GIT_EUNMERGED -10) ;Merge in progress prevented operation (define GIT_ENONFASTFORWARD -11) ;Reference was not fast-forwardable (define GIT_EINVALIDSPEC -12) ;Name/ref spec was not in a valid format (define GIT_ECONFLICT -13) ;Checkout conflicts prevented operation (define GIT_ELOCKED -14) ;Lock file prevented operation (define GIT_EMODIFIED -15) ;Reference value does not match expected (define GIT_EAUTH -16) ;Authentication error (define GIT_ECERTIFICATE -17) ;Server certificate is invalid (define GIT_EAPPLIED -18) ;Patch/merge has already been applied (define GIT_EPEEL -19) ;The requested peel operation is not possible (define GIT_EEOF -20) ;Unexpected EOF (define GIT_EINVALID -21) ;Invalid operation or input (define GIT_EUNCOMMITTED -22) ;Uncommitted changes in index prevented operation (define GIT_EDIRECTORY -23) ;The operation is not valid for a directory (define GIT_EMERGECONFLICT -24) ;A merge conflict exists and cannot continue (define GIT_PASSTHROUGH -30) ;Internal only (define GIT_ITEROVER -31) ;Signals end of iteration with iterator ;; Error classes. (define GITERR_NONE 0) (define GITERR_NOMEMORY 1) (define GITERR_OS 2) (define GITERR_INVALID 3) (define GITERR_REFERENCE 4) (define GITERR_ZLIB 5) (define GITERR_REPOSITORY 6) (define GITERR_CONFIG 7) (define GITERR_REGEX 8) (define GITERR_ODB 9) (define GITERR_INDEX 10) (define GITERR_OBJECT 11) (define GITERR_NET 12) (define GITERR_TAG 13) (define GITERR_TREE 14) (define GITERR_INDEXER 15) (define GITERR_SSL 17) (define GITERR_SUBMODULE 18) (define GITERR_THREAD 19) (define GITERR_STASH 20) (define GITERR_CHECKOUT 21) (define GITERR_FETCHHEAD 22) (define GITERR_MERGE 23) (define GITERR_SSH 24) (define GITERR_FILTER 25) (define GITERR_REVERT 26) (define GITERR_CALLBACK 26) (define GITERR_CHERRYPICK 27) (define GITERR_DESCRIBE 28) (define GITERR_REBASE 29) (define GITERR_FILESYSTEM 30) (define GITERR_PATCH 31) (define clear-git-error! (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure void "giterr_clear" '()))) (lambda () "Clear the last Git error." (proc)))) guile-git-0.3.0/git/bindings.scm0000644000175000017500000001564513600264462013423 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche Boubekki ;;; Copyright © 2016, 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; Copyright © 2016, 2017 Ludovic Courtès ;;; Copyright © 2019 Mathieu Othacehe ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git bindings) #:use-module (rnrs bytevectors) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (srfi srfi-1) #:use-module (git config) #:use-module (git types) #:use-module (git structs) #:export (libgit2->pointer libgit2->procedure raise-git-error libgit2->procedure* make-buffer free-buffer buffer-content buffer-content/string make-path pointer->object!)) ;; DRAFT! (define path-separator ":") (define (make-path dirs) (reduce (lambda (dir path) (string-append path path-separator dir)) %null-pointer dirs)) (define (libgit2->pointer name) (catch #t (lambda () (dynamic-func name (dynamic-link %libgit2))) (lambda args (lambda _ (throw 'system-error name "~A" (list (strerror ENOSYS)) (list ENOSYS)))))) (define (libgit2->procedure return name params) (catch #t (lambda () (let ((ptr (dynamic-func name (dynamic-link %libgit2)))) (pointer->procedure return ptr params))) (lambda args (lambda _ (throw 'system-error name "~A" (list (strerror ENOSYS)) (list ENOSYS)))))) (define last-git-error (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "giterr_last" '()))) (lambda (code) "Return a structure representing the last error, or #f." (pointer->git-error (proc) code)))) (define (raise-git-error code) "Raise a 'git-error' exception for the given code." (throw 'git-error (last-git-error code))) (define-inlinable (libgit2->procedure* name params) (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int name params))) (lambda args (let ((ret (apply proc args))) (unless (zero? ret) (raise-git-error ret)))))) ;;; git-buf (define %buffer-struct ;git_buf (list '* size_t size_t)) (define (make-buffer) (make-c-struct %buffer-struct `(,%null-pointer 0 0))) (define free-buffer (libgit2->procedure void "git_buf_free" '(*))) (define (buffer-content buf) (match (parse-c-struct buf %buffer-struct) ((pointer asize size) (pointer->bytevector pointer size)))) (define (buffer-content/string buf) (match (parse-c-struct buf %buffer-struct) ((pointer asize size) (pointer->string pointer size "UTF-8")))) ;;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/config ;;; FIXME: descript_commit https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/describe ;;; FIXME: diff https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/diff (define diff-free (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure void "git_diff_free" '(*)))) (lambda (diff) (proc (diff->pointer diff))))) (define diff-get-delta (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_diff_get_delta" '(*)))) (lambda (diff) (pointer->diff-delta (proc (diff->pointer diff)))))) (define diff-num-deltas (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure size_t "git_diff_num_deltas" '(*)))) (lambda (diff) (proc (diff->pointer diff))))) ;;; FIXME: fetch https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/fetch ;;; FIXME: filter https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/filter ;;; FIXME: giterr https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/giterr ;;; FIXME: graph https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/graph ;;; FIXME: hashsig https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/hashsig ;;; FIXME: ignore https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/ignore ;;; FIXME: index https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/index ;;; FIXME: indexer https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/indexer ;;; libgit2 (define libgit2-features (libgit2->procedure int "git_libgit2_features" '())) (define-public libgit2-init! (libgit2->procedure int "git_libgit2_init" '())) (define libgit2-opts (libgit2->procedure int "git_libgit2_init" `(,int))) (define-public libgit2-shutdown! (libgit2->procedure int "git_libgit2_shutdown" '())) (define libgit2-version (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure void "git_libgit2_version" '(* * *)))) (lambda () (let ((major (make-double-pointer)) (minor (make-double-pointer)) (rev (make-double-pointer))) (proc major minor rev) (map (compose pointer-address dereference-pointer) (list major minor rev)))))) (define %object-free (libgit2->pointer "git_object_free")) (define (pointer->object! pointer) (set-pointer-finalizer! pointer %object-free) (pointer->object pointer)) ;;; FIXME: mempack https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/mempack ;;; FIXME: merge https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/merge ;;; FIXME: message https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/message ;;; FIXME: note https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/note ;;; object https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/object ;;; FIXME: odb https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/odb ;;; FIXME: packbuilder https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/packbuilder ;;; FIXME: patch https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/patch (define patch-free (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure void "git_patch_free" '(*)))) (lambda (patch) (proc (patch->pointer patch))))) (define patch->string (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_patch_to_buf" '(*)))) (lambda (patch) (let ((out (make-buffer))) (proc out (patch->pointer patch)) (let ((out* (buffer-content/string out))) (free-buffer out) out*))))) ;;; FIXME: pathspec https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/pathspec ;;; FIXME: proxy https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/proxy ;;; FIXME: push https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/push ;;; FIXME: rebase https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/rebase ;;; FIXME: refdb https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/refdb ;;; FIXME: reflog https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/reflog ;;; FIXME: refspec https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/refspec ;;; FIXME: remote https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/remote guile-git-0.3.0/git/oid.scm0000664000175000017500000000710713552712766012410 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche Boubekki ;;; Copyright © 2016, 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git oid) #:use-module (rnrs bytevectors) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git types) #:use-module (git structs) #:use-module (srfi srfi-9 gnu) #:re-export (oid=?) #:export (oid-cmp string->oid oid-zero? oid-ncmp? oid-strcmp oid-str=? oid->string)) ;;; oid https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/oid (define oid-cmp (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_oid_cmp" '(* *)))) (lambda (a b) (proc (oid->pointer a) (oid->pointer b))))) (define oid-copy (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure void "git_oid_cpy" '(* *)))) (lambda (src) (let ((out (make-oid-pointer))) (proc out (oid->pointer src)) (pointer->oid out))))) ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/oid/git_oid_fmt ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/oid/git_oid_fromraw (define string->oid (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_oid_fromstrn" `(* * ,size_t)))) (lambda (str) (let ((out (make-oid-pointer))) (proc out (string->pointer str "US-ASCII") (string-length str)) (pointer->oid out))))) ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/oid/git_oid_fromstrp (define oid-zero? (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_oid_iszero" '(*)))) (lambda (id) (eq? (proc (oid->pointer id)) 1)))) (define oid-ncmp? (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_oid_ncmp" `(* * ,size_t)))) (lambda (a b len) (eq? (proc (oid->pointer a) (oid->pointer b) len) 0)))) ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/oid/git_oid_nfmt ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/oid/git_oid_pathfmt ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/oid/git_oid_shorten_add ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/oid/git_oid_shorten_free ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/oid/git_oid_shorten_new (define oid-strcmp (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_oid_strcmp" '(* *)))) (lambda (id string) (proc (oid->pointer id) (string->pointer string))))) (define oid-str=? (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_oid_streq" '(* *)))) (lambda (id string) (proc (oid->pointer id) (string->pointer string))))) ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/oid/git_oid_tostr (define oid->string (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_oid_tostr_s" '(*)))) (lambda (id) (pointer->string (proc (oid->pointer id)))))) (define (print-oid oid port) (format port "#" (oid->string oid))) (set-record-type-printer! (@@ (git structs) ) print-oid) ;;; FIXME: oidarray https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/oidarray guile-git-0.3.0/git/cred.scm0000644000175000017500000001174013600264463012534 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2017 Mathieu Othacehe ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git cred) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git types) #:use-module (srfi srfi-26) #:export (CREDTYPE-USERPASS-PLAINTEXT CREDTYPE-SSH-KEY CREDTYPE-SSH-CUSTOM CREDTYPE-SSH-DEFAULT CREDTYPE-SSH-INTERACTIVE CREDTYPE-SSH-USERNAME CREDTYPE-SSH-MEMORY cred-default-new cred-free cred-has-username? cred-ssh-custom-new cred-ssh-key-from-agent cred-ssh-key-from-memory-new cred-ssh-key-new cred-username-new cred-userpass cred-userpass-paintext-new cred-acquire-cb)) (define CREDTYPE-USERPASS-PLAINTEXT 1) (define CREDTYPE-SSH-KEY 2) (define CREDTYPE-SSH-CUSTOM 4) (define CREDTYPE-SSH-DEFAULT 8) (define CREDTYPE-SSH-INTERACTIVE 16) (define CREDTYPE-SSH-USERNAME 32) (define CREDTYPE-SSH-MEMORY 64) (define cred-default-new (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_cred_default_new" '(*)))) (lambda (cred-double-pointer) (proc cred-double-pointer)))) (define cred-free (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure void "git_cred_free" '(*)))) (lambda (cred-double-pointer) (proc cred-double-pointer)))) (define cred-has-username? (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_cred_has_username" '(*)))) (lambda (cred-double-pointer) (eq? (proc cred-double-pointer) 1)))) (define cred-ssh-custom-new (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_cred_ssh_custom_new" `(* * * ,size_t * *)))) (lambda (cred-double-pointer username publickey sign-callback) (proc cred-double-pointer (string->pointer username) (string->pointer publickey) (string-length publickey) (procedure->pointer int (lambda (session sig sig-len data data-len abstract) (sign-callback session sig data abstract)) '(* * * * * *)))))) ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/cred/git_cred_ssh_interactive_new (define cred-ssh-key-from-agent (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_cred_ssh_key_from_agent" '(* *)))) (lambda (cred-double-pointer username) (proc cred-double-pointer (string->pointer username))))) (define cred-ssh-key-from-memory-new (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_cred_ssh_key_memory_new" '(* * * * *)))) (lambda (cred-double-pointer username publickey privatekey passphrase) (proc cred-double-pointer (string->pointer username) (string->pointer publickey) (string->pointer privatekey) (string->pointer passphrase))))) (define cred-ssh-key-new (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_cred_ssh_key_new" '(* * * * *)))) (lambda (cred-double-pointer username publickey privatekey passphrase) (proc cred-double-pointer (string->pointer username) (string->pointer publickey) (string->pointer privatekey) (string->pointer passphrase))))) (define cred-username-new (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_cred_username_new" '(* *)))) (lambda (cred-double-pointer username) (proc cred-double-pointer (string->pointer username))))) (define cred-userpass (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_cred_userpass" `(* * * ,unsigned-int *)))) (lambda (cred-double-pointer url user-from-url allowed-types) (proc cred-double-pointer (string->pointer url) (string->pointer user-from-url) allowed-types %null-pointer)))) (define cred-userpass-paintext-new (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_cred_userpass_plaintext_new" '(* * *)))) (lambda (cred-double-pointer username password) (proc cred-double-pointer (string->pointer username) (string->pointer password))))) (define cred-acquire-cb (lambda (callback) (procedure->pointer int (lambda (cred url username allowed payload) (callback cred url username allowed payload)) `(* * * ,unsigned-int *)))) guile-git-0.3.0/git/types.scm0000664000175000017500000001145613447544771013005 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche Boubekki ;;; Copyright © 2016, 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; Copyright © 2018 Jelle Licht ;;; Copyright © 2019 Marius Bakke ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git types) #:use-module (rnrs bytevectors) #:use-module (system foreign) #:export (annotated-commit? pointer->annotated-commit annotated-commit->pointer blame? pointer->blame blame->pointer blame-options? pointer->blame-options blame-options->pointer blob? pointer->blob blob->pointer branch-iterator? pointer->branch-iterator branch-iterator->pointer checkout-options? pointer->checkout-options branch-iterator->pointer commit? pointer->commit commit->pointer config? pointer->config config->pointer cred? pointer->cred cred->pointer describe-result? pointer->describe-result describe-result->pointer diff? pointer->diff diff->pointer diff-delta? pointer->diff-delta diff-delta->pointer diff-options? pointer->diff-options diff-options->pointer index? pointer->index index->pointer object? pointer->object object->pointer patch? pointer->patch patch->pointer refdb? pointer->refdb refdb->pointer reference? pointer->reference reference->pointer reference-iterator? pointer->reference-iterator reference-iterator->pointer repository? pointer->repository repository->pointer remote? pointer->remote remote->pointer status-list? pointer->status-list status-list->pointer tag? pointer->tag tag->pointer tree? pointer->tree tree->pointer tree-entry? pointer->tree-entry tree-entry->pointer submodule? pointer->submodule submodule->pointer pointer->size_t make-size_t-pointer make-double-pointer)) (define-syntax define-libgit2-type (lambda (s) "Define a wrapped pointer type for an opaque type of libgit2." (syntax-case s () ((_ name) (let ((symbol (syntax->datum #'name)) (identifier (lambda (symbol) (datum->syntax #'name symbol)))) (with-syntax ((rtd (identifier (symbol-append '< symbol '>))) (pred (identifier (symbol-append symbol '?))) (wrap (identifier (symbol-append 'pointer-> symbol))) (unwrap (identifier (symbol-append symbol '->pointer)))) #`(define-wrapped-pointer-type rtd pred wrap unwrap (lambda (obj port) (format port "#" #,(symbol->string symbol) (number->string (pointer-address (unwrap obj)) 16)))))))))) (define-libgit2-type annotated-commit) (define-libgit2-type blame) (define-libgit2-type blame-options) (define-libgit2-type blob) (define-libgit2-type branch-iterator) (define-libgit2-type checkout-options) (define-libgit2-type commit) (define-libgit2-type config) (define-libgit2-type cred) (define-libgit2-type describe-result) (define-libgit2-type diff) (define-libgit2-type diff-delta) (define-libgit2-type diff-options) (define-libgit2-type index) (define-libgit2-type object) (define-libgit2-type patch) (define-libgit2-type refdb) (define-libgit2-type reference) (define-libgit2-type reference-iterator) (define-libgit2-type repository) (define-libgit2-type remote) (define-libgit2-type status-list) (define-libgit2-type tag) (define-libgit2-type tree) (define-libgit2-type tree-entry) (define-libgit2-type submodule) ;;; helpers (define (make-double-pointer) (bytevector->pointer (make-bytevector (sizeof '*)))) (define (make-size_t-pointer) (bytevector->pointer (make-bytevector (sizeof size_t)))) (define (pointer->size_t ptr) (bytevector-uint-ref (pointer->bytevector ptr (sizeof size_t)) 0 (endianness little) (sizeof size_t))) guile-git-0.3.0/git/tree.scm0000644000175000017500000001463713604243600012560 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche Boubekki ;;; Copyright © 2016, 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git tree) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git types) #:use-module (git structs) #:re-export (tree? tree-entry?) #:export (TREEWALK-PRE TREEWALK-POST pointer->tree! tree-dup tree-fold tree-entry-byid tree-entry-byindex tree-entry-bypath tree-entry-name tree-entry-id tree-entry->object tree-id tree-list tree-lookup tree-walk)) (define TREEWALK-PRE 0) (define TREEWALK-POST 1) ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/tree/git_tree_create_updated ;; XXX: only found in HEAD ;; ;; (define tree-dup ;; (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_tree_dup" '(* *)))) ;; (lambda (source) ;; (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) ;; (proc out ;; (tree->pointer source)) ;; (pointer->tree (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define tree-entry-byid (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_tree_entry_byid" '(* *)))) (lambda (tree id) (let ((ret (proc (tree->pointer tree) (oid->pointer id)))) (if (null-pointer? ret) #f (pointer->tree-entry ret)))))) (define tree-entry-byindex (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_tree_entry_byindex" `(* ,size_t)))) (lambda (tree idx) (let ((ret (proc (tree->pointer tree) idx))) (if (null-pointer? ret) #f (pointer->tree-entry ret)))))) (define tree-entry-byname (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_tree_entry_byname" '(* *)))) (lambda (tree filename) (let ((ret (proc (tree->pointer tree) (string->pointer filename)))) (if (null-pointer? ret) #f (pointer->tree-entry ret)))))) (define tree-entry-bypath (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_tree_entry_bypath" '(* * *)))) (lambda (tree path) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (tree->pointer tree) (string->pointer path)) (pointer->tree-entry! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define tree-entry-cmp (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_tree_entry_cmp" '(* *)))) (lambda (e1 e2) (proc (tree-entry->pointer e1) (tree-entry->pointer e2))))) (define tree-entry-dup (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_tree_entry_dup" '(* *)))) (lambda (source) (let ((dest (make-double-pointer))) (proc dest (tree-entry->pointer source)) (pointer->tree-entry! (dereference-pointer dest)))))) ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/tree/git_tree_entry_filemode ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/tree/git_tree_entry_filemode_raw (define %tree-entry-free (libgit2->pointer "git_tree_entry_free")) (define (pointer->tree-entry! pointer) (set-pointer-finalizer! pointer %tree-entry-free) (pointer->tree-entry pointer)) (define tree-entry-id (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_tree_entry_id" '(*)))) (lambda (entry) (let ((ret (proc (tree-entry->pointer entry)))) (pointer->oid ret))))) (define tree-entry-name (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_tree_entry_name" '(*)))) (lambda (entry) (let ((ret (proc (tree-entry->pointer entry)))) (pointer->string ret))))) (define tree-entry->object (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_tree_entry_to_object" '(* * *)))) (lambda (repository entry) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) (tree-entry->pointer entry)) (pointer->object! (dereference-pointer out)))))) ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/tree/git_tree_entry_type ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/tree/git_tree_entrycount (define %tree-free (libgit2->pointer "git_tree_free")) (define (pointer->tree! pointer) (set-pointer-finalizer! pointer %tree-free) (pointer->tree pointer)) (define tree-id (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_tree_id" '(*)))) (lambda (tree) (pointer->oid (proc (tree->pointer tree)))))) (define tree-lookup (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_tree_lookup" '(* * *)))) (lambda (repository id) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) (oid->pointer id)) (pointer->tree! (dereference-pointer out)))))) ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/tree/git_tree_lookup_prefix ;; FIXME: https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/tree/git_tree_owner (define tree-walk (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_tree_walk" `(* ,int * *)))) (lambda (tree mode callback) ;; If the callback returns a positive value, the passed entry will ;; be skipped on the traversal (in pre mode). A negative value stops ;; the walk. (let ((callback* (procedure->pointer int (lambda (root entry _) (callback (pointer->string root) (pointer->tree-entry entry))) (list '* '* '*)))) (proc (tree->pointer tree) mode callback* %null-pointer))))) (define (tree-fold proc knil tree) (let ((out knil)) (tree-walk tree TREEWALK-PRE (lambda (root entry) ;; XXX: this is not portable (let ((filepath (string-append root (tree-entry-name entry)))) (set! out (proc filepath out)) 0))) out)) (define (tree-list tree) (tree-fold cons '() tree)) guile-git-0.3.0/git/submodule.scm0000664000175000017500000001742113552712766013634 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2018 Ludovic Courtès ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git submodule) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git types) #:use-module (git errors) #:use-module (git structs) #:export (repository-submodules submodule? submodule-lookup submodule-name submodule-path submodule-owner submodule-head-id submodule-init submodule-reload submodule-add-setup submodule-add-finalize submodule-add-to-index submodule-set-branch! submodule-update)) ;; https://libgit2.org/libgit2/#HEAD/group/submodule (define %submodule-free (libgit2->pointer "git_submodule_free")) (define %submodule-owners ;; This table maps records to their "owner", usually a ;; record. This is used to ensure that the lifetime of the ;; submodule is shorter than that of its owner so that 'submodule-owner' ;; always returns a valid object. (make-weak-key-hash-table)) (define* (pointer->submodule! pointer #:optional owner) (set-pointer-finalizer! pointer %submodule-free) (let ((submodule (pointer->submodule pointer))) (when owner (hashq-set! %submodule-owners submodule owner)) submodule)) (define submodule-map (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_submodule_foreach" '(* * *)))) (lambda (repository callback) (let* ((result '()) (trampoline (lambda (submodule name payload) ;; We can't capture SUBMODULE here because its ;; lifetime is limited to the dynamic extent of ;; the 'git_submodule_foreach' call. (set! result (cons (callback (pointer->string name)) result)) 0))) (proc (repository->pointer repository) (procedure->pointer int trampoline '(* * *)) %null-pointer) (reverse result))))) (define (repository-submodules repository) "Return the list of submodule names of REPOSITORY." (submodule-map repository identity)) (define submodule-name (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_submodule_name" '(*)))) (lambda (submodule) "Get the file name of SUBMODULE." (pointer->string (proc (submodule->pointer submodule)))))) (define submodule-path (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_submodule_path" '(*)))) (lambda (submodule) "Get the file name of SUBMODULE." (pointer->string (proc (submodule->pointer submodule)))))) (define submodule-owner (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_submodule_owner" '(*)))) (lambda (submodule) "Return the repository that contains SUBMODULE." (pointer->repository (proc (submodule->pointer submodule)))))) (define submodule-head-id (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_submodule_head_id" '(*)))) (lambda (submodule) "Return the OID for SUBMODULE in the current HEAD tree. Return #f if that information isn't available, for instance if SUBMODULE is not fully set up." (let ((ptr (proc (submodule->pointer submodule)))) (if (null-pointer? ptr) #f (pointer->oid ptr)))))) (define submodule-lookup (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_submodule_lookup" `(* * *)))) (lambda (repository name) "Look up submodule NAME under REPOSITORY. Return the submodule object on success and #f if NAME could not be found." (let ((submodule (make-double-pointer))) (catch 'git-error (lambda () (proc submodule (repository->pointer repository) (string->pointer name)) (pointer->submodule! (dereference-pointer submodule) repository)) (lambda (key error . rest) ;; For convenience return #f in the common case. (if (= GIT_ENOTFOUND (git-error-code error)) #f (apply throw key error rest)))))))) (define submodule-init (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_submodule_init" `(* ,int)))) (lambda* (submodule #:optional overwrite?) "Copy submodule info into \".git/config\" file, just like \"git submodule init\"." (proc (submodule->pointer submodule) (if overwrite? 1 0))))) (define submodule-reload (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_submodule_reload" `(* ,int)))) (lambda* (submodule #:optional force?) "Reload SUBMODULE from '.git/config', etc." (proc (submodule->pointer submodule) (if force? 1 0))))) (define submodule-add-setup (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_submodule_add_setup" `(* * * * ,int)))) (lambda* (repository url path #:key use-gitlink?) "Set up a new submodule in REPOSITORY for the repository URL at PATH. This does \"git submodule add\" up to the fetch and checkout of the submodule contents. It preps a new submodule, creates an entry in .gitmodules and creates an empty initialized repository either at the given path in the working directory or in .git/modules with a gitlink from the working directory to the new repo." (let ((submodule (make-double-pointer))) (proc submodule (repository->pointer repository) (string->pointer url) (string->pointer path) (if use-gitlink? 1 0)) (pointer->submodule! (dereference-pointer submodule) repository))))) (define submodule-add-finalize (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_submodule_add_finalize" '(*)))) (lambda (submodule) "Resolve the setup of SUBMODULE. This should be called on a submodule once you have called add setup and done the clone of the submodule. This adds the '.gitmodules' file and the newly cloned submodule to the index to be ready to be committed (but doesn't actually do the commit)." (proc (submodule->pointer submodule))))) (define submodule-add-to-index (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_submodule_add_to_index" `(* ,int)))) (lambda* (submodule #:optional (write-index? #t)) "Add current submodule HEAD commit to index of superproject." (proc (submodule->pointer submodule) (if write-index? 1 0))))) (define submodule-set-branch! (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_submodule_set_branch" '(* * *)))) (lambda (repository name branch) "Change to BRANCH the branch of submodule NAME in REPOSITORY." (proc (repository->pointer repository) (string->pointer name) (string->pointer branch))))) (define submodule-update (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_submodule_update" `(* ,int *)))) (lambda* (submodule #:key (initialize? #t)) "Update SUBMODULE. This will clone it and check out the subrepository to the commit specified in the index of the containing repository. If SUBMODULE doesn't contain the target commit, then the submodule is fetched using the fetch options supplied in OPTIONS." (proc (submodule->pointer submodule) (if initialize? 1 0) %null-pointer)))) guile-git-0.3.0/git/attr.scm0000664000175000017500000000332513552712766012605 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche Boubekki ;;; Copyright © 2016, 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git attr) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git types) #:export (attr-add-macro attr-cache-flush)) ;;; attr (define attr-add-macro (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_attr_add_macro" '(* * *)))) (lambda (repository name values) (proc (repository->pointer repository) (string->pointer name) (string->pointer values))))) (define attr-cache-flush (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure void "git_attr_cache_flush" '(*)))) (lambda (repository) (proc (repository->pointer repository))))) ;; https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/attr/git_attr_foreach ;; https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/attr/git_attr_get ;; https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/attr/git_attr_get_many ;; https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/attr/git_attr_value guile-git-0.3.0/git/settings.scm0000664000175000017500000000476013552712766013477 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2017 Ludovic Courtès ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git settings) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (git bindings) #:export (set-tls-certificate-locations! set-user-agent!)) ;; 'git_libgit2_opt_t' enum defined in . (define GIT_OPT_GET_MWINDOW_SIZE 0) (define GIT_OPT_SET_MWINDOW_SIZE 1) (define GIT_OPT_GET_MWINDOW_MAPPED_LIMIT 2) (define GIT_OPT_SET_MWINDOW_MAPPED_LIMIT 3) (define GIT_OPT_GET_SEARCH_PATH 4) (define GIT_OPT_SET_SEARCH_PATH 5) (define GIT_OPT_SET_CACHE_OBJECT_LIMIT 6) (define GIT_OPT_SET_CACHE_MAX_SIZE 7) (define GIT_OPT_ENABLE_CACHING 8) (define GIT_OPT_GET_CACHED_MEMORY 9) (define GIT_OPT_GET_TEMPLATE_PATH 10) (define GIT_OPT_SET_TEMPLATE_PATH 11) (define GIT_OPT_SET_SSL_CERT_LOCATIONS 12) (define GIT_OPT_SET_USER_AGENT 13) (define GIT_OPT_ENABLE_STRICT_OBJECT_CREATION 14) (define GIT_OPT_SET_SSL_CIPHERS 15) (define GIT_OPT_GET_USER_AGENT 16) (define set-tls-certificate-locations! (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_libgit2_opts" (list int '* '*)))) (lambda* (directory #:optional file) "Search for TLS certificates under FILE (a certificate bundle) or under DIRECTORY (a directory containing one file per certificate, with \"hash symlinks\" as created by OpenSSL's 'c_rehash'). Either can be #f but not both. This is used when transferring from a repository over HTTPS." (proc GIT_OPT_SET_SSL_CERT_LOCATIONS (if file (string->pointer file) %null-pointer) (if directory (string->pointer directory) %null-pointer))))) (define set-user-agent! (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_libgit2_opts" (list int '*)))) (lambda (user-agent) "Append USER-AGENT to the 'User-Agent' HTTP header." (proc GIT_OPT_SET_USER_AGENT (string->pointer user-agent))))) guile-git-0.3.0/git/signature.scm0000664000175000017500000000442513552712766013636 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2019 Marius Bakke ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git signature) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git types) #:use-module (git structs) #:export (signature-default signature-new signature-now)) ;;; https://libgit2.org/libgit2/#HEAD/group/signature (define %signature-free (libgit2->pointer "git_signature_free")) (define (pointer->signature! pointer) (set-pointer-finalizer! pointer %signature-free) (pointer->signature pointer)) ;; Return a for the current user in REPOSITORY. Throws an error ;; if no configuration is found. (define signature-default (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_signature_default" '(* *)))) (lambda (repository) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository)) (pointer->signature! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define signature-new (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_signature_new" `(* * * ,int64 ,int)))) (lambda (name email time offset) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (string->pointer name) (string->pointer email) time offset) (pointer->signature! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define signature-now (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_signature_now" '(* * *)))) (lambda (name email) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (string->pointer name) (string->pointer email)) (pointer->signature! (dereference-pointer out)))))) guile-git-0.3.0/git/web.scm0000664000175000017500000001105213552712766012404 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche ;;; Copyright © 2016 Erik Edrosa ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git web) #:use-module (git web html) #:use-module (git web mime-types) #:use-module (git web querystring) #:use-module (git web http) #:use-module (git web repository) #:use-module (git web template) #:use-module (git web config) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git repository) #:use-module (ice-9 binary-ports) #:use-module (ice-9 format) #:use-module (ice-9 ftw) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (ice-9 popen) #:use-module (ice-9 rdelim) #:use-module (rnrs bytevectors) #:use-module (srfi srfi-1) #:use-module (srfi srfi-26) #:use-module (sxml simple) #:use-module (web request) #:use-module (web response) #:use-module (web server) #:use-module (web uri) #:export (run-gitweb)) (define (request-path-components request) "Split the URI path of REQUEST into a list of component strings. For example: \"/foo/bar\" yields '(\"foo\" \"bar\")." (split-and-decode-uri-path (uri-path (request-uri request)))) (define (render-html sxml) (values '((content-type . (text/html))) (lambda (port) (sxml->html sxml port)))) (define (not-found uri) (values (build-response #:code 404) (string-append "Resource not found: " uri))) (define (redirect uri) (values (build-response #:code 303 #:headers `((Location . ,uri))) "")) (define (error) (values (build-response #:code 500) "Server error")) ;;; ;;; static assets rendering ;;; (define (directory? filename) (string=? filename (dirname filename))) (define (render-static-asset path) (let ((filename (string-join (cons* (static-dir) "static" path) "/"))) (if (and (file-exists? filename) (not (directory? filename))) (values `((content-type ,(mime-type filename))) (call-with-input-file filename get-bytevector-all)) (not-found (string-join (cons "static" path) "/" 'prefix))))) ;;; route context (define (make-context request body) "Create a route context" (let ((context `((request . ,request)))) (let ((context (if body (acons 'POST (querystring body) context) context))) (if (uri-query (request-uri request)) (acons 'GET (querystring (string->utf8 (uri-query (request-uri request)))) context) context)))) (define (context-post context key) "Get KEY from CONTEXT" (assoc-ref (assoc-ref context 'POST) key)) (define (context-get context key) "Get KEY from CONTEXT" (assoc-ref (assoc-ref context 'GET) key)) (define (context-method context) "get request method from CONTEXT" (request-method (assoc-ref context 'request))) (define (render-repo-list) (define (description repo) "no description") (define (valid-repo? name) (openable-repository? (string-append (repository-dir) "/" name))) (define (render-repo-div repo) `(a (@ (href ,(string-append "/" repo))) (h3 ,repo) (p ,(description repo)))) (let ((maybe-repos (scandir (repository-dir)))) `(div (@ (class "repositories")) ,(map render-repo-div (filter valid-repo? maybe-repos))))) (define (render-index) (respond (render-repo-list) #:title "guile git" #:template (cut main-template <> <> "index"))) (define (handler request body) (let ((context (make-context request body))) (match (request-path-components request) (() (render-index)) (("static" path ...) (render-static-asset path)) ((repo path ...) (repo-handler repo path)) (_ (render-static-asset (list "index.html")))))) (define* (run-gitweb #:key (port 8080)) (format #t "server running on http://localhost:~d" port) (newline) (libgit2-init!) (run-server (lambda args (apply handler args)) 'http `(#:port , port))) guile-git-0.3.0/git/cherrypick.scm0000664000175000017500000000274413552712766014002 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche Boubekki ;;; Copyright © 2016, 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git cherrypick) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git types) #:export (cherrypick)) ;;; cherrypick https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/cherrypick (define cherrypick (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_cherrypick" '(* * *)))) (lambda (repository commit) (proc (repository->pointer repository) (commit->pointer commit) %null-pointer)))) ;; FIXME https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/cherrypick/git_cherrypick_commit ;; FIXME https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/cherrypick/git_cherrypick_init_options guile-git-0.3.0/git/fetch.scm0000644000175000017500000000726413600264463012716 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2017, 2019 Mathieu Othacehe ;;; Copyright © 2019 Marius Bakke ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git fetch) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (git auth) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git cred) #:use-module (git structs) #:use-module (git types) #:use-module (srfi srfi-26) #:export (make-fetch-options fetch-init-options ;deprecated! set-fetch-auth-with-ssh-agent! set-fetch-auth-with-ssh-key! set-fetch-auth-with-default-ssh-key!)) (define FETCH-OPTIONS-VERSION 1) (define make-fetch-options (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_fetch_init_options" `(* ,unsigned-int)))) (lambda* (#:optional auth-method) (let ((fetch-options (make-fetch-options-bytestructure))) (proc (fetch-options->pointer fetch-options) FETCH-OPTIONS-VERSION) (cond ((auth-ssh-credentials? auth-method) (set-fetch-auth-with-ssh-key! fetch-options auth-method)) ((auth-ssh-agent? auth-method) (set-fetch-auth-with-ssh-agent! fetch-options))) fetch-options)))) (define fetch-init-options ;; Deprecated alias for compatibility with 0.2. make-fetch-options) (define (set-fetch-auth-callback fetch-options callback) (let ((callbacks (fetch-options-callbacks fetch-options))) (set-remote-callbacks-credentials! callbacks (pointer-address callback)))) (define (set-fetch-auth-with-ssh-agent! fetch-options) (set-fetch-auth-callback fetch-options (cred-acquire-cb (lambda (cred url username allowed payload) (let ((username (if (eq? username %null-pointer) "" (pointer->string username)))) (cond ;; If no username were specified in URL, we will be asked for ;; one. Try with the current user login. ((= allowed CREDTYPE-SSH-USERNAME) (cred-username-new cred (getlogin))) (else (cred-ssh-key-from-agent cred username)))))))) (define* (set-fetch-auth-with-ssh-key! fetch-options auth-ssh-credentials) (set-fetch-auth-callback fetch-options (cred-acquire-cb (lambda (cred url username allowed payload) (cond ;; Same as above. ((= allowed CREDTYPE-SSH-USERNAME) (cred-username-new cred (getlogin))) (else (let* ((pri-key-file (auth-ssh-credentials-private-key auth-ssh-credentials)) (pub-key-file (auth-ssh-credentials-public-key auth-ssh-credentials)) (username (if (eq? username %null-pointer) "" (pointer->string username)))) (cred-ssh-key-new cred username pub-key-file pri-key-file ""))) ))))) guile-git-0.3.0/git/auth.scm0000644000175000017500000000255713601205266012563 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2019 Mathieu Othacehe ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git auth) #:use-module (srfi srfi-9) #:export (%make-auth-ssh-credentials auth-ssh-credentials? auth-ssh-credentials-public-key auth-ssh-credentials-private-key %make-auth-ssh-agent auth-ssh-agent?)) (define-record-type (%make-auth-ssh-credentials public-key private-key) auth-ssh-credentials? (public-key auth-ssh-credentials-public-key) (private-key auth-ssh-credentials-private-key)) (define-record-type (%make-auth-ssh-agent) auth-ssh-agent?) guile-git-0.3.0/git/remote.scm0000644000175000017500000000774413600264463013123 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2017 Mathieu Othacehe ;;; Copyright © 2018 Jelle Licht ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git remote) #:use-module (srfi srfi-9 gnu) #:use-module (system foreign) #:use-module (git bindings) #:use-module (git fetch) #:use-module (git structs) #:use-module (git types) #:export (remote-name remote-lookup remote-fetch remote-create-anonymous remote-connected? remote-connect remote-disconnect remote-ls)) (define %remote-free (libgit2->pointer "git_remote_free")) (define (pointer->remote! pointer) (set-pointer-finalizer! pointer %remote-free) (pointer->remote pointer)) (define remote-name (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure '* "git_remote_name" '(*)))) (lambda (remote) (pointer->string (proc (remote->pointer remote)))))) (define remote-lookup (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_remote_lookup" '(* * *)))) (lambda* (repository remote-name) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) (string->pointer remote-name)) (pointer->remote! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define remote-create-anonymous (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_remote_create_anonymous" '(* * *)))) (lambda* (repository url) (let ((out (make-double-pointer))) (proc out (repository->pointer repository) (string->pointer url)) (pointer->remote! (dereference-pointer out)))))) (define remote-connected? (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure int "git_remote_connected" '(*)))) (lambda* (remote) (case (proc (remote->pointer remote)) ((1) #t) (else #f))))) (define GIT_DIRECTION_FETCH 0) (define remote-connect (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_remote_connect" `(* ,int * * * )))) ;; XXX: actual types (lambda* (remote) (let ((remote-callbacks (make-remote-callbacks))) (set-remote-callbacks-version! remote-callbacks 1) (proc (remote->pointer remote) GIT_DIRECTION_FETCH (remote-callbacks->pointer remote-callbacks) %null-pointer %null-pointer))))) (define remote-disconnect (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure void "git_remote_disconnect" '(*)))) (lambda (remote) (proc (remote->pointer remote))))) (define remote-ls (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_remote_ls" '(* * *)))) (lambda* (remote) (let ((out (make-double-pointer)) (size-ptr (make-size_t-pointer))) (proc out size-ptr (remote->pointer remote)) (pointer->remote-head-list (dereference-pointer out) (pointer->size_t size-ptr)))))) (define remote-fetch (let ((proc (libgit2->procedure* "git_remote_fetch" '(* * * *)))) (lambda* (remote #:key (reflog-message "") (fetch-options (make-fetch-options))) (proc (remote->pointer remote) ;; FIXME https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/type/git_strarray %null-pointer (fetch-options->pointer fetch-options) (string->pointer reflog-message))))) ;; FIXME https://libgit2.github.com/libgit2/#HEAD/group/reset/git_reset_default guile-git-0.3.0/git/structs.scm0000644000175000017500000005434313600264463013334 00000000000000;;; Guile-Git --- GNU Guile bindings of libgit2 ;;; Copyright © 2016 Amirouche Boubekki ;;; Copyright © 2016, 2017 Erik Edrosa ;;; Copyright © 2017, 2019 Ludovic Courtès ;;; Copyright © 2017 Mathieu Othacehe ;;; Copyright © 2018 Jelle Licht ;;; Copyright © 2019 Marius Bakke ;;; ;;; This file is part of Guile-Git. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Guile-Git is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Guile-Git. If not, see . (define-module (git structs) #:use-module (rnrs bytevectors) #:use-module (srfi srfi-1) #:use-module (srfi srfi-9) #:use-module ((system foreign) #:select (null-pointer? bytevector->pointer make-pointer pointer->bytevector pointer->string sizeof dereference-pointer pointer-address)) #:use-module (bytestructures guile) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:export (git-error? git-error-code git-error-message git-error-class pointer->git-error time->pointer pointer->time time-time time-offset signature->pointer pointer->signature signature-name signature-email signature-when oid? oid->pointer pointer->oid make-oid-pointer oid=? diff-file? diff-file-oid diff-file-path diff-file-size diff-file-flags diff-file-mode diff-file-id-abbrev diff-delta? diff-delta-status diff-delta-flags diff-delta-status diff-delta-nfiles diff-delta-old-file diff-delta-new-file status-entry? status-entry-status status-entry-head-to-index status-entry-index-to-workdir pointer->status-entry make-status-options-bytestructure status-options->pointer set-status-options-show! set-status-options-flags! make-remote-callbacks remote-callbacks->pointer set-remote-callbacks-version! make-fetch-options-bytestructure fetch-options-bytestructure fetch-options->pointer fetch-options-callbacks fetch-options-download-tags set-fetch-options-download-tags! set-fetch-options-callbacks! set-remote-callbacks-credentials! make-clone-options-bytestructure clone-options-bytestructure clone-options->pointer set-clone-options-fetch-opts! make-describe-options-bytestructure describe-options->pointer describe-options->bytestructure set-describe-options-max-candidates-tag! set-describe-options-strategy! set-describe-options-pattern! set-describe-options-only-follow-first-parent! set-describe-options-show-commit-oid-as-fallback! make-describe-format-options-bytestructure describe-format-options->pointer describe-format-options->bytestructure set-describe-format-options-abbreviated-size! set-describe-format-options-always-use-long-format! set-describe-format-options-dirty-suffix! remote-head? remote-head-local remote-head-oid remote-head-loid remote-head-name pointer->remote-head pointer->remote-head-list)) ;;; bytestructures helper (define bytestructure->pointer (compose bytevector->pointer bytestructure-bytevector)) (define (pointer->bytestructure pointer struct) (make-bytestructure (pointer->bytevector pointer (bytestructure-descriptor-size struct)) 0 struct)) ;;; git-time (define %time (bs:struct `((time ,int64) ;; time in seconds since epoch (offset ,int)))) ;; timezone offset, in minutes (define-record-type